IFlash 1800 Service Manual

Service Manual
Chemiluminescence Immunoassay Analyzer

iFlash 1800
Chemiluminescence Immunoassay Analyzer
Service Manual
Software Version V1
SHENZHEN YHLO BIOTECH CO., LTD.

Building 1, YHLO Biopark, Baolong 2nd Road, Longgang District,
518116, Shenzhen, P.R.China
Wellkang Ltd (www.CE-marking.eu)

Suite B, 29 Harley St., London W1G 9QR, UK
Intellectual Property
Shenzhen YHLO Biotech Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as YHLO) reserves the copyright of this non-public manual
and has the right to treat it as confidential document. This manual shall be used only as reference to the maintenance
of YHLO products.
This manual and all relevant intellectual properties (copyrights) are reserved by YHLO. Without prior written consent
of YHLO, no one shall use or disclose or allow any other person to obtain any or all information of this manual by
means of any measure whatsoever. Without prior written consent of YHLO, no one shall be entitled to taking photos,
copying, duplicating or translating into any other language any or all content of this manual.
YHLO reserves the right of final interpretation over this manual.

This manual is subject to change without prior notification.
YHLO reserves the right to upgrade technology without prior notification.
Specifications of the products are subject to change without prior notice
Statement
YHLO makes no guarantee in any form whatsoever to this document including but not limited to implied warranties
of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose.
Only in the following condition, YHLO shall be responsible for the safety, reliability and performance of the machine,
i.e.:
●All the assembling, expanding, readjusting, improving and repairing operations are performed by the personnel
authorized by YHLO;
●Relevant electrical equipment complies with applicable national standards;
●The instrument is used in accordance with the operation manual.
In any of the following condition, YHLO shall not be responsible for the safety, reliability and running status of the
product:
●The assemblies are disassembled and re-installed, expanded and/or readjusted by unauthorized personnel;
●The product is not operated properly in accordance with the Operation Manual.
Warranty
Maintenance Service
Scope of free service: free service is available for equipment as stipulated in YHLO’s warranty service regulation.
Scope of paid service:
(1) Paid service will be provided by YHLO for equipment beyond YHLO’s warranty service regulation;
(2) The product has to be repaired due to the following reasons: artificial damage, the applied power voltage exceeds
the rated range, damage due to force majeure, even if within the warranty period.
YHLO assumes no liability for direct or indirect damages or delayed assays as a result of the following conditions
include but not limited to:
Improper use, use of unauthorized parts or repair by personnel without authorization of YHLO.
After-Sale Service Provider

International Customer Service Center of Shenzhen YHLO Biotech Co., Ltd.
Rm501, Building A1, Kexing Science Park, No.15 Keyuan Rd., Nanshan District, 518057 Shenzhen, P.R.China
Postal Code: 518000
24h Service Hotline: 400-166-0755
Tel.: +86 755 2647 3359
Fax.: +86 755 2647 3319
About This Manual
Scope of application
This document is only applicable to the authorized personnel who have accepted product training and passed
assessment. Unauthorized personnel are prohibited to use this document.
This document is intended to support maintenance of iFlash 1800 and after-sale service.
Symbols
The following symbols are used in this document:
Symbol Definition
Warning: Bio-contamination risks.
Indicates a hazardous situation, which, if not avoided,

Warning
could result in death or serious injury.

Caution
could result in damage to instrument.

Note
could result in abnormal assay results.
References
1. iFlash 1800 Chemiluminescence Immunoassay Analyzer Operation Manual
Edition Info.
Edition: A1
Software version: V1.01.13.00.14
Released on: Sep. 2018
Bio-contamination hazard:
➢ There is potential hazard of biological infectivity in samples, quality control samples, calibrator samples and
liquid waste. The maintenance staff shall abide by lab safety operation rules and wear personal protective devices
such as lab protective clothes and gloves when they contact or dispose relevant articles in lab.
Warning
➢ Carefully follow the maintenance procedure specified in this manual; otherwise, it may cause equipment
failure or personal injury.
➢ Disconnect the power supply of the equipment before carrying out disassembling and assembling. Otherwise,
there will be risk of electric shock.
➢ Be sure not to use flammable and explosive gases or liquids nearby the equipment as it may cause explosion.
➢ In order to prevent personal injury, carry out operation strictly in accordance with the manual and keep hair
and loose clothing away from motion parts.
➢ Pay attention to safety signs and prevent possible personal injury.
➢ In case sample tube leaks, immediately disconnect power supply and contact authorized engineer.
➢ Please read over this manual before carrying out maintenance.
Caution
➢ Please contact the manufacturer when any problem unsettled in this manual occurs.
➢ Please pay attention to anti-ESD operation during maintenance since ESD may cause malfunction of electronic
components.
Note
➢ Operators are required to have been trained and passed assessment.
Contents
Service Manual .................................................................................................................................................... 1
Chapter I System and Specification..................................................................................................................... 1
1.1 System Features ......................................................................................................................................... 1
1.2 Assay system ............................................................................................................................................. 1
1.3 Working Interface...................................................................................................................................... 2
Chapter II Installation .......................................................................................................................................... 3
2.1 Space Requirement .................................................................................................................................... 3
2.2 Electrical Environment .............................................................................................................................. 3
2.3 Environmental Requirements .................................................................................................................... 4
2.3.1 Installation Environment .................................................................................................................... 4
2.3.2 RH & Temperature ............................................................................................................................. 4
2.4 Installation Steps ....................................................................................................................................... 5
Chapter III Mechanical System ........................................................................................................................... 7
3.1 Mechanical System Overview ................................................................................................................... 7
3.1.1 Appearance description ...................................................................................................................... 7
3.1.2 System workflow ................................................................................................................................ 8
3.2 RV Feeder Assembly................................................................................................................................. 9
3.2.1 Horizontal cuvette pushing assembly ............................................................................................... 11
3.2.2 Cuvette placing assembly ................................................................................................................. 12
3.2.3 Cuvette selecting assembly............................................................................................................... 14
3.3 Magnetic separation assembly ................................................................................................................. 16
3.3.1 Magnetic separation rotation driving assembly ................................................................................ 17
3.3.2 Magnet carousel assembly ................................................................................................................ 19
3.3.3 Dispensing probe assembly .............................................................................................................. 20
3.3.4 Aspirating probe assembly ............................................................................................................... 21
3.3.5 Magnetic separation vertical driving assembly ................................................................................ 22
3.4 Mixer assembly ....................................................................................................................................... 23
3.5 Cuvette Gripper Assembly ...................................................................................................................... 24
3.5.1 Rocker assembly ............................................................................................................................... 25
3.5.2 Cuvette gripper drive assembly ........................................................................................................ 27
3.6 Incubation Carousel Assembly ................................................................................................................ 28
3.6.1 Incubation pot assembly ................................................................................................................... 30
3.6.2 Incubation carousel drive assembly .................................................................................................. 31
3.6.3 Incubation carousel encoder assembly ............................................................................................. 32
3.7 Sample/Reagent Probe Assembly............................................................................................................ 32
3.7.1 Sample/reagent probe rocker assembly ............................................................................................ 34
3.7.2 Sample/reagent probe drive assembly .............................................................................................. 34
3.8 Reagent Carousel Assembly .................................................................................................................... 36
3.8.1 Reagent carousel drive assembly ...................................................................................................... 37
3.8.2 Reagent mixer assembly ................................................................................................................... 38
3.8.3 Reagent carousel assembly ............................................................................................................... 39
3.8.4 Reagent barcode scanner assembly .................................................................................................. 40
3.9 Reading Station Assembly ...................................................................................................................... 41
3.9.1 Waste liquid aspirating probe drive assembly .................................................................................. 42
3.9.2 Cuvette carrier movement assembly................................................................................................. 43
3.9.3 PMT assembly .................................................................................................................................. 44
3.10 Sample loading assembly ...................................................................................................................... 45
3.11 Cart assembly ........................................................................................................................................ 47
3.11.1 Y-axis drive assembly .................................................................................................................... 48
3.11.2 Z-axis drive assembly ..................................................................................................................... 49
Chapter IV Hardware System ............................................................................................................................ 51
4.1 Modules of Hardware System ................................................................................................................. 51
4.1.1 Overview .......................................................................................................................................... 51
4.1.2 Hardware diagram ............................................................................................................................ 52
4.2 Power Supply System .............................................................................................................................. 52
4.2.1 Power module ................................................................................................................................... 53
4.2.1.1 Power module function .......................................................................................................... 53
4.2.1.2 Power module structure ......................................................................................................... 54
4.2.2 Power adapter board ......................................................................................................................... 54
4.2.2.1 Functions................................................................................................................................ 54
4.2.2.2 Interfaces................................................................................................................................ 54
4.3 Master control system.............................................................................................................................. 56
4.4 Driver System .......................................................................................................................................... 56
4.4.1 Overview .......................................................................................................................................... 56
4.4.2 MD unit diagram .............................................................................................................................. 57
4.4.3 MD1 Unit.......................................................................................................................................... 59
4.4.3.1 Functions................................................................................................................................ 59
4.4.3.2 Interfaces................................................................................................................................ 60
4.4.3.3 Indicator lights and testing points .......................................................................................... 62
4.4.4 MD2 Unit.......................................................................................................................................... 63
4.4.4.1 Functions................................................................................................................................ 63
4.4.4.2 Interfaces................................................................................................................................ 63
4.4.5 MD3 Unit.......................................................................................................................................... 67
4.4.5.1 Functions................................................................................................................................ 67
4.4.5.2 Interfaces................................................................................................................................ 67
4.4.6 MD4 Unit.......................................................................................................................................... 70
4.4.6.1 Functions................................................................................................................................ 70
4.4.6.2 Interfaces................................................................................................................................ 70
4.5 Temp Control System .............................................................................................................................. 74
4.5.1 Overview .......................................................................................................................................... 74
4.5.2 Temp control unit diagram ............................................................................................................... 74
4.5.3 Temp driver board ............................................................................................................................ 75
4.5.3.1 Functions................................................................................................................................ 75
4.5.3.2 Interface wiring is shown as the following figure: ................................................................ 75
4.5.3.3 Indicator light and testing point ............................................................................................. 77
4.5.4 Temp collection board ...................................................................................................................... 78
4.5.4.1 Functions................................................................................................................................ 78
4.5.4.2 Interfaces................................................................................................................................ 78
4.6 Liquid Level Detection System ............................................................................................................... 80
4.6.1 Functions .......................................................................................................................................... 81
4.6.2 Interface ............................................................................................................................................ 81
4.6.3 Indicator lights .................................................................................................................................. 82
4.7 Clot detection unit ................................................................................................................................... 82
4.7.1 Functions .......................................................................................................................................... 83
4.7.2 Interfaces .......................................................................................................................................... 83
4.8 Cart driver board...................................................................................................................................... 84
4.8.1 Functions .......................................................................................................................................... 84
4.8.2 Interfaces .......................................................................................................................................... 85
4.9 Counting Unit .......................................................................................................................................... 86
4.9.1 Functions .......................................................................................................................................... 86
4.9.2 Interfaces .......................................................................................................................................... 87
4.10 Sample in-place system ......................................................................................................................... 88
4.10.1 Sample in-place detection board (sample sensor board) ................................................................ 88
4.10.1.1 Functions.............................................................................................................................. 88
4.10.1.2 Interfaces.............................................................................................................................. 88
4.10.1.3 Indicator light....................................................................................................................... 90
4.10.2 Sample indicator board ................................................................................................................... 90
4.10.2.1 Functions.............................................................................................................................. 90
4.11 Miscellaneous ........................................................................................................................................ 91
4.11.1 RJ45 adapter board ......................................................................................................................... 91
4.11.2 Indicator adapter board ................................................................................................................... 91
Chapter V Liquid Piping System ....................................................................................................................... 93
5.1 Introduction ............................................................................................................................................. 93
5.2 Working Principle of Liquid Piping System ........................................................................................... 94
5.3 Temp Control of Liquid Piping ............................................................................................................... 94
5.4 Liquid Piping Parts .................................................................................................................................. 95
5.4.1 LVM three-way solenoid valve ........................................................................................................ 95
5.4.2 Plunger pump.................................................................................................................................... 95
5.4.3 Rotary plunger pump ........................................................................................................................ 96
5.4.4 Diaphragm pump .............................................................................................................................. 96
5.4.5 Vacuum pump .................................................................................................................................. 97
5.4.6 Circulating pump .............................................................................................................................. 97
5.4.7 Peristaltic pump assembly ................................................................................................................ 98
5.4.8 Filter ................................................................................................................................................. 98
5.4.9 Heater ............................................................................................................................................... 98
5.4.10 Probes ............................................................................................................................................. 99
5.4.11 Washing station .............................................................................................................................. 99
5.4.12 Float switch .................................................................................................................................. 100
5.4.13 Check valve .................................................................................................................................. 100
5.4.14 Radiator ........................................................................................................................................ 101
5.5 Wash buffer Supply Unit ....................................................................................................................... 101
5.6 Sample probe washing and sample adding unit..................................................................................... 102
5.7 Magnetic separation unit ....................................................................................................................... 103
5.8 Pre-trigger/trigger unit ........................................................................................................................... 104
5.8.1 Dispensing pre-trigger & removing bubbles .................................................................................. 105
5.8.2 Dispensing trigger .......................................................................................................................... 105
5.9 Refrigeration unit................................................................................................................................... 105
5.10 Discharge unit...................................................................................................................................... 105
5.10.1 Discharging condensate water from reagent pot .......................................................................... 106
5.10.2 Discharging liquid waste from washing well and reading station ................................................ 106
5.10.3 Discharging of magnetic separation waste wash buffer ............................................................... 107
5.10.4 Waste pre-trigger discharging ...................................................................................................... 109
5.10.5 Liquid waste detection .................................................................................................................. 109
5.11 Prime / empty hydraulic system .......................................................................................................... 110
5.11.1 Prime hydraulic system ................................................................................................................ 110
5.11.2 Empty hydraulic system ............................................................................................................... 115
Chapter VI Software System ........................................................................................................................... 118
6.1 Overview ............................................................................................................................................... 118
6.2 Account Types ....................................................................................................................................... 118
6.3 Software Installation.............................................................................................................................. 118
6.3.1 Network wiring and computer settings ........................................................................................... 119
6.3.1.1 Requirement of computer configuration ...............................................................................119
6.3.1.2 Network wiring requirements ...............................................................................................119
6.3.1.3 Configure local IP address ................................................................................................... 120
6.3.1.4 Cancel computer sleep time ................................................................................................. 122
6.3.1.5 Stop automatic update .......................................................................................................... 124
6.3.1.6 Turning on Print Spooler on PC ........................................................................................... 125
6.3.1.7 Turning off Windows Firewall on PC .................................................................................. 131
6.3.2 Install environment software .......................................................................................................... 135
6.3.2.1 Install .NET Framework 4 ................................................................................................... 135
6.3.2.2 Install vcredist_x86_2008.exe and vcredist_x64_2008.exe................................................. 137
6.3.3 Install the software iFlash 1800 ...................................................................................................... 139
6.3.3.1 Install for the first time ........................................................................................................ 139
6.3.3.2 Software Upgrade ................................................................................................................ 142
6.3.5.3 Upgrade of middle and lower-layer units............................................................................. 146
6.4 LIS Setting & Connection ..................................................................................................................... 149
6.4.1 Selecting communication mode...................................................................................................... 149
6.4.2 Other settings .................................................................................................................................. 150
6.4.2.1 Interface options .................................................................................................................. 150
6.4.2.2 Setting channel number ....................................................................................................... 151
6.4.3 LIS Q&A ........................................................................................................................................ 151
6.4.3.1 LIS communication log ....................................................................................................... 151
6.4.3.2 Troubleshooting ................................................................................................................... 151
Chapter VII Troubleshooting .......................................................................................................................... 154
7.1 Common Causes for Failure .................................................................................................................. 154
7.2 Troubleshooting..................................................................................................................................... 155
7.2.1 Sample loading sub-system failure ................................................................................................. 155
7.2.1.1 X/Y/Z-axis motor movement error ...................................................................................... 155
7.2.1.2 Fail to pull sample rack from sample carousel into cart/fail to push sample rack from cart back
to sample carousel/cart X-axis motion jam ...................................................................................... 155
7.2.2 Vertical/horizontal motion error ..................................................................................................... 155
7.2.3 Sample probe aspirates nothing ...................................................................................................... 156
7.2.4 Failure in gripper’s cuvette capturing / placing .............................................................................. 156
7.2.5 Solid waste container failure .......................................................................................................... 157
7.2.5.1 Solid waste container is full ................................................................................................. 157
7.2.5.2 No solid waste container for cuvette dropping .................................................................... 157
7.2.6 Reagent carousel unit failure .......................................................................................................... 157
7.2.6.1 Reagent carousel jam ........................................................................................................... 157
7.2.6.2 Failure of automatic reagent barcode scanning by the reagent carousel .............................. 157
7.2.6.3 Reagent carousel cover is forced open in running process .................................................. 157
7.2.6.4 Reagent carousel temp out of range ..................................................................................... 158
7.2.7 RV magnetic separation rotational motion error—jam .................................................................. 158
7.2.8 RV Feederunit failure ..................................................................................................................... 159
7.2.8.1 Error in movement of cuvette capturing/pushing/placing/selecting motor .......................... 159
7.2.8.2 No cuvettes enter RV carousel/failure to add cuvettes to RV carousel/failure of 50/100 attempts
to place cuvette on RV carousel ....................................................................................................... 159
7.2.9 Pipeline failure................................................................................................................................ 159
7.2.9.1 Liquid waste tank full .......................................................................................................... 159
7.2.9.2 Wash buffer insufficient ....................................................................................................... 159
7.3 List of data alarm ............................................................................................................................... 160
7.4 Removing/replacing routine parts ..................................................................................................... 164
7.4.1 Removing sample/reagent probe .................................................................................................... 164
7.4.2 Removing / installing incubation pot assembly .............................................................................. 165
7.4.2.1 Removing incubation pot assembly ..................................................................................... 165
7.4.2.2 Installing incubation pot assembly....................................................................................... 166
7.4.3 Removing/installing reagent pot assembly ..................................................................................... 168
7.4.3.1 Removing reagent pot assembly .......................................................................................... 168
7.4.3.2 Replace 12V semiconductor thermoelectric cooler (Peltier cooler) .................................... 173
7.4.3.3 Installing reagent pot assembly ............................................................................................ 176
7.4.4 Removing magnetic separation tray ............................................................................................... 178
7.4.4.1 Remove device panel and housing ....................................................................................... 178
7.4.4.2 Disassemble the magnetic separation carousel and the magnet carousel assembly ............. 184
7.4.4.3 Install the magnet carousel assembly and the magnetic separation carousel body .............. 186
7.4.5 Removing/installing reading station assembly ............................................................................... 188
7.4.5.1 Removing reading station assembly .................................................................................... 188
7.4.5.2 Installing reading station assembly ...................................................................................... 190
7.4.5.3 Removing/ installing PMT and wiring................................................................................. 190
7.4.6 Removing/installing RV feeder assembly ...................................................................................... 191
7.4.6.1 Removing RV Feeder assembly ........................................................................................... 191
7.4.6.2 Installing RV array ............................................................................................................... 192
Chapter VIII Aligning ..................................................................................................................................... 193
8.1 Aligning Process.................................................................................................................................... 193
8.2 Preparations ........................................................................................................................................... 195
8.2.1 Preparing Tools .............................................................................................................................. 195
8.2.1.1 List of required tools ............................................................................................................ 195
8.2.1.2 List of debugging fixture ..................................................................................................... 196
8.3 Preparation before powering up the whole machine ............................................................................. 199
8.3.1 Check the whole machine before powering up............................................................................... 199
8.3.2 Powering up .................................................................................................................................... 199
8.4 Instruction of software debugging interface .......................................................................................... 200
8.4.1 Start the operation software ............................................................................................................ 200
8.4.2 Introduction to the debugging interface.......................................................................................... 200
8.5 Aligning Mechanical Positions.............................................................................................................. 202
8.5.1 Motor status confirmation .............................................................................................................. 202
8.5.2 Sensor status confirmation.............................................................................................................. 203
8.5.3 Pump/valve status confirmation ..................................................................................................... 204
8.5.4 Indicator light button status confirmation....................................................................................... 205
8.5.5 Adjust the sample probe rocker length and the horizontal motion range ....................................... 205
8.5.5.1 Adjust the sample probe rocker length................................................................................. 205
8.5.5.2 Adjust motion range of the sample probe ............................................................................ 206
8.5.6 Adjust the gripper rocker length and the horizontal motion range ................................................. 207
8.5.6.1 Adjust the gripper rocker length .......................................................................................... 207
8.5.6.2 Adjust the horizontal motion range of the gripper ............................................................... 209
8.5.7 Adjust mechanical positions of the reading station and the cuvette dropping site ......................... 209
8.5.8 Adjust mechanical position of the RV feeder assembly ................................................................. 210
8.5.9 Adjust mechanical position of RV cuvette capturing assembly ..................................................... 212
8.5.10 (Horizontal positions of magnetic separation dispensing probe and aspirating probe) adjust
horizontal positions of phase 4 aspirating probe and trigger A probe on magnetic separation carousel . 212
8.5.10.1 Install and adjust the dispensing probes............................................................................. 212
8.5.10.2 Install and adjust the aspirating probes .............................................................................. 213
8.5.10.3 Take out the adjusting fixture............................................................................................. 214
8.5.10.4 Adjust length and horizontal position of liquid waste aspirating probe rocker .................. 215
8.6 Software parameter debugging .............................................................................................................. 215
8.6.1 Debugging procedure and precautions ........................................................................................... 215
8.6.2 Verify the default parameters ......................................................................................................... 216
8.6.3 Debug parameters of gripper/magnetic RTA ................................................................................. 216
8.6.3.1 Software debugging interface .............................................................................................. 216
8.6.3.2 Content and instructions of debugging ................................................................................ 216
8.6.4 Debug parameters of probe/reagent carousel ................................................................................. 222
8.6.4.2 Instruction of debugging content ......................................................................................... 222
8.6.5 RV/sample loading parameters ....................................................................................................... 226
8.6.5.2 Instruction of debugging content ......................................................................................... 227
8.7 Position confirmation ............................................................................................................................ 231
8.7.1 Confirm gripper position ................................................................................................................ 231
8.7.2 Confirm sample probe position ...................................................................................................... 232
8.7.3 Confirm incubation carousel position............................................................................................. 233
8.7.4 Confirm reagent carousel position .................................................................................................. 233
8.7.5 Confirm RV magnetic separation ................................................................................................... 234
8.7.6 Confirm reading station position .................................................................................................... 235
8.8 Temperature control debugging............................................................................................................. 235
8.8.1 List of tools for temperature control debugging ............................................................................. 235
8.8.2 Acceptance criteria for temperature control Aligning .................................................................... 235
8.8.3 Method for temperature control adjusting ...................................................................................... 236
8.8.3.1 Confirm temperature difference of temperature sensor ....................................................... 236
8.8.3.2 Operation method for viewing liner change of temperature sensor ..................................... 238
8.8.3.3 View the temperature curve the incubation carousel ........................................................... 238
8.8.3.4 View the temperature curve of the sample probe interior .................................................... 239
8.8.3.5 View substrate temperature curve ........................................................................................ 239
8.5.3.6 View the temperature curve of the reagent refrigeration...................................................... 240
Chapter IX Maintenance.................................................................................................................................. 241
9.1 Maintenance considerations .................................................................................................................. 241
9.2 Tools and materials for maintenance ..................................................................................................... 241
9.3 Materials for maintenance ..................................................................................................................... 242
9.4 Overview of maintenance ...................................................................................................................... 242
9.5 Content of maintenance ......................................................................................................................... 244
9.5.1 Daily maintenance .......................................................................................................................... 244
9.5.1.1 Clean the table board of the instrument ............................................................................... 244
9.5.1.2 Clean up solid and liquid wastes .......................................................................................... 244
9.5.1.3 Check consumables (cuvettes, wash buffer, pre-trigger, trigger) ......................................... 244
9.5.1.4 Check temperature (reagent carousel, incubation carousel, pre/trigger) .............................. 244
9.5.1.5 Remaining test number and expiry date of reagent, check calibration information............. 245
9.5.2 Weekly maintenance....................................................................................................................... 245
9.5.2.1 Cleaning shell and loading area of sample rack ................................................................... 245
9.5.2.2 Sample probe cleaning ......................................................................................................... 245
9.5.2.3 Washing station cleaning ..................................................................................................... 247
9.5.3 Monthly maintenance ..................................................................................................................... 248
9.5.3.1 Reagent carousel cleaning.................................................................................................... 248
9.5.3.2 Magnetic separation aspiration probe cleaning .................................................................... 249
9.5.4 Quarterly maintenance.................................................................................................................... 251
9.5.4.1 RV cavity cleaning ............................................................................................................... 251
9.5.4.2 Mixing mechanism cleaning ................................................................................................ 251
9.5.4.3 Reading station cart cleaning ............................................................................................... 252
9.5.4.4 Gripper fingers cleaning ...................................................................................................... 252
9.5.4.5 Liquid system joint check .................................................................................................... 253
9.5.4.6 Pre-trigger probe cleaning.................................................................................................... 254
9.5.4.7 Trigger adding head cleaning ............................................................................................... 256
9.5.4.8 Cleaning dispensing probe for magnetic separation ............................................................ 258
9.5.4.9 Performance check ............................................................................................................... 259
9.5.4.10 Purified water test .............................................................................................................. 263
9.5.3.11 Calibration.......................................................................................................................... 264
9.5.3.12 Quality control ................................................................................................................... 264
9.5.5 Semi-annual maintenance ............................................................................................................... 264
9.5.5.1 Incubation carousel cleaning................................................................................................ 264
9.5.5.2 Cleaning of inner and outer magnetic separation carousel holes ......................................... 265
9.5.5.3 Wash buffer A tank cleaning ................................................................................................ 266
9.5.5.4 Coolant check ...................................................................................................................... 266
9.5.5.5 Dust screen cleaning ............................................................................................................ 267
9.5.5.6 Temperature check (view the curve of reagent refrigeration temperature) .......................... 267
9.5.5.7 Cleaning the optocouplers of the sample loading component.............................................. 269
9.5.5.8 Cleaning the cart .................................................................................................................. 269
9.5.5.9 Waste liquid aspiration probe cleaning ................................................................................ 270
9.5.5.10 Replacing the peristaltic pump pipe ................................................................................... 270
9.5.5.11 Replacing the wash buffer filter ......................................................................................... 271
9.5.5.12 Mechanical position confirm ............................................................................................. 271
Annex Table of Fault Codes ............................................................................................................................ 284
Chapter I System and Specification
1.1 System Features

⚫ Dimension (length × width × height): 1030mm*750mm*710mm;
⚫ Weight:165Kg (empty weight);
⚫ Power source: 100~240V AC, 50~60Hz. Mains voltage fluctuation: normal voltage ±10%;
⚫ Power consumption: 1000VA;
⚫ Test principle: Acridinium ester direct chemiluminescence with magnetic particles;
⚫ Test method: sandwich method, indirect method, competition method;
⚫ Test options: test profiles are provided in software;
⚫ Calibration type: reagent kit multi-point calibration;
⚫ Quality control method: multi-level quality control;
⚫ Simultaneous test items: 20;
⚫ Maximum test speed: 180T/H.
1.2 Assay system

⚫ Sample/reagent probe type: Single probe
⚫ Sample volume per test: 5-150 μL
⚫ Sample detection: liquid level detection and blood clot detection
⚫ Sample loading capacity: 10 sample rack positions, 5 samples per rack, 50 sample positions with STAT function.
⚫ Barcode type: Code bar
Code 39
Code 128
ITF
⚫ Cuvette: PP material featuring heat resistance, anti-corrosion, anti-oxidation and favorable transparency
⚫ Sample tube: micro sample cuvette, original blood collection tube
⚫ Dead volume:
Type Specification Dead volume
Sample cuvette Φ14×25 mm 50μL
Original blood collection tube/plastic test tube Φ13×75 mm 8 mm above the unavailable sample
Table 1-1: Dead volume
⚫ Incubation carousel capacity: 75 holes

⚫ Incubation carousel temperature: 37.0℃±0.3℃, with ±0.1℃ fluctuation
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 1
⚫ Reagent carousel capacity: 20 reagent kits

⚫ Reagent carousel temperature: 2-8℃
⚫ Reagent detection method: track by volume
⚫ Reagent identification: barcode scanning
⚫ Reaction vessels loader capacity: 1000 reaction vessels reserve for continuous loading
⚫ Reagent volume: 50 persons/portion
⚫ Online loading function: Software control
⚫ Pre-dilution: automatic dilution
⚫ Reagent/sample probe: Single probe
⚫ Reagent/sample probe washing: interior/exterior washing
⚫ Mixer: non-contact vortex mixer
1.3 Working Interface

⚫ Operating system: Windows 7 or above
⚫ CPU: 3.6G/dual-core
⚫ Motherboard: BIOS supports remote start up via Internet
⚫ Memory: 4GB
⚫ Hard disk: 500GB, SATA interface
⚫ Network card: dual network card, used for communication between LIS software and PC, and communication
between PC and analyzing sub-system
⚫ USB: 2 USB ports or more, used for connection with PC, printer, mobile storage devices, and handheld barcode
scanners
⚫ Serial port: 1 RS232 port or more, used for connection between LIS software and PC, and between PC and
printer
⚫ Display: 19 inches or above, with touch screen optional. Resolution: 1440×900 or above
2 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
Chapter II Installation
2.1 Space Requirement

⚫ The device shall be installed in a space with width over 1500mm and length over 2200m (reserve a free space
of 650mm to the back and sides of the device for maintenance).
电源
Power
supply
Direct discharge outlet
直排口&废液桶
& liquid waste tank Passable area
650
可通行区域
2030
UPS
Passable area
可
通
行
S1
2030
iFlash
750
区可通行区域
Passable area
网
supply
Power
域
口
External
外置清洗液
washbuffer
500
7mm 1030 13mm
650
S1:开关
S1: Switch
图中单位mm
Unit: mm
Figure 2-1: Installation diagram
2.2 Electrical Environment

⚫ Domestic 220V model: 200V -240V~50/60Hz; voltage fluctuation range: ±10%; frequency fluctuation
range: ± 1Hz;
⚫ International 220V model: 200-240V~ 50/60Hz; voltage fluctuation range: ±10%; frequency fluctuation
range: ± 1Hz;
⚫ International 110V model: 100-120V~ 50/60Hz; voltage fluctuation range: ±10%; frequency fluctuation
range: ±1Hz;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 3
⚫ Three-pin power cord, well grounded;
Warning:
The power socket shall be properly grounded to prevent electric shock and device damage.
Make sure the power supply meets the requirement and comes with a proper fuse.
⚫ The rated input power of the main unit of the device is 1000VA. The power socket shall be able to carry 10A
current and above (20A for international 110V model);
⚫ For Uninterrupted Power Supply, a power capacity of 2000VA is required as it needs to power the analyzer, the
computer and the printer;
⚫ No significant noise sources or power interference;
⚫ Keep away from brush motor and electric equipment that are powered on/off frequently;
⚫ Keep away from equipment that emits electromagnetic waves, such as phones and transceivers.
2.3 Environmental Requirements
2.3.1 Installation Environment
⚫ Altitude: ≤2000m;
⚫ Install the device indoors;
⚫ The table or ground shall be level with inclination＜1/200;
⚫ The table or ground shall be able to bear 165kg;
⚫ Good ventilation;
⚫ As dustless as possible;
⚫ Avoid direct sunlight;
⚫ Keep away from heat source or wind source;
⚫ No corrosive or flammable gases;
⚫ The table or ground shall be free from vibration.
2.3.2 RH & Temperature
⚫ The room temperature shall be 15℃~30℃ with a fluctuation of ≤2℃/h in operation, use air conditioner if the
room temperature fails to meet the requirement;
⚫ RH 20% -70% without condensation.
Note:
⚫ Follow the requirements above to ensure the performance of the device, and use air conditioner if it exceeds the
requirements on RH and temperature.
⚫ As heat generated during operation is dissipated from the back of the device, keep good ventilation.
⚫ Use ventilation equipment. However, it shall prevent the air flow from blowing the instrument directly, otherwise
4 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
the data reliability may be affected thereof.
2.4 Installation Steps

1 Tools Prepare 1 Fixing instrument
2 Software Work 2 Waste liquid
Installation 3 Waste tank
connection 4 PC
5 Scan code
1 Environment 6 Power
2 Unpacking sapce
Installation
3 Installation space
requirements Installation 1 Software
4 Power input& noisy
level software 2 PC& Instrument
connention
5 Drain requirements
1 Check 1 Prepare
2 Unpacking 2 Power on
Unpacking Power on
3 Accessory 3 Boot check
4 PC& Monitor 4 setting
5 Check List
1 Protection film 1 Dark count
2 Fixing tape and foam 2 Background test
3 Gripper 3 Reading
Power on
4 Sam& Rea probe repeatability test
5 Magnetic separation 4 Calibration
6 Aspirates probe Installtion 5 Repeatability test
7 Sample tray Fixture Report 6 Reliability
8 Bottle lid Remove confirm
9 peristaltic pump
tube
End
10 Wah buff bottle B
Figure 2-2: Schematic diagram of installation process
1. Make sure that there is suitable site for installation in the hospital: enough space for unpacking and installation;
2. Make sure that the hospital environment is acceptable for the instrument to run: the requirements of operating
environment, power supply, noise and water drainage are satisfied;
3. Arrive at the site, unpack and check whether the materials are complete against the packing list, and then request
the hospital to check and accept;
4. Unpack, place the equipment, remove the fixing pieces for each module;
5. Fix the peristaltic pump tube again, check whether the circulating piping for water cooling are bent, whether the
couplings are loosened, and whether the liquid piping is loose or abnormal;
6. Check whether there is breakage on the inner tank for wash buffer, check whether the ESD brush can reach to
the sample tubes normally; check whether the magnetic separation aspirating probes move up and down
smoothly;
7. Check the levelness and the stability of the bench top, fix the device with the carrying handles and mount the
left and right trim strips;
8. Install the solid waste container, connect wash buffer and pre-trigger, and confirm the waste discharging mode
and connect the liquid waste tubes (the condensate water piping for the reagent pot must be connected to the
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 5
liquid waste tank instead of discharging directly);

9. Install the computer and the display, connect the instrument; connect the external QR code scanner; connect the
power supply for the device, the PC host and the display;
10. Check whether the IP address is configured correctly; check PC settings, check whether the PC sleep time is
cancelled and whether the firewall is closed;
11. Wipe the RV cavity to clean and import the reaction cuvettes into the cavity before starting up the machine;
when the machine is started up for the first time, it shall fill water coolant and observe if it circulates normally;
12. After starting up, it shall save the instrument version information, export and save the parameters, confirm
whether the temperature is normal and confirm relevant mechanical positions.
13. Fill the liquid system, and then confirm the dispensing volume of the magnetic separation dispensing probes,
the pre-trigger and the trigger as well as the aspiration result of the magnetic separation aspirating probes.
14. Carry out relevant operation software settings, add methodology and reagents, and perform aging test.
15. Validate relevant performance, and then back up the database.
16. Conduct training for teachers of the department on how to operate the instrument and the software as well as
simple instrument maintenance.
17. Finish and return the iFlash 1800 Installation Report and the iFlash 1800 Performance Verification and
Calibration Report_A1. Installation is finished.
Caution: please refer to iFlash 1800 Installation Manual for detailed steps of operation.
6 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
Chapter III Mechanical System
3.1 Mechanical System Overview
3.1.1 Appearance description
⚫ The mechanical system of iFlash 1800 consists of RV feederassembly, magnetic separation assembly, mixing
assembly, cuvette gripper assembly, incubation pot assembly, sample probe assembly, reagent carousel assembly,
reading station assembly, sample loading assembly and cart assembly.
②
②
③
④ ③ ⑦
⑤
① ④
⑥ ⑦
⑥
⑤
①
⑧ ⑨
⑨
Figure 3-1: Top view of the complete instrument

SN Part Name Functions & Effects
1 RV feeder assembly Supply the system with cuvettes continuously
Magnetic separation 1. Storing the cuvettes
2
assembly 2. Phase 4 magnetic separation cleaning system and filling of pre-trigger
3 Mixer assembly Mix sample and reagent (diluent) in cuvette
1. Gripping the cuvettes to each position in the reaction system
4 Cuvette gripper assembly
Motion range: RV carousel---incubation carousel---mixer---magnetic
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 7
separation carousel---reading station---cuvette dropping site

Incubation carousel 1. Incubation unit for the iFlash 1800 system
5
assembly 2. Moving in cooperation with the cuvette gripper assembly
1. Aspirating the sample and reagent to the cuvettes
6 Sample probe assembly Movement range: washing well → cart (sample rack) → incubation
carousel → reagent carousel
Reagent carousel 1. Store reagents at the temperature range between 2-8℃
7
assembly 2. Moving in cooperation with the sample probe assembly
1. Filling quantified trigger (200μL) into the cuvettes
2. Reading the photons inside the cuvettes through PMT and amplifying
8 Reading station assembly the signals
3. Aspirating the liquid in the cuvettes through the waste aspirating probe
assembly once reading is finished
1. Used for placing the sample rack, it can move rightwards and leftwards
9 Sample loading assembly 2. There are 11 locking positions, one of which is sample rack buffer
storage position and other 10 are regular positions
Table 3-1: Description of specific assemblies
3.1.2 System workflow
Example with one incubation process:

1. Power up the device, and connect the upper-layer unit and middle/low-layer unit, with the analyzer sub-
system in failure status.
2. Conduct initializing of the system, with assemblies reset, cuvettes cleared away, reagent carousel and mixer
get ready for testing. In software interface, request test for samples.
3. Load reagent, prepare samples and click “Start”.
4. The device is reset again, with washing cycles performed, sample loading parts moving to ready position
and the cart moving the samples to the sample aspiration position.
5. The gripper takes a new cuvette to the incubation carousel, and the carousel moves to the position where
the cuvette is located at sample injection position.
6. The sample probe aspirates and injects sample.
7. The sample probes aspirate the reagent and fill it into the cuvettes.
8. The gripper takes the cuvette to mixer position, and after mixing, moves it back to the incubation carousel
where the incubating process takes place.
9. After incubation, the gripper takes the cuvette to the magnetic separation tray, where the magnetic
separation washing cycles are performed.
10. After 4-phase magnetic separation washing cycles, pre-trigger is injected.
11. The gripper takes the cuvette to the reading station, where trigger solution is added to trigger
chemiluminescence reaction, and the software calculate the assay result with the measured light signal.
12. The waste liquid aspirating probe aspirates the residue liquid in the cuvette, and then the cuvette is dropped
into waste tank by the gripper.
13. After all samples are tested, cuvettes are added to perform magnetic separation self-cleaning process.
Example with two incubation processes:
1. Power up the device, and connect the upper-layer unit and middle/low-layer unit, with the analyzer sub-
8 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
system in failure status;

2. Conduct initializing of the system, with assemblies reset, cuvettes cleared away, reagent carousel and mixer
get ready for testing. In software interface, request test for samples;
3. Load reagent, prepare samples and click “Start”;
4. The device is reset again, with washing cycles performed, sample loading parts moving to ready position
and the cart moving the samples to the sample aspiration position;
5. The gripper takes a new cuvette to the incubation carousel, and the carousel moves to the position where
the cuvette is located at sample injection position;
6. The sample probe aspirates and injects sample;
7. The reagent probe aspirates and injects reagent into the cuvette;
8. The gripper takes the cuvette to mixer position, and after mixing, moves it back to the incubation carousel
where the incubating process takes place;
9. After incubation, the gripper takes the cuvette to the magnetic separation carousel, where the magnetic
separation washing cycles are performed;
10. After washing cycles, the gripper takes the cuvette to the incubation carousel again, and the sample probe
injects sample into the cuvette again.
11. After incubation, the gripper takes the cuvette to the magnetic separation carousel, where the magnetic
separation washing cycles are performed;
12. After 4-phase magnetic separation washing cycles, pre-trigger is injected;
13. The gripper takes the cuvette to the reading station, where trigger solution is added to trigger
chemiluminescence reaction, and the software calculate the assay result with the measured light signal;
14. The waste liquid aspirating probe aspirates the residue liquid in the cuvette, and then the cuvette is dropped
into waste tank by the gripper;
15. After all samples are tested, cuvettes are added to perform magnetic separation self-cleaning process.
3.2 RV Feeder Assembly

Working principle: the cuvette capturing motor drives the conveyor belt to capture the cuvettes, the cuvette pushing
rod start to move from the home position to push the cuvettes to the pipe opening of the cuvette placing assembly,
the cuvette placing motor moves to place the cuvettes into the cuvette placing piping, and then the cuvettes are
blocked by the cuvette choosing assembly. When the cuvette choosing assembly receives command, it will start to
move from the home position and have the cuvettes dropped into the RV carousel and block the cuvettes from being
loaded in the RV carousel.
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 9
Figure 3-2: RV feeder assembly 3D diagram

1 Chain drive assembly Provide power to drive cuvette capturing assembly
Work with the chain drive assembly to provide power for cuvette capturing
2 Drive shaft assembly
assembly
Cuvette capturing chain
3 Move cuvettes
assembly
Work with PTP optocoupler (short) to provide positioning function to
4 Encoder
cuvette capturing assembly
Horizontal cuvette Pushing the cuvettes in the cuvette capturing hopper of the cuvette
5
pushing assembly capturing chain assembly into the cuvette placing mechanism assembly
Cuvette placing Store a few cuvettes and serve as a channel for cuvettes falling into RV
6
assembly carousel
Cuvette selecting
7 Make cuvettes fall from cuvette placing assembly onto RV carousel orderly
assembly
Table 3-2: Functional description of each assembly of the RV array
Caution: after disassembling the RV feeder assembly, it has to adjust the relative position of the RV feeder assembly
10 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
and the magnetic separation carousel assembly. Please consult Chapter VIII---Debugging for detailed debugging
procedure.
3.2.1 Horizontal cuvette pushing assembly
Working principle of the cuvette pushing assembly:

① When less than 3 cuvettes are left in the cuvette placing slideway, the cuvette adding optocoupler’s signal
changes, leading the control board to issue commands for movement of the cuvette capturing assembly and horizontal
cuvette pushing assembly.
② The cuvette capturing mechanism assembly starts to move and its motion is positioned by the coder and the
short PTP optocoupler of the cuvette capturing mechanism through closed-loop control.
③ The horizontal cuvette pushing motor starts, driving the slider through the timing belt which in turn drives the
horizontal cuvette pushing seat and horizontal cuvette pushing rod; the optocoupler barrier, the optocouplers at the
horizontal cuvette pushing mechanism’s initial position and ending position controls the movement through closed-
loop control.
Specifically, the horizontal cuvette pushing mechanism accelerates to move from the initial position optocoupler to
the ending position optocoupler, then continue to moves 200 microsteps according to the constant parameter “Ending
position of horizontal cuvette pushing mechanism” and starts to slow down according to the adjustable parameter
“Horizontal cuvette pushing further movement parameter ”, pushing the cuvette to specified position in the cuvette
placing mechanism.
Figure 3-3: Horizontal cuvette pushing assembly 3D diagram

Horizontal cuvette pushing motor
1 Provide power for movement of horizontal cuvette pushing rod
assembly
2 Timing belt wheel Work with timing belt to provide power
3 Timing belt wheel Work with timing belt to provide power
4 Timing belt Work with 5×11×5 flanged bearings to provide power
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 11
5 Linear guide rail Define slider movement track

Mounted on linear guide rail, work with timing belt to drive
6 Slider
horizontal cuvette pushing seat
Mounted on slider, and connected with horizontal cuvette pushing
7 Cuvette pushing seat
rod
Push cuvettes from cuvette capturing container (V2) into cuvette
8 Cuvette pushing rod
placing slot
Provide positioning function for movement through closed-loop
9 Optocoupler barrier control by working with horizontal cuvette pushing assembly’s
initial position (ending position) optocoupler
PTP optocoupler (short) with wire
(horizontal cuvette pushing Provide positioning function for movement through closed-loop
10
mechanism’s initial position control by working with the optocoupler barrier
optocoupler)
PTP optocoupler (short) and wire
(horizontal cuvette pushing Provide positioning function for movement through closed-loop
11
mechanism’s ending position control by working with the optocoupler barrier
optocoupler)
Table 3-3: Functional description of each component of the cuvette pushing assembly
3.2.2 Cuvette placing assembly
Working principle of the cuvette placing mechanism assembly:

① On the return way of the horizontal cuvette pushing assembly’s cuvette pushing rod after it pushes the cuvette
from the cuvette capturing chain assembly into the cuvette placing assembly, when the horizontal cuvette pushing
assembly’s optocoupler barrier shields the horizontal cuvette pushing mechanism’s ending position optocoupler, the
optocoupler gives signal.
② The cuvette placing motor assembly starts to move and drives the cuvette placing slider of the cuvette placing
mechanism assembly to place the cuvettes onto the cuvette placing slide and get them blocked by the cuvette choosing
mechanism. When 3 cuvettes are accumulated on the slide, the cuvette replenishing detecting optocoupler will detect
the signal of cuvette, and then the cuvette capturing mechanism assembly will reset and the cuvette pushing assembly
and the cuvette placing mechanism assembly will stop working.
12 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
Figure 3-4: Cuvette placing assembly 3D diagram

1 Cuvette placing motor assembly Provide power for movement of cuvette dropping slider
Secure the cuvette placing mechanism’s assembly and RV Feeder
2 Feeding bottom panel
assembly
Cuvette dropping carousel The barrier on the cuvette dropping carousel works with the PTP
3 (cuvette placing motor optocoupler (short) to provide positioning function for movement
assembly accessory) of the cuvette dropping slider through closed-loop control
Provide positioning function for movement of the cuvette
4 PTP optocoupler (short) and wire dropping slider through closed-loop control by working with
cuvette dropping carousel’s barrier
Connect the cuvette placing motor assembly and cuvette dropping
5 Cuvette dropping slot panel
slider, provide driving force
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 13
Mounted on the linear guide rail, the slider pushes the cuvette into
6 Cuvette dropping slider
cuvette placing slideway
7 Linear guide rail Define the track of cuvette dropping slider movement
8 Cuvette placing cover Keep foreign matter /dust out
9 Limit panel Limit cuvette position
Serve as cuvette dropping channel in combination with the cover
10 Feeding channel 1
1
Serve as cuvette dropping channel in combination with the feeding
11 Cover 1
channel 1
12 Optocoupler seat Secure the PTP optocoupler (long) to feeding channel 1
PTP optocoupler (long) Detecting remaining amount of the cuvettes (three) in the cuvette
13
(cuvette-adding optocoupler) placing slide
Cuvette placing channel lower Serve as cuvette dropping channel in combination with the cuvette
14
cover placing channel lower slot
Cuvette placing channel lower Serve as cuvette dropping channel in combination with the cuvette
15
slot placing channel lower cover
Cuvette placing guide tube
16 Secure the cuvette placing guide tube
bracket
Cuvette placing guide tube
17 Let cuvettes fall into holes on RV carousel precisely
(GLR)
Table 3-4: Functional description of each component of the cuvette placing mechanism assembly
3.2.3 Cuvette selecting assembly
Working principle of the cuvette choosing mechanism:

① When the RV carousel cuvette detection optocoupler detects that there is no cuvette on the RV carousel, it gives
signal.
② The cuvette placing mechanism motor starts. The cuvette selecting mechanism’s initial position optocoupler,
ending position optocoupler and optocoupler barrier provide positioning function for movement of cuvette placing
mechanism through closed-loop control: when the optocoupler barrier on the cuvette placing slider moves from the
cuvette selecting mechanism’s initial position optocoupler to the ending position optocoupler, and then return to the
initial position optocoupler, the feed board makes a return trip together with the cuvette placing slider.
③ The unloading board of the cuvette releasing mechanism moves forth and back for a round trip by following the
cuvette placing slider, and a cuvette is placed into a RV carousel hole along the guide tube of the cuvette placing
mechanism assembly after it passes through the unloading board of the cuvette releasing mechanism from the slide
of the cuvette placing mechanism assembly.
14 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
Figure 3-5: Cuvette selecting assembly 3D diagram

1 Cuvette placing motor assembly Provide power for cuvette selecting mechanism
2 Cuvette placing bottom panel Secure the cuvette selecting assembly to the RV Feeder assembly
Connect cuvette placing motor assembly and cuvette placing slider,
3 Cuvette placing guide slot
provide driving force
Mounted on linear guide rail, driven by motor to provide power to
4 Cuvette placing slider
feed board
5 Linear guide rail Define movement of cuvette placing slider and feed board
6 Feed board Carry cuvettes
Provide positioning function for movement through closed-loop
7 Optocoupler barrier control by working with cuvette selecting assembly’s initial position
(ending position) optocoupler
PTP optocoupler (short) and
wire Provide positioning function for movement through closed-loop
8
(Cuvette selecting mechanism control by working with optocoupler barrier
initial position optocoupler)
wire Provide positioning function for movement through closed-loop
9
(Cuvette selecting mechanism control by working with optocoupler barrier
ending position optocoupler)
Table 3-5: Function of cuvette selecting parts
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 15
3.3 Magnetic separation assembly

Working principle:
1. The principle of cuvette replenishing: the RV cuvette position detecting optocoupler (short reflective
photoelectric sensor (5-9mm)) detects whether there are cuvettes in the 19 holes of the RV carousel. If no cuvette
is detected, it will send cuvette replenishing signal, and then the RV feeder assembly will choose cuvettes and
the cuvette choosing mechanism will convey the cuvettes and get them placed into the RV carousel holes through
the cuvette placing guide tube.
2. The workflow of magnetic separation: taking one-step method for instance, after the samples and the reagent
are added into the cuvettes and mixed and incubated, the cuvettes will be inserted into the inner magnetic
separation carousel by the gripper, and then phase 4 magnetic separation cleaning will be performed to the
mixture within the sample cuvettes by the dispensing probes and the aspirating probes under the magnetic effect
of the magnet carousel assembly. After phase 4 magnetic separation cleaning is done, the pre-trigger will be
injected by the pre-trigger probes.
Figure 3-6: 3D drawing of the magnetic separation assembly
16 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0

Magnetic separation rotation Driving rotational motion of the aspirating probe assembly on
1
driving assembly horizontal plane
2 Magnet carousel assembly Holding the cuvettes and providing magnetism
3 Dispensing probe assembly Fixing the injection needs and the pre-trigger probes
4 Aspirating probe assembly Fixing the aspirating probes
Magnetic separation vertical
5 Driving motion of the aspirating probe assembly in vertical direction
driving assembly
Body of magnetic separation
6 Loading the cuvettes
carousel (18)
Table 3-6: Functional description of each component of the magnetic separation assembly
3.3.1 Magnetic separation rotation driving assembly
Working principle: driven by the magnetic separation rotation motor assembly, the magnetic separation carousel zero
position optocoupler (short PTP optocoupler and wires) positions the zero position of the magnetic separation
assembly through closed-loop control by synergizing with the magnetic separation zero position light baffle (18).
And the magnetic separation carousel positioning optocoupler (short PTP optocoupler and wires) positions the motion
of the magnetic separation assembly through closed-loop control by synergizing with the magnetic separation coder
(18).
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 17
Figure 3-7: 3D drawing of the magnetic separation rotation driving assembly

Connecting the magnetic separation rotation motor assembly to the
1 Motor mounting board
main shaft and fixing such assembly
Magnetic separation rotation Driving rotational motion of the magnetic separation carousel on
2
motor assembly a horizontal plane
3 Main shaft of incubation carousel /
Positioning the motion of the magnetic separation carousel
through closed-loop control by synergizing with the magnetic
4 Magnetic separation coder (18)
separation carousel positioning optocoupler (short PTP
optocoupler and wires)
Magnetic separation positioning
Judging positioning jam of motion of the magnetic separation
optocoupler
5 carousel through closed-loop control by synergizing with magnetic
(short PTP optocoupler and
separation coder (18)
wires)
18 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
Positioning the home position of the magnetic separation carousel

Magnetic separation zero through closed-loop control by synergizing with the magnetic
6
position light baffle (18) separation carousel zero position optocoupler (short PTP
Magnetic separation carousel
Positioning the home position of the magnetic separation carousel
zero position optocoupler
7 through closed-loop control by synergizing with the magnetic
(short PTP optocoupler and
separation carousel zero position light baffle (18)
wires)
8 Timing belt Driving
Table 3-7: Functional description of each component of the magnetic separation rotational driving assembly
3.3.2 Magnet carousel assembly
Figure 3-8: 3D drawing of the magnetic separation carousel assembly

1 Magnet ring Fixing the 12×10×15(N52) Magnet
2 12×10×15(N52) Magnet Providing magnetism
3 Magnetic separation foam Thermal insulation
The inner ring is used as magnetic separation carousel with 19 holes;
Body of magnetic separation
4 and the outer ring is used as RV carousel with 20 holes (including a
carousel
positioning hole)
Table 3-8: Functional description of each component of the magnet carousel assembly
Caution: the magnet replacing and positioning tooling shall be used for positioning the magnet carousel assembly
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 19
after disassembled.
3.3.3 Dispensing probe assembly
Figure3-9: 3D drawing of the dispensing probe assembly

Base mounting board for Connecting the vertical mounting board for dispensing probe and
1
dispensing probe fixing it onto the magnetic separation assembly
Vertical mounting board for Connecting the top mounting board for dispensing probe and fixing it
2
dispensing probe onto the base board
Top mounting board for Connecting the dispensing probe mounting base and the pre-trigger
3
dispensing probe probe mounting base and fixing them onto the vertical board
Dispensing probe mounting Fixing the dispensing probe onto the top mounting board for
4
base dispensing probe
There are totally two dispensing probes for dispensing wash buffer
5 Dispensing probes into the cuvettes. In general, the dispensing volume is 150μL or 250μL
in phase one, 600μL in phase two, 690μL in phase three and 710μL in
20 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
phase four
Pre-trigger probe mounting Fixing the pre-trigger probe onto the top mounting board for
6
base dispensing probe
Dispensing 100μL pre-trigger into the cuvettes that have gone through
7 Pre-trigger probe
phase four magnetic separation cleaning
Table 3-9: Functional description of each component of the dispensing probe assembly
Caution: dispensing probe positioning tooling shall be used for adjusting the horizontal position and the vertical
height after replacing the dispensing probes and the pre-trigger probe.
3.3.4 Aspirating probe assembly
Figure 3-10: 3D drawing of the aspirating probe assembly

Fixing the aspirating probe base and connecting the aspirating rocker
1 Aspirating rocker
adapter board of the magnetic separation vertical driving assembly
2 Aspirating probe base Fixing the aspirating probes
Spring board for aspirating
3 Fixing the aspirating probe spring onto the aspirating probe rocker
probe
4 Washing probe spring Buffering the motion of the aspirating probes
Connecting the piping and aspirating the liquid inside the cuvettes
5 Aspiration probes
using the effect of the peristaltic pump
Table 3-10: Functional description of each component of the aspiration probe assembly
Caution: if the aspiration probes are reinstalled after disassembling, it shall confirm whether the probes move up and
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 21
down smoothly.
3.3.5 Magnetic separation vertical driving assembly
Working principle: the 57HB5612 stepper motor of the magnetic separation driving assembly provides power
for driving the aspirating and dispensing screw rod to rotate, thus making the aspirating and dispensing lifting
board move vertically. The aspirating and dispensing home position optocoupler (short PTP optocoupler and
wires) positions the home position (zero position) of the magnetic separation vertical moving assembly through
closed-loop by synergizing with the aspirating zero position light baffle.
Figure 3-11: 3D drawing of the magnetic separation vertical driving assembly

Energizing the vertical motion of magnetic separation vertical driving
1 57HB5612 stepper motor
assembly
Connecting the 57HB5612 stepper motor and the aspirating motor
2 Aspirating motor base
adapter board
3 Aspirating motor adapter Connecting the aspirating motor base and the aspirating guide rail base
22 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
board
4 Aspirating guide rail base Fixing the linear guide rail and the aspirating zero position light baffle
Restricting the motion direction and track of the sliding bearer and the
5 Linear guide rail
aspirating lifting board
6 Sliding bearing Connecting the linear guide rail and the aspirating lifting board
Aspirating and dispensing Being driven, and it rotates to drive the aspirating lifting board with
7
screw rod power provided by 57HB5612 stepper motor
8 Aspirating lifting board Driving
9 Aspirating guide rail base Position limiting
Aspirating rocker adapter Connecting the magnetic separation vertical driving assembly and the
10
board aspirating probe assembly
Positioning the home position of the motion of the magnetic
Aspirating zero position separation vertical driving assembly through closed-loop control by
11
light baffle synergizing with the aspirating and dispensing home position
optocoupler
Aspirating home position
Positioning the home position of the motion of the magnetic
optocoupler
12 separation vertical driving assembly through closed-loop control by
(short PTP optocoupler
synergizing with the aspirating zero position light baffle
and wires)
Manual locking screw for Fixing the aspirating rocker onto the aspirating rocker adapter board of
13
rocker the magnetic separation vertical driving
Table 3-11: Functional description of each component of the magnetic separation vertical driving assembly
3.4 Mixer assembly

Working principle: the gripper grips the cuvettes to the wiggling cuvette of the mixer assembly for carrying out
contactless eccentric vortex mixing to the substance (sample and reagent) within the cuvettes through the motion of
the rocker and the eccentric cartridge by using the power provided by the 42-stepper motor of the mixer assembly.
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 23
Figure 3-12: 3D drawing of the mixer assembly

1 Wiggling cup Cuvette placing position
2 Rocker The rocker drives the wiggling cuvette
3 Eccentric cartridge The eccentric wheel drives the cartridge
4 Mixing optocoupler shielding the sensor and confirming the home position of the sensor
Short PTP optocoupler and
5 Zero position sensor of the mixer assembly
wires
6 Cushion Shock absorption and buffering
7 42 stepper motor Mixing motor
Table 3-12 Functional description of each component of the mixer assembly
3.5 Cuvette Gripper Assembly

Workflow:
Motion track of the gripper: mixing hole – RV carousel – incubation carousel – mixer – magnetic separation carousel
– reading station – cuvette dropping site;
Motion of the gripper: the gripper horizontal motor horizontally moves to the position above the cuvette, the gripper
motor drives the cam to open the gripper to the maximum, and then the gripper moves downwards. When the gripper
is descended to the cuvette site, the gripper motor will drive the cam to stop the gripper at the end position and firmly
grip the cuvette, the vertical motor will drive the gripper up and the horizontal motor will move the cuvette to the
24 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
position above the designated position, and then the vertical motor will drive the gripper down and open it to the
maximum for placing the cuvette, then the gripper will move back to the home position.
Caution: when gripper rocker wires are replaced, the ends of the gripper wires that are connected to the gripper sensor
adapter board are the ends without port, and it has to sequentially connect the wire terminals into the rocker as per
the previous way of connecting of each wire.
Figure 3-13: Cuvette gripper assembly 3D diagram

1 Cuvette gripper rocker assembly Capture/place cuvettes
2 Gripper rocker cable Gripper’s data cable
3 Cuvette gripper drive assembly Provide power for gripper’s horizontal/vertical movement
Table 3-13: Functional description of each component of the cuvette gripper assembly
3.5.1 Rocker assembly
Working principle:
Cuvette gripping principle: the gripper motor (36 stepper motor) of the manipulator assembly drives the cam to have
the gripper fully opened, the gripper motor (36 stepper motor) of the manipulator assembly drives the cam to move
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 25
the gripper to the end position and grip the cuvette using the force of the stretched spring.
Cuvette placing principle: the gripper motor (36 stepper motor) drives the cam to move the gripper from the end
position to the fully open position and place the corvette, and then the gripper motor (36 stepper motor) moves the
cam to the home position and the gripper is closed with the force of the stretched spring.
In the cuvette capturing-placing process, the gripper sensor welding board PCBA (capture empty cuvette detection
photocoupler) works with the light barrier to issue commands to capture/place the cuvette; the SG211V
optocoupler adapter board PCBA (gripper vertical impact detection optocoupler) works with the light barrier to
judge whether impact occurs in cuvette capturing-placing process.
Figure 3-14: Rocker assembly 3D diagram

Cuvette gripper mechanism
1 Protect gripper mechanism
protection cover
Cuvette gripper motion motor that controls opening
2 36 stepper motor
and closing of the gripper finger
SG211V optocoupler adapter board
3 Cuvette capturing 0-position optocoupler
PCBA
The cam moves and opens the gripper to close status
4 Cam
and open status
5 Extension spring Providing force for the gripper to grip and close
6 Gripper Capture cuvette
7 Gripper sensor welding board PCBA Empty gripping detection optocoupler
SG211V optocoupler adapter board
8 Gripper vertical impact detection optocoupler
PCBA
26 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
Anti-collision spring, protecting the moving module in

9 Probe spring
case of vertical impact
Mounted with gripper rocker cable, gripper motor cable
10 Gripper sensor adapter board
and sensor cable
11 Rocker Cuvette gripper’s mechanical arm
Table 3-14: Functional description of each component of the manipulator assembly
3.5.2 Cuvette gripper drive assembly
Working principle:
The sample/reagent probe’s vertical motor assembly provides power for vertical movement of the cuvette
gripper assembly, and the vertical movement null pickup optocoupler works with the light barrier to provide
initial positioning for the movement through closed-loop control.
The sample/reagent probe’s horizontal movement motor (57HB5612 stepper motor) provide power for horizontal
movement of the cuvette gripper assembly. The horizontal movement optocoupler (PTP optocoupler (short) and
wire) works with the rotation light barrier to establish coordinates for the horizontal movement, which allows
the horizontal jam judgment optocoupler (PTP optocoupler (short) and wire) and encoder to judge whether
jamming occurs in horizontal movement.
Figure 3-15: Cuvette gripper drive assembly 3D diagram
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 27
1 Spline-shaft Hold ripper rocker

2 S3M-66 engaged wheel The engaged wheel drives the spline shaft to move horizontally
Horizontal motion timing belt, the motor drives the gear wheel
3 Timing belt
through the timing belt
Horizontal motion optocoupler
Establishing a horizontal coordinate system by synergizing
4 (Short PTP optocoupler and
with the rotary light baffle
wires)
Work with horizontal movement optocoupler (PTP
5 Rotation light barrier optocoupler (short) and wire) to establish horizontal
coordinates
6 57HB5612 stepper motor Horizontal movement motor
Horizontal jam judging optocoupler
7 Judging jam of horizontal motion by synergizing with the coder
(short PTP optocoupler and wires)
Carrying out jam judging to horizontal motion by synergizing
8 Coder with the horizontal jam judging optocoupler (short PTP
9 Coder optocoupler base The base for fixing the horizontal jam judging optocoupler
10 Timing belt Timing belt of vertical motor movement
11 Spline driving module Vertical moving slider
Vertical zero position optocoupler Positioning the home position for vertical motion by
12
(short PTP optocoupler and wires) synergizing with the light baffle
Sample probe vertical motor
13 Vertical moving motor assembly (with idler)
assembly
Support the driving assembly and prevent foreign matter from
14 Driving rack
falling
Table 3-15: Function of cuvette gripper drive parts
3.6 Incubation Carousel Assembly

Workflow:
The encoder, incubation carousel movement null pickup sensor and incubation carousel motor work together to
provide positioning for incubation carousel movement and judge whether jamming occurs.
28 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
Figure 3-16: Incubation carousel assembly 3D diagram

1 Incubation pot assembly Provide incubation environment for the assay
Incubation carousel drive
2 Provide power for incubation carousel movement
assembly
3 Encoder assembly Record position of incubation carousel holes
Table 3-16: Functional description of each component of the incubation carousel assembly
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 29
3.6.1 Incubation pot assembly
Figure 3-17: Incubation pot assembly 3D diagram

Inner thermal insulation
1 Insulate heat and secure parts
ring
Incubation carousel inner Cuvette are placed on the incubation carousel holes, which warms up
2
carousel and incubates cuvettes
The Incubation pot and incubation carousel inner carousel work
3 Incubation pot
together to incubate cuvettes
There are two temperature sensors for monitoring the temperature of the
incubation carousel in a joint and cooperative way (when two sensors
4 Temp sensor and wire operate normally, the average temperature will be taken; when only one
sensor operates, its temperature will be taken; when the temperature of
the two sensors differ greatly, the higher temperature will be taken)
Overheat thermostat and When the temp reaches the upper temp limit 80℃, the thermostat
5
wire disconnects the power circuit
6 Heating film Heat up the assembly through 24V heating element
Pressing piece for
7 Make sure contact is tight
incubation carousel heating
Outer ring heat preservation
8 Preserve incubation pot temperature
cotton
Bottom heat preservation
9 Preserve incubation pot temperature
cotton
30 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
Table 3-17: Functional description of each component of the incubation pot assembly
3.6.2 Incubation carousel drive assembly
①
③
②
④ ③
⑧
⑥
③
⑨ ⑦
Figure 3-18: Incubation carousel drive assembly 3D diagram

Incubation carousel spindle
1 Secure incubation carousel
sleeve
2 Incubation carousel spindle Drive carousel body
Incubation carousel support
3 Support incubation carousel body
column
4 S3M-64 belt wheel Timing belt drives belt wheel to move incubation carousel
5 Timing belt Make motor and carousel move synchronously
The incubation carousel motion zero position sensor positions the
6 PTP optocoupler (short) and wire zero position of the incubation carousel through closed-loop control
by cooperating with the incubation carousel zero position light baffle
Positioning the zero position of the incubation carousel through
Incubation carousel zero position
7 closed-loop control by cooperating with the incubation carousel zero
light baffle
position
7 Incubation carousel motor Secure incubation carousel motor assembly
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 31
mounting board
Incubation carousel motor
8 Provide power for incubation carousel movement
assembly
Incubation carousel drive
9 Mount the incubation carousel drive assembly
mounting board
Table 3-18: Functional description of each component of the incubation carousel driving assembly
3.6.3 Incubation carousel encoder assembly
Figure 3-19: Incubation pot encoder assembly 3D diagram

Incubation carousel encoder
1 Support encoder
support
1200 line optical encoder and Record incubation carousel position for precise positioning. When
2
wire replacing the encoder, also replace the attached wire.
3 1200 line optical encoder Record incubation carousel position for precise positioning.
Table 3-19: Functional description of each component of the incubation pot encoder assembly
3.7 Sample/Reagent Probe Assembly

Workflow:
Taking the sample filling procedure for instance: the home position of the sample probe is above the washing well.
Initialize and wash the sample probe. Driven by the horizontal motor, the sample probe moves to the position above
the aspirating site. Then, the vertical motor drives the sample probe down and the probe aspirates sample. The vertical
motor drives the sample probe up, and the horizontal motor moves the sample probe to the position above the
32 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
incubation carousel cuvette. The vertical motor drives the sample probe down and discharges the sample under effect
of the plunger pump. The vertical motor drives the sample probe up and the horizontal motor moves the sample probe
to the position above the washing wall, and then it starts the washing and reset procedure.
Figure 3-20: Sample/reagent probe assembly 3D diagram

1 Probe rocker assembly Sample/reagent probe rocker assembly
2 Wire-pipe isolation cover Separate wire and pipe to prevent interference of pipe movement
Sample/reagent probe drive Provide power for vertical and horizontal movement of
3
assembly sample/reagent probe
Table 3-20: Function of sample/reagent probe parts
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 33
3.7.1 Sample/reagent probe rocker assembly
Figure 3-21: Sample/reagent probe rocker assembly 3D diagram

Sample/reagent probe fixing
1 Secure sample/reagent probe to prevent shaking
sleeve
2 Sample/reagent probe rocker Mechanical arm for horizontal movement of sample/reagent probe
3 Rocker wire mounting board Secure wire in sample/reagent probe rocker
Liquid level detection board
4 Secure liquid level detection board
support
Probe capacitor detecting
5 Liquid level detection board
board PCBA
6 Probe pressing bar Secure the sample/reagent probe and collision protection springs
7 Probe spring Protect the sample/reagent probe in case of impact
Sample/reagent probe
8 Sample/reagent probe
welding
Sample/reagent probe Isolate sample/reagent probe assembly to prevent interference to its
9
mechanism cover movement
Table 3-21: Functional description of each component of the probe rocker assembly
3.7.2 Sample/reagent probe drive assembly
Workflow:
The sample/reagent probe’s vertical motor assembly provides power for vertical movement of the
sample/reagent probe assembly, and the vertical movement null pickup optocoupler works with the light barrier
to provide initial positioning for the movement through closed-loop control.
The sample probe horizontal motion motor (57HB5612 stepper motor) drives the sample probe assembly to move
horizontally. The horizontal motion optocoupler (short PTP optocoupler and wires) establishes a coordinate system
for horizontal motion by synergizing with the rotary light baffle. The horizontal jam judging optocoupler (short PTP
optocoupler and wires) and the coder carry out jam judging to horizontal motion.
34 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
Figure 3-22: Sample/reagent probe drive assembly 3D diagram

1 Spline-shaft Hold ripper rocker
2 S3M-66 engaged wheel The engaged wheel drives the spline shaft to move horizontally
Horizontal motion timing belt, the motor drives the gear wheel
3 Timing belt
via the timing belt
Horizontal motion optocoupler
4 (Short PTP optocoupler and
with the rotary light baffle
wires)
5 Rotation light barrier with the horizontal motion optocoupler (short PTP optocoupler
and wires)
6 57HB5612stepper motor Horizontal movement motor
Horizontal jam judging optocoupler
7 Judging jam of horizontal motion by synergizing with the coder
Carrying out jam judging to horizontal motion by synergizing
8 Coder with the horizontal jam judging optocoupler (short PTP
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 35
9 Coder optocoupler base The base for fixing the horizontal jam judging optocoupler
10 Timing belt Timing belt of vertical motor movement
11 Spline driving module Vertical moving slider
Vertical zero position optocoupler Positioning the home position for vertical motion by
12
(short PTP optocoupler and wires) synergizing with the light baffle
Sample probe vertical motor
13 Vertical moving motor assembly (with idler)
assembly
Support the driving assembly and prevent foreign matter from
14 Driving rack
falling
Table 3-22: Functional description of each component of the sample probe driving assembly
3.8 Reagent Carousel Assembly
Figure 3-23: Reagent carousel assembly 3D diagram

1 Reagent carousel assembly Reagent bottles are placed on the tray
2 Reagent mixer assembly Mix magnetic beads cavity
3 Gear-150 Drive the mixer and tray
4 Reagent pot assembly Keep a constant temperature
Reagent barcode scanner
5 Scan reagent barcode
assembly
36 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
Reagent carousel drive

6 Provide power
assembly
7 Temp sensor and cables There are two Temp sensors at the bottom of the reagent pot: one
identical with that at the bottom of the Incubation carousel and one
8 Temp sensor (600mm)
600mm Temp sensor.
Table 3-23: Function of reagent carousel parts
Caution: ① For disassembling the reagent pot assembly, it shall sequentially disassemble the reagent carousel
assembly, the reagent mixing assembly and the gear-150 in advance.
② At the time of installation, it shall firstly fasten the four hex socket screws for fixing the gear-150,
install the reagent mixer assembly onto the gear-150 and rotate it leftwards and rightwards to engage
the rotator with the gear-150, and then lock the four hex socket screws for fixing the gear-150 through
four holes that are hollowed out on the reagent mixing assembly.
3.8.1 Reagent carousel drive assembly
Working principle:
The reagent carousel motor assembly runs to drive the motion assembly of the reagent carousel assembly, the long
PTP optocoupler positions the home position of motion by synergizing with the reagent carousel coder, and the short
PTP optocoupler carries out motion positioning and jam judging by synergizing with the reagent carousel coder.
Figure 3-24: Reagent carousel drive assembly 3D diagram
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 37

Model: 6004-2RS1 (inner diameter: 20, outer diameter: 42, thickness:
1 6004 bearing
12)
Reagent carousel spindle
2 Mounted on spindle, support the reagent pot to prevent movement
sleeve
Reagent carousel motor
3 Energizing motion
assembly
4 Reagent carousel spindle Spindle drives movement of reagent pot
Reagent carousel support
5 Support reagent carousel
column
Provide power and mesh with pinions on the reagent carousel motor
6 Main gear
assembly
7 Reagent carousel encoder Each notch is corresponding to one reagent position
8 Gear jacket Support and clamp spindle
9 d5 spring washer Secure spindle (GB/T 93-d5-65Mn, color zinc-plated)
Reagent carousel sensor
10 Secure optocoupler
support (18)
11 PTP optocoupler (long) Null pickup sensor
12 Positioning sensor, motion positioning and jam judging
wire
Table 3-24: Function of reagent carousel drive parts
3.8.2 Reagent mixer assembly
Figure 3-25: Reagent mixer assembly 3D diagram

1 D5X14 cylindrical pin Fix reagent tray in place
2 Mixing gear mounting disk Mixer is installed on this disk
38 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
Reagent carousel mixing Engage with magnetic beads cavity of the reagent kit to mix beads
3
spindle evenly
4 Pinion Drive mixing spindle
Table 3-25: Function of reagent mixer parts
3.8.3 Reagent carousel assembly
Figure 3-26: 3D drawing of the reagent carousel assembly

1 Handle You can lift up the reagent tray by this handle
2 Reagent carousel tray (18) Hold up to 20 reagent kits
3 Reagent kit seat Hold the reagent in place to prevent shaking
Table 3-26: Functional description of each component of the reagent carousel assembly
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 39
3.8.4 Reagent barcode scanner assembly
Figure 3-27: Reagent barcode scanner assembly 3D diagram

1 Fixed barcode scanner and wire Read barcode on reagent bottles
2 Foam window Protect the scanner
3 Dust cover Secure the support and keep out dust
4 Antifog heating aluminum plate Make sure the heating is even
Barcode scanner heating
5 Heat up the scanner
element
6 Anti-fog glass for heating Prevent forming of fog
Anti-fog silicone sheet for
7 Prevent forming of fog
heating
Mounting plate for anti-fog
8 Mount and secure anti-fog glass for heating
parts
Reagent carousel barcode
9 Mount and secure reagent barcode scanner assembly
support
Table 3-27: Functional description of each component of the reagent barcode scanning assembly
Caution: after replacing the reagent barcode scanning assembly, it shall adjust the position of the barcode scanner
with the reagent box tooling to run its light through the slit in the middle of the reagent box adjusting tooling.
40 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
3.9 Reading Station Assembly

Working principle: the cuvette loading motion assembly runs and the motor horizontally moves the cuvette loading
cart to the reading station site, the gripper places the cuvettes onto the cuvette loading module, the loading module
horizontally moves to burst open the PMT cover and arrives to the reading position, the trigger dispenser head fill
the cuvettes with trigger, and then PMT is energized and begins to read. After finishing reading, the loading module
moves to the waste liquid aspirating probe position, the motor of the waste liquid aspirating probe driving assembly
vertically moves the waste liquid aspirating probe and aspirate the waste liquid in cuvettes, the loading module
horizontally moves to the reading station site, the gripper grips the cuvettes and discard them into the waste pipe, till
the reading station assembly finishes operation.
Figure 3-28: Reading station assembly 3D diagram

1 Reading station bottom panel Secure reading station module
2 Reading station left panel Left panel
Waste liquid aspirating probe
3 Control vertical movement of waste liquid aspirating probe
drive assembly
Fixing bottom panel of pre- Trigger dispenser head, securing trigger piping and ensuring proper
4
trigger/trigger probe injection position
5 PMT assembly Provide dark environment for reading chemiluminescence intensity
Cuvette carrier movement
6 Motor drives cuvette loading module to move to reading station
assembly
7 Waste tube Waste cuvette falls into the waste container through this tube
Secured on the waste tube, with an opening larger than tube diameter,
8 Waste pipe cover board
in order to ensure cuvettes can fall into the waste container
9 Reading station right panel Reading station right panel, blocking light
Table 3-28: Functional description of each component of the reading station assembly
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 41
3.9.1 Waste liquid aspirating probe drive assembly
Working principle:
The motor runs, and the timing belt drives the slider to move certain steps vertically starting from the home position
sensor until it moves the waste liquid aspirating probe to the bottom of the cuvette and aspirate the liquid waste
therein, and then the motor drives the slider for resetting the waste liquid aspirating probe.
Figure 3-29: Waste liquid aspirating probe drive assembly 3D diagram

Waste liquid aspirating probe Probe motor’s shaft sleeve drives timing belt to control vertical
1
motor assembly movement of waste liquid aspirating probe
2 Timing belt Used by motor to drive idler
Initial position optocoupler for vertical movement of waste
3 PTP optocoupler (short) and wire
liquid aspirating probe
4 Synchronous pulley Rotate to drive slider up/down
5 Guide block Work with slider to drive mechanical arm vertical movement on
42 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
guide rail
6 Liquid waste aspirating spindle Support waste liquid aspirating probe assembly
7 Rocker fixing sleeve Secure rocker and spindle to prevent falling off
8 Liquid waste aspirating support Secure waste liquid aspirating probe
9 Probe pressing bar Waste liquid aspirating probe screw
Collision protection springs, same with magnetic separation
10 Probe spring
aspirating probe spring
Waste liquid aspirating probe
11 Remove liquid waste
assembly
12 Linear guide rail Slider moves on this rail for vertical movement
Liquid waste aspirating light Work with sensor to define null pickup for vertical movement of
13
barrier waste liquid aspirating probe
Mechanical arm for fixing waste liquid aspirating probe and
14 Liquid waste aspirating rocker
checking liquid waste aspirating position
Table 3-29: Functional description of each department of the waste liquid aspirating probe driving assembly
3.9.2 Cuvette carrier movement assembly
Working principle:
The cuvette loading module moving motor drives the idler by synergizing with the timing belt for energizing
horizontal motion of the cuvette loading module. The cuvette loading motor runs to move the cuvette loading module
to the reading position, the optocoupler baffle of the cuvette loading module shields the gripping position sensor and
the gripper 2 places the cuvettes onto the cuvette loading module. The cuvette loading module moves to the position
of the zero position sensor, the cart has burst open the PMT cover at this moment, the trigger dispenser vertically
dispenses the trigger into the cuvettes, and then the PMT is energized and finishes reading. Basing on the parameters
saved while debugging, the cuvette loading module moves to the liquid waste aspirating position, the aspirating probe
moves down and aspirates liquid waste, the cuvette loading module moves to the reading position, the gripper grips
the cuvettes and drops them at the dropping site, and then the cuvette loading motion is finished.
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 43
Figure 3-30: Cuvette carrier movement assembly 3D diagram

Cuvette loading motor assembly Cuvette carrier motor’s shaft sleeve drives timing belt to
1
(including idler) control horizontal movement of cuvette cart
2 Timing belt Used by cuvette motor to drive assembly movement
Cuvette motor’s idler for horizontal movement of cuvette
3 Motor idler assembly
loading module
Null pickup sensor for cuvette loading module movement,
4 PTP optocoupler (short) and wire
recording initial position of cuvette loading module
The motion stopping position sensor of the cuvette loading
5 PTP optocoupler (short) and wire module. It ensures that the cuvette loading module moves to
the cuvette gripping site
6 Linear guide rail Horizontal movement track for cuvette loading module
7 Cuvette cart Carry cuvettes to target position
Block the PTP optocoupler (short) from sending signal in
8 Reading station horizontal light barrier
horizontal movement
9 Cart rubber blanket Rubber blanket to protect cart from impact
Table 3-30: Function of cuvette carrier movement parts
3.9.3 PMT assembly
Working principle: the cuvette loading module horizontally moves to burst open the PMT light baffle and compresses
the spring; upon reaching the reading position and filling the trigger, the PMT is energized and reads the luminescent
44 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
value. After reading is finished, the cuvette loading module horizontally moves to the liquid waste aspirating position
and the spring restores to return the light baffle back to the original position to prevent the PMT assembly from being
lighted, and then the motion of the PMT assembly is finished.
Figure 3-31: PMT assembly 3D diagram

1 PMT pressing piece Secure PMT on fixing board
2 PMT and wire Photomultiplier used to measure photon number
3 PMT fixing plate Secure PMT
Spring is compressed when PMT light shield is opened, then PMT
4 Extension spring
light shield blocks PMT when spring returns
5 Linear guide rail Track for horizontal movement of light shield
6 PMT light shield Ensure PMT is blocked to provide dark environment
Table 3-31: Function of PMT parts
3.10 Sample loading assembly

Working principle:
Manually place the sample racks into the routine slot of the sample cavity assembly and close the sample cavity cover.
When the sample rack detecting optocoupler detects that there is a sample rack in the corresponding slot, the X-axis
driving assembly will begin to convey the slot with sample rack to the position that is aligned to the cart rail (this
procedure is controlled by parameters); the cart pawl captures the sample racks and carries out information scanning
and identification. When all the sample racks enter the cart, the sample cavity will return to original position. After
the sample rack information is identified, the sample rack will be pushed back to the buffer slot in the sample cavity,
and then the pawls will draw the sample racks into the cart and the sample probe will aspirate sample.
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 45
Figure 3-32: Sample loading assembly 3D diagram

There are 11 slots in total, of which the left-most slot is the buffer
1 Sample cavity assembly slot for temporarily storing the sample rack; and the rest 10 slots
are routine slots for placing sample rack
Sample rack detecting optocoupler There are totally 10 sample rack detecting optocouplers for
2 (Short reflective optocoupler (5- detecting whether there are sample racks in 10 routine slots of
9mm)) the sample cavity
Energizing the sample loading motion on X-axis (leftward-
3 X-axis motor assembly
rightward)
Positioning the zero position of the sample loading assembly
X-axis zero position optocoupler
4 through close-looped control by synergizing with X-axis
optocoupler light baffle
Positioning the zero position of the sample loading assembly
5 X-axis optocoupler light baffle through close-looped control by synergizing with X-axis zero
position optocoupler (short PTP optocoupler and wires)
Judging jam of motion of the sample loading assembly by
6 Anti-collision coder synergizing with X-axis anti-collision optocoupler (short PTP
X-axis anti-collision optocoupler Judging jam of motion of the sample loading assembly by
7
(short PTP optocoupler and wires) synergizing with anti-collision coder
8 iF18 sample sensor board PCBA /
Table 3-32: Function of sample loading parts
46 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
3.11 Cart assembly

Working principle:
① This loading assembly conveys the sample racks to the position that is aligned to the cart rail.
② The Y-axis and Z-axis driving assemblies of the cart cooperatively pull the sample racks in the sample loading
assembly into the cart for scanning and identifying the cuvette position, and then return the sample rack to the buffer
slot of the sample loading assembly.
③ Then, the Y-axis driving assembly pulls the sample rack at the buffer slot into the cart for sample aspiration.
Figure 3-33: 3D drawing of the cart assembly

Long reflective optocoupler
1 Detecting if the cuvette position is present on the sample rack
(FXC3)
Short reflective optocoupler (5-
2 Detecting if the sample rack is on the cart
9mm) (FXC2)
Short reflective optocoupler (5- Detecting if there is sample rack across the cart and the upper and lower
3
9mm) (FXC4) loading area on the right of the cart
For scanning the barcode information of the sample rack and the sample
4 Fixed barcode scanner and wire
tube
The cart driver board controls and drives the Y-axis and Z-axis motors
5 Cart driver board PCBA
and performs optocoupler signal detections
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 47
Drive the Z-axis driving assembly to move on the Y-axis (forward-

6 Y-axis driving assembly
backward)
7 Z-axis driving assembly Driving the pawl to move on the Z-axis
Table 3-33: Functional description of each component of the cart assembly
3.11.1 Y-axis drive assembly
Working principle:
The Z-axis driving assembly is connected to the timing belt of the Y-axis driving assembly through the cart belt rack,
the Y-axis motor assembly energizes to move the Z-axis driving assembly on the Y-axis (forward-backward) through
the timing belt. The home position optocoupler and ending position optocoupler of the Y-axis driving assembly and
the sensor baffle cooperatively position the home and ending positions of motion. The jam judging optocoupler of
the Y-axis driving component carries out jam judging to motion of the Y-axis driving assembly by synergizing with
the Y-axis anti-jam coder.
Figure 3-34: 3D drawing of the Y-axis driving assembly of the cart

1 Y-axis motor assembly Energizing the Y-axis driving assembly of the cart
2 Timing belt Provide power
3 Synchronous pulley 2 synchronous pulleys of Y-axis drive assembly are used to
48 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
provide power
Y-axis drive assembly initial Provide initial positioning for movement of Y-axis drive assembly
4 position optocoupler (PTP through closed-loop control by working with the cart sensor
optocoupler (long)) barrier
Y-axis drive assembly ending Provide ending positioning for movement of Y-axis drive
5 position optocoupler (PTP assembly through closed-loop control by working with the cart
optocoupler (long)) sensor barrier
Provide ending positioning for movement of Y-axis drive
assembly through closed-loop control by working with Y-axis
6 Cart sensor barrier
drive assembly’s initial position optocoupler and ending position
optocoupler (PTP optocoupler (long))
Jam judging optocoupler of the
Y-axis driving assembly Carrying out jam judging to motion of the Y-axis driving
7
(short PTP optocoupler and assembly by synergizing with the Y-axis anti-jam coder
wires)
Carrying out jam judging to motion of the Y-axis driving
8 Y-axis anti-jam coder assembly by synergizing with the jam judging optocoupler of the
Y-axis driving assembly (short PTP optocoupler and wires)
9 Coder protective cover Protecting the Y-axis anti-jam coder
Table 3-34: Functional description of each component of the Y-axis driving assembly
3.11.2 Z-axis drive assembly
Working principle:
The Z-axis motor assembly of the Z-axis driving assembly provides power. Z-axis home position optocoupler and
cart sensor cooperatively positions the home position (the lower position of the sample rack claw) through closed-
loop control. And it is through open-loop control (parameter control) that the sample rack claw moves to middle and
high positions.
Sample rack pawl’s lower position: initial position
Sample rack pawl’s middle position: drag the sample rack into the cart
High position of sample rack claw: push the sample rack back to the sample cavity
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 49
Figure 3-35: Cart Z-axis drive assembly 3D diagram
Figure 3-36: Cart Z-axis drive assembly 3D diagram

1 Z-axis motor assembly Energizing the motion of the Z-axis driving assembly of the cart
Z-axis initial position
Work with cart optocoupler barrier to provide initial positioning
2 optocoupler (PTP optocoupler
through closed-loop control
(long))
Positioning the home position through closed-loop control by
3 Cart sensor
synergizing with the Z-axis home position optocoupler
4 Sample rack pawl Pull or push the sample rack in movement
Table 3-35: Functional description of each component of the Z-axis driving assembly
50 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
Chapter IV Hardware System
4.1 Modules of Hardware System
4.1.1 Overview
The hardware system of iFlash 1800 can be divided into 9 modules as below:
1. Power supply system: 24V450W power supply module + 24V600W power supply module + DC power
adapter board PCBA;
2. Master control system: middle-layer unit MD4;
3. Driving control system: lower-layer unit MD1-MD4;
4. Temp control system: temp driver board PCBA + 2 temp collection boards + 8 temp sensors;
5. Liquid level detection system: probe capacitor detecting board PCBA;
6. Probe clot detection system: 2 probe clot detecting boards + 2 probe clot detecting modules;
7. Cart driving system: cart driver board PCBA;
8. Photon counting system: counting board + PMT;
9. Sample in-place system: sample sensor board + sample indicator board;
10. Miscellaneous: indicator adapter board + RJ45 adapter board.
The whole machine employs one PC for human-computer interface and overall control; one middle-layer unit
for distributing commands and information; multiple lower-layer units, i.e. driver control system, temp control system
and so on for implementing basic motions; multiple bottom-layer units, i.e. level detection system, photon counting
system, clot detection and so on for realizing respective system functions; network port is adopted for communication
between the middle-layer unit and the PC, CAN port is adopted for communication between middle-layer unit and
lower-layer unit, and UART serial port is adopted for communication between lower-layer unit and bottom-layer unit.
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 51
4.1.2 Hardware diagram
Liquid level
detection system
Clot detection
system
Temperature Cart driving

control system system
Photon counting
system
Sample in-place
system
MD1-MD4
Driving system
Motor control
Sensor detection
Middle-layer unit
PC
(MD4)
Pump/valve
control
Indicator light
control
Power supply system
Figure 4-1: Structural diagram of hardware system
4.2 Power Supply System

Consisting of one 24V450W power supply module, one 24V600W power supply module and DC power adapter
board, the power supply system powers up the hardware system of the whole machine. It is connected to 220V/100V
mains supply and receives 24V DC through AD to DC conversion, and then the DC is distributed to each control
driver board and temperature control driver board via the DC adapter board. The schematic diagram of power supply
is as below:
52 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
Motor Driving Board 1 (MD1)

24V 450W power module

DC power supply adapter board
Cart driver board
24V 450W power module Temperature driver board
Figure 4-2: Functional diagram of power supply system
4.2.1 Power module
The power supply module consists of 24V450W power supply module and 24V600W power supply module.
4.2.1.1 Power module function

1. The 24V450W power supply module converts AC to DC, which is mainly for driving motor and pump valve,
energizing optocoupler floater detection and each board;
2. The 24V600W power supply module converts AC to DC, which is mainly for energizing reagent refrigeration and
heater heating;
3. The two 24V power supply modules are connected in parallel and the wiring is shown in the following figure:
1 +24V 13
1
2 +24V 15
J7
2 J5 Cart drive board
3 3 GND 14
4 4 GND 16
1 1 +24V 1 1
2 2 +24V 2 2
J5
3
MD1 board
3 GND 3 3
450W J1 4
4 GND 4 4
+24V
V+ +24V 1 +24V 1
1 1
+24V 2 +24V 2
2 2
GND J8
3 GND 3 MD2 board
L 3 3
V- GND 4 4
4 GND 4
N GND
J2 1 +24V 1
24V power module 1 1 1
L 2 2 +24V 2 2
J9
GND
MD3 board
Plug in socket 3 3 3 3
Main disconnector 4 4 4 4
with filter N GND
1 +24V 1
1 1
600W 2 2 +24V 2 2
+24V
J10
GND 3
MD4 board
PE 3 3 3
V+ +24V 4 4 4
GND 4
+24V
GND 1
L 1 +24V
GND 1 1
V-
2 2 +24V 2 2
N GND
3 3 +24V 3 3
J11
24V power module 2 4 4 GND 4 4
5 5 GND 5 5
6 6 6 6
GND Temperature
1 +24V 1
driver board
1 1
2 2 +24V 2 2
J12
3 3 +24V 3 3
4 4 GND 4 4
5 5 GND 5 5
6 6 GND 6 6
DC power adapter
board
Figure 4-3: Wiring diagram of the power module
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 53
4.2.1.2 Power module structure

Power module structure is given below:
Figure 4-4: Power module structure diagram

SN Name Remark
1 Power label Indicates 450W or 600W power module
2 Cooling fan Cooling fan for the power module
The power module has fire line (L) and zero line (N), and no
3 Power input end ground wire (grounding is secured by connecting the metal shell
of the power module to the device housing).
The power output end has 6 terminals, 3 positive poles and 3
negative poles. The 3 positive poles are connected together, just as
4 Power output end
the 3 negative poles, and then connected to the power adapter
board (one negative pole is grounded in the new model).
5 Voltage regulator Adjusts the output voltage
6 Power indicator The indicator is solid on when the device is ON.
Table 4-1: Structure of power supply
4.2.2 Power adapter board
4.2.2.1 Functions
The power adapter boards are mainly used for power adapting. There are no more than two power supply
modules for powering up the whole machine, so it is impossible for transmitting power directly from the power
supply module to each power using module as a result of less output terminals of power supply module. Therefore,
the power adapter boards are added for satisfying requirement to power supply of each module.
4.2.2.2 Interfaces
The interfaces of the power adapter boards are shown as the following figure:
54 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
1 +24V 13
1
2 +24V 15
J7
2 J5 Cart drive board
3 3 GND 14
4 4 GND 16
1 1 +24V 1 1
2 2 +24V 2 2
J5
3
MD1 board
3 GND 3 3
450W J1 4
4 GND 4 4
+24V
V+ +24V 1 +24V 1
1 1
+24V 2 +24V 2
2 2
GND J8
3 GND 3 MD2 board
L 3 3
V- GND 4 4
4 GND 4
N GND
J2 1 +24V 1
24V power module 1 1 1
2 2 +24V 2 2
J9
GND
MD3 board
3 3 3 3
4 4 GND 4 4
1 +24V 1
1 1
600W 2 2 +24V 2 2
+24V
J10
3 3 GND 3
MD4 board
3
V+ +24V 4 4 4
GND 4
+24V
GND 1
L 1 +24V
GND 1 1
V-
2 2 +24V 2 2
N GND
3 3 +24V 3 3
J11
24V power module 2 4 4 GND 4 4
5 5 GND 5 5
6 6 6 6
GND Temperature
1 +24V 1
driver board
1 1
2 2 +24V 2 2
J12
3 3 +24V 3 3
4 4 GND 4 4
5 5 GND 5 5
6 6 GND 6 6
DC power adapter
board
Figure 4-5: Wiring diagram of the power adapter boards
Interface Instruction Remark

Connecting the positive poles of the 24V450W power supply,
J1 and the three positive strands can be connected in random The strands are red
order.
Connecting the negative poles of the 24V450W power supply,
J2 and the three negative strands can be connected in random The strands are black
order.
Connecting the positive poles of the 24V600W power supply,
J3 and the three positive strands can be connected in random The strands are red
order.
Connecting the negative poles of the 24V600W power supply,
J4 The strands are black
and the three negative strands can be connected in random
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 55
order.
24V450W power supply output, and it is connected to the J1 It can be interchanged with J8, J9 and
J5
interface of the MD1 board J10 for troubleshooting
J6 Reserved /
24V450W power supply output, and it is connected to the J5
J7 /
interface of the cart driver board
J8
J9
J10
J11 The specification of output voltage is
interface of the temperature driver board
identical and they can be interchanged
J12 for troubleshooting
interface of the temperature driver board
J13 Reserved /
Table 4-2: Structure of DC power adapter board
Caution: when it has to measure the voltage for troubleshooting power supply problems, please measure with care
and be sure not to cause short-circuit and damage the board. Please power off the machine before carrying out the
operation of interchanging the interfaces.
4.3 Master control system

The middle-layer unit MD4 receives the commands from the PC, distributes the commands to the lower-layer units
and schedules their motion, and then it receives the implementation result and logs from the lower-layer units and
returns them to the PC. MD4 (driver control panel 4) also has the functions of the master control system of the middle-
layer unit. MD1~MD4 are multiplex boards at PCBA level, which are identified with DIP Switch. MD1~MD4, as
lower-layer units, are interconnected via CAN bus, meanwhile MD4 is also a middle-layer unit which communicates
with the PC via network port; the cart driver board, as a bottom-layer board, communicates with MD4 via UART
serial port.
4.4 Driver System
4.4.1 Overview
The driving unit consists of MD1, MD2, MD3 and MD4, and each self-contained unit consists of motion driver board
and core board. The PCBA boards for MD1~MD4 are one and the same and they are distinguished by nothing but
the DIP switch of J15 on the motion driver board. It mainly realizes stepper motor drive control, position optocoupler
input detection, DC pump valve drive control, indicator drive control, button input detection and barcode scanning
drive control, etc.
The motion driver board is mainly for controlling and driving the motors, detecting signals of corresponding
optocoupler, controlling the pump valve indicator and network communication.
The core board, as the core of control of MD board, records parameters and sends commands to corresponding motion
56 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
driver board.
4.4.2 MD unit diagram
Diagram of MD unit:
Sample probe Sample probe vertical, horizontal, injection pump motor
assembly and detection optocoupler
Motor Driving Board 1 Reagent carousel

Reagent carousel motor and detection optocoupler
MD1 mechanism
Mixer Mixing motor and detection optocoupler
Gripper vertical, horizontal, finger motor and detection

Gripper assembly
optocoupler
Motor Driving Board 2

MD2
Reading station Cuvette loading module, trigger pump, liquid waste

mechanism aspirating motor and detection optocoupler
Magnetic separation Liquid aspirating/injecting vertical, horizontal, peristaltic

aspirating/dispensing pump motor and detection optocoupler
Motor Driving Board 3 Incubation carousel Incubation carousel rotation motor and detection
MD3 mechanism optocoupler
Pre-trigger mechanism Pre-trigger pump motor and detection optocoupler
Cuvette capturer, cuvette pusher, cuvette placer, RV

RV mechanism magnetic separation carousel, choosing mechanism
motor and detection optocoupler
Motor Driving Board 4 Sample loading X-axis

Cart X-axis motor and detection optocoupler
MD4 mechanism
Cart driver board Cart X-axis, Z-axis motor and detection optocoupler
Figure 4-6: Diagram of the driver system
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 57
Old version MD board picture:
Figure 4-7: Old version MD board
58 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
New Version MD board:
Figure 4-8: New version MD board

Picture of dial switch on MD board:
Figure 4-9: Dial switch on MD board
4.4.3 MD1 Unit
4.4.3.1 Functions
The MD1 unit is mainly for controlling and driving the motor pump and valve of the sample probe unit, the reagent
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 59
carousel unit and the mixing unit, detecting signals of corresponding optocoupler, communicating and simulatively
converting 5V, 3.3V, 2.5V and 1.2V voltage required for some modules.
4.4.3.2 Interfaces
Wiring MD1 is shown as the following figure:
Sample probe Sample probe Reagent

Sample probe
horizontal plunger pump carousel Mixing motor
vertical motor
motor motor rotation moto (MVM1)
(MRP1)
(MRP2) (MRP3) (MRD1)
3 B+ 4 YL
3 B+ 4 YL
3 B+ 3 YL
3 B+ 4 YL
3 B+ 4 YL
1 A+ 1 OG
1 A+ 1 OG
1 A+ 1 OG
1 A+ 1 OG
1 A+ 1 OG
4 B+ 6 GN
4 B+ 6 GN
4 B+ 6 GN
4 B+ 6 GN
4 B+ 6 GN
2 A- 3 RD
2 A- 3 RD
2 A- 4 RD
2 A- 3 RD
2 A- 3 RD
2 SV_0 1 BK
D 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2
1 24V 2 RD
4 SV_1 1 BK
Sample probe interior valve (SP-V-IN)
D
3 4 Sample probe int erior pump (SP-P-IN)
J2 J3 J4 J5 J6 J7 3 24V 2 RD
5 6 6 SV_2 1 BK
5 24V 2 RD Sample probe exterior pump (SP-P-OUT)
J26 7 8
8 SV_3 1 BK
1 +24V 1 9 10 7 24V 2 RD Waste liquid pump (P-WASTE)
1 1
DC power adapter 2 2 +24V 2 2 11 12 10 SV_4 1 BK Reagent carousel indicator green
3 3 GND 3 3
J1 13 14 9 24V 2 RD (RD_LEDG)
board-DCDB 4 4 GND 4 4 15 16 12 SV_5 1 BK Reagent carousel indicator yellow
11 24V 2 RD (RD_LEDY)
J5 1 VCC RD
1 2 2 Sig. GN Sample probe vertical zero position optocoupler
3 GND WT (DRP1.1)
3 4 4 GND220 BK
5 6 6 Sig. GN Sample probe horizontal zero pos ition
C 7 8 J9
10 Sig. GN
optocoupler (DRP2.1)
Sample probe horizontal coder optocoupler C
9 10 (DRP2.2)
14 Sig. GN Sample probe plunger pump zero position
11 12 optocoupler (DRP3)
MD1 13
15
14
16
2
6
Sig. WT
Sig. GN
Reagent carousel home position optocoupler
(DRD1.1)
17 18
J10 Reagent carousel optocoupler (DRD1.2)
10 Sig. GN Mixing motor optocoupler (DVM1)
19 20
1 2 1 GND 1 BK
2 Sig. 2 RD Reagent carousel loading button (BRD)
3 4
3 GND 1 BK
5 6 4 Sig. 2 RD Reagent carousel cover proximity sensor (NRD)
J13
7 8
B 9 10 B
1 1 SGND 1 1 11 12
2 2 GND 2 2
1
MD2 J17 3 3 CAN_H 3 3 J18 7 VCC 1 BN
4 4 2
6 GND 3 BU
5
4 CAN_L 4
5 3 Reagent barcode
J25 J21 4
5 TXD 4 BK RXD
scanner
5 4 RXD 2 WT TXD
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 BCL8SM550
6
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26
7
10 TXD
19 RXD
20 TXD
12 TXD 9 RXD
Screw SGND 25
5 RAM_V 21
6 LLD_L 23
11 SGND 26
11 OUT 12
7 GND 3
Shenzhen YHLO Biotech.Co.,Ltd.

1 VCC 1
12 IN 11
2 GND 4
1 VCC 2
A A
10 RXD
2 TXD
3 RXD
Design LCG MD1 chart

J3 J3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 J25 Check1 HJL iF18
Sample clot detection board Probe capacitordetection board MD2 Sheet 3 of 11 Size: A4
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Figure 4-10: MD1 wiring diagram
Module Interface Point of connection Instruction

Connect to J5 of DC power
J1 Normal power supply 24V
adapter board
Connect to the vertical motor of
the sample probe
Connect to the horizontal motor
Motion driver board

of the sample probe
Connect to the plunger pump
motor of the sample probe
Connect to the rotation motor of
the reagent carousel
J6 Connect to the mixing motor Normal power supply 24V
J7 Reserved /
Interface for burning motion
J8 For research, development and production
driver board program
60 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
Sample probe vertical zero position optocoupler, sample

probe horizontal zero position optocoupler, sample
J9 Integrated wire strand (sensor)
probe horizontal coder optocoupler, sample probe
plunger pump zero position optocoupler
Reagent carousel zero position optocoupler, reagent
J10 Integrated wire strand (sensor) carousel coder optocoupler, mixing motor zero position
optocoupler
J11 Reserved /
J12 Reserved /
Reagent carousel button, reagent carousel cover
detecting optocoupler
J14 Reserved /
MD1, MD2, MD3 and MD4 are distinguished by dialing
J15 Board DIP switch
up
J16 Jumper cap Jumper cap is required for MD1
J17 CAN wire port This port is not used for MD1
J18 CAN wire port Connect to MD2 J17 through CAN bus
J19 (old Connect to core board (core board J1) by synergizing
Connect to the core board
version) with J20
J19 (new
Reserved /
version)
version) with J19
J20 (new
Flash DIP switch /
version)
J21 Reagent barcode scanner Normal power supply 24V
J22 Network port Not used for MD1, but only for MD4
J23 Reserved /
J24 Reserved /
Connect reagent probe rocker line (level detection
board), clot detection board 1 (sample probe module),
J25 Integrated wire strand (board)
connect MD2 J25 to jointly control the liquid waste
pump of the reading station.
Respectively connect to interior washing valve of
Integrated wire strand (pump, sample probe, interior washing valve, exterior washing
J26
valve, indicator light) pump, liquid waste pump and reagent carousel indicator
light
Connect motion driver board by synergizing with J2
J1 Connect to motion driver board
(motion driver board J19)
(old version)
Core board
Connect motion driver board by synergizing with J1

(motion driver board J20)
J3 Debugging interface For research, development and production
J4 TF card slot /
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 61
J6 Reserved /
Table 4-3: Instruction of MD1 wiring
4.4.3.3 Indicator lights and testing points

Functions of the indicator lights are detailed in the following table (for old version board):
Module Indicator light Functions
Core board power indicator light, blue, solid-on in normal
D39
Core board indicator condition
light (For old version) Core board operation indicator light, yellow, blink after normal
D40
starting up and operating
Core board power indicator light, blue, solid-on in normal
D1
Core board indicator condition
light (For new version) Core board operation indicator light, yellow, blink after normal
D2
FPGA configuration indicator light, yellow, solid-on after
D14
configuring normally
FPGA indicator light FPGA operating indicator light 1, green, breath blink after
D15
FPGA operates
D16 FPGA operating indicator light 2, green, breathing blink
D33 5V power indicator light, green, solid-on
D34 3.3V power indicator light, green, solid-on
Power indicator light D35 24V power indicator light, green, solid-on
Sample probe vertical D3(LED_1) Locked-rotor indicator lights on in orange when it operates
motor D2(LED_2) Failure indicator lights on in orange when it malfunctions
Sample probe D5(LED_1) Locked-rotor indicator lights on in orange when it operates
horizontal motor D4(LED_2) Failure indicator lights on in orange when it malfunctions
Sample probe plunger D7(LED_1) Locked-rotor indicator lights on in orange when it operates
pump motor D6(LED_2) Failure indicator lights on in orange when it malfunctions
Reagent carousel D9(LED_1) Locked-rotor indicator lights on in orange when it operates
rotating motor D8(LED_2) Failure indicator lights on in orange when it malfunctions
D11(LED_1) Locked-rotor indicator lights on in orange when it operates
Mixing motor
D10(LED_2) Failure indicator lights on in orange when it malfunctions
Sample probe interior
D32 Operation indicator light turns green when it operates
washing valve
washing pump
Sample probe exterior
washing pump
Sample probe liquid
waste pump
Reagent carousel D28 Operation indicator light turns green when it operates
62 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
indicator light green

Reagent carousel
indicator light yellow
Table 4-4: MD1 Indicator description
Functions of main testing points on the board are described as follows:

Testing point Silk-screen label Functional description Remark
TP1 VCC 5V voltage testing point Normal voltage range: 4.75~5.25
TP2 VBB 24V voltage testing point Normal voltage range: 22.8~25.2
TP3 VCCA 2.5V voltage testing point Normal voltage range: 2.4~2.6
TP4 VCCINT 1.2V voltage testing point Normal voltage range: 1.14~1.26
TP9 VDD 3.3V voltage testing point Normal voltage range: 3.2~3.4
Table 4-5: MD1 testing points
4.4.4 MD2 Unit
4.4.4.1 Functions
The MD2 unit is mainly for controlling and driving the motor pump and valve of the gripper unit, the reading unit
and the trigger unit, detecting signals of corresponding optocoupler, communicating and simulatively converting 5V,
3.3V, 2.5V and 1.2V voltage required for some modules.
4.4.4.2 Interfaces
Wiring of MD2 is shown as the following figure:
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 63
Gri pper Reading

Trigger Reading station
Gripper horizontal Gripper finger station cuvette
plunger pump liquid waste
vertical motor motor motor loading
motor aspiration motor
(MGO1) (MGO3) module motor
(MGO2 ) (MRT1)
(MTR2) (MRT2)
3 B+ 4 YL
3 B+ 3 YL
3 B+ 4 YL
3 B+ 3 YL
3 B+ 4 YL
1 A+ 1 OG
1 A+ 1 OG
1 A+ 1 OG
1 A+ 1 OG
1 A+ 1 OG
1 A+ 1 OG
3 B+ 4 RD
4 B+ 6 GN
4 B+ 6 GN
4 B+ 4 GN
4 B+ 6 GN
4 B+ 6 GN
4 B+ 6 GN
2 A- 3 RD
2 A- 2 RD
2 A- 3 RD
2 A- 4 RD
2 A- 3 RD
2 A- 3 RD
2 SV_0 1 BK
D 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2
1 24V 2 RD Trigger injection valve (TR2_V)
D
J2 J3 J6 J7 3 4
J4 J5
5 6
J26 7 8
12 SV_5 1 BK Whole machine operation indicator light
1 +24V 1 9 10 11 24V 2 RD
1 1 orange (RD_LEDO)
DC power adapter 2 2 +24V 2 2 11 12 14 SV_6 1 BK Whole machine operation indicator light
3 3 GND 3 3
J1 13 14 13 24V 2 RD green (RD_LEDG)
board-DCDB 4 4 GND 4 4 15 16 16 SV_7 1 BK Whole m achine operation indicator light red
15 24V 2 RD (RD_LEDR)
J8 1 VCC RD
2 Sig. GN Gripper vertical zero position optocoupler
3 GND WT (DGO1)
4 GND220 BK
1 2
6 Sig. GN Gripper horizontal zero position optocoupler
C 3
5
4
6
J9
10 Sig. GN
(DGO2.1)
Gripper coder optocoupler (DGO2.2)
C
7 8 2 Sig. GN Cuvette loading module motor home position
optocoupler (DRT1.1)
MD2 9
11 12
13
10
14
J10
6
10
Sig.
Sig.
GN
GN
Cuvette loading module motor ending position
optocoupler (DRT1.2)
Trigger plunger pump zero pos ition optocoupler
(DTR2)
14 Sig. GN Reading station liquid waste as pirating zero
15 16
position optocoupler (DRT2)
18 Sig. GN Solid waste container detection optocoupler
1 1 SGND 1 1 17 18
(FGT)
2 2 GND 2 2 19 20
2 Sig. GN Gripper capturing zero position optocoupler
MD1 J18 3 3 CAN_H 3 3 J17 (DGO3.3)
4 4
4 CAN_L 4 J12 6 Sig. GN Gri pper em pty capture opt ocoupler (DGO3.1)
5 5
10 Sig. GN
B 7 VCC 2 YL
Gripper vertical collision optocoupler (DGO3.2)
B
1 1 SGND 1 1 1
6 GND 6 BU
2 2 GND 2 2 2
5 TXD WT 4 RXD BK
MD3 J17 3 3 CAN_H 3 3 J18 3
4 RXD RD 3 TXD WT PMT Counting Board
4 4
4 CAN_L 4 J21 4
3 BK Sig. 5 RD
5 5 J25 5
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 6 1 RD GND 1 BK
2 BK VCC_SW 2 RD
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26
7 PMT
11 OUT 12

12 IN 11
A A
J25 Check1 HJL iF18
MD1 Sheet 4 of 11 Size: A4
7 6 5 4 3 2 1

adapter board
Connect to the vertical motor of
the gripper
Connect to the horizontal motor
of the gripper
Motion driver board
Connect to the motor of the

gripper finger
J5 cuvette loading module of the Normal power supply 24V
reading station
trigger plunger pump
Connect to the liquid waste
J7 aspirating motor of the reading Normal power supply 24V
station
J8 Interface for burning motion For research, development and production
64 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0

Gripper vertical zero position optocoupler, gripper
J9 Integrated wire strand (sensor) horizontal zero position optocoupler, gripper coder
optocoupler
Cuvette loading module motor home position
optocoupler, cuvette loading module motor ending
position optocoupler, trigger plunger pump zero position
optocoupler, reading station liquid waste aspirating zero
position optocoupler, waste cuvette bin detecting
optocoupler
J11 Reserved /
Gripper capture zero position optocoupler, gripper
J12 Integrated wire strand (sensor) capture empty cuvette optocoupler, gripper vertical
collision optocoupler
J13 Reserved /
J14 Reserved /
MD2 is distinguished from MD1, MD3 and MD4 by
dialing up
J16 Jumper cap Jumper cap is required only for MD1
J17 CAN line port Connect to MD1 J18 through CAN bus
version) with J20
J19 (new
Reserved /
version)
version) with J19
J20 (new
Flash DIP switch /
version)
Positively connect to PMT counting board and PMT
J21 Integrated wire strand
module (how much is the output voltage)
J23 Reserved /
J24 Reserved /
Jointly control the liquid waste aspirating pump of the
J25 Connect to MD1 J25,
reading station together with MD1
Respectively connected to the three-color indicator for
whole machine and the pre-trigger valve
Connect to the motion driver board (motion driver board
(old version)
Core board
19) by synergizing with J2

Connect to the motion driver Connect to the motion driver board (motion driver board
J2
board J20) by synergizing with J1
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 65
J4 TF card slot /
J6 Reserved /
Table 4-6: Instruction of MD2 wiring

Functions of the indicator lights are detailed in the following table:
D39 Core board power indicator light, blue, solid-on in normal condition
Core board indicator
Core board operation indicator light, yellow, blink after normal
light (For old version) D40
light (For new version) D2
FPGA configuration indicator light, yellow, solid-on after configuring
D14
normally
FPGA indicator light FPGA operating indicator light 1, green, breathing blink after FPGA
D15
operates
Gripper vertical motor
Gripper horizontal D5(LED_1) Locked-rotor indicator lights on in orange when it operates
Gripper finger motor
Reading station D9(LED_1) Locked-rotor indicator lights on in orange when it operates
cuvette loading
module motor
Trigger plunger pump D11(LED_1) Locked-rotor indicator lights on in orange when it operates
Reading station liquid D13(LED_2) Locked-rotor indicator lights on in orange when it operates
waste respiration
motor
Trigger filling valve D32 Operation indicator light turns green when it operates
Whole machine operation indicator light, orange, it is on at the time
D29
Whole machine of operation
operation indicator Whole machine operation indicator light, green, it is on at the time of
D30
light operation
D31 Whole machine operation indicator light, red, it is on at the time of
66 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
operation
Functions of main testing points on the board are described in the following table:
Silk-screen
Testing point Functional description Remark
label
Table 4-8: MD2 testing points
4.4.5 MD3 Unit
4.4.5.1 Functions
The MD3 unit is mainly for controlling and driving the motor pump and valve of the magnetic separation unit, the
pre-trigger unit and the incubation carousel unit, detecting signals of corresponding optocoupler, communicating and
simulatively converting 5V, 3.3V, 2.5V and 1.2V voltage required for some modules.
4.4.5.2 Interfaces
Magnetic
Aspirating/ Incubation
Washbuffer separation Pre-trigger
injecting carousel
pump mot or peris taltic injection motor
vertical motor rotation motor
(MBF1) pump motor (MTR1)
(MSP1) (MIB1)
(MP7)
3 B+ 3 YL
3 B+ 4 YL
1 A+ 1 OG
1 A+ 1 OG
3 B+ 4 YL
3 B+ 3 YL
3 B+ 4 YL
4 B+ 6 GN
4 B+ 6 GN
1 A+ 1 OG
1 A+ 1 OG
1 A+ 1 OG
4 B+ 6 GN
4 B+ 6 GN
4 B+ 6 GN
2 A- 4 RD
2 A- 3 RD
2 A- 3 RD
2 A- 4 RD
2 A- 3 RD
D 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2
2 SV_0 1 BK
1 24V 2 RD Pre-trigger injection valve (TR1_SV) D
4 SV_0 1 BK Magnetic separation phase 1 injection valve
J2 J3 J4 J5 J6 3 4 3 24V 2 RD (W1_SV)
5 6 6 SV_1 1 BK Magnetic separation phase 2 injection valve
5 24V 2 RD
J26 7 8
(W2_SV)
1 1 +24V 1 1 9 10
DC power adapter 2 2 +24V 2 2 11 12
3 3 GND 3 3
J1
board-DCDB 4 4 GND 4 4
13 14
12 SV_4 1 BK
15 16 11 24V 2 RD Washbuffer replenishing pump (P-WATER)
1 2
J9
3 4 1 VCC RD
2 Sig. GN Aspirating/injecting vertical zero position
5 6
J9 3 GND WT
4 GND220 BK
optocoupler (DSP1)
7 8
C 9 10
6 Sig. GN Incubation carousel zero position optocoupler
(DIB1) C
11 12 2 Sig. GN Washbuffer injection pump zero position
14 optocoupler (DBF1)
13
6 Sig. GN Magnetic separation peristaltic pump jam
J10
MD3 15
17
16
18
10 Sig. GN
optocoupler (DP7)
Pre-trigger plunger pump zero position
optocoupler (DTR1)
19 20 1 GND 1 BK
2 Sig. 2 RD Washbuffer A high level (FS1)
1 2
3 GND 1 BK
4 Sig. 2 RD Washbuffer A low level (FS3)
1 1 SGND 1 1 3 4
5 GND 1 BK
2 2 GND 2 2 Washbuffer B low level (FS4)
6 Sig. 2 RD
5 6
MD2 J18 3 3 CAN_H 3 3 J17 J13 7 GND 1 BK
4 4 8 Si g. 2 RD Liquid waste tank hi gh level (FS5)
4 CAN_L 4 7 8
5 5 9 GND 1 BK
B 9 10 10 Sig. 2 RD
11 GND 1 BK
Subs trate A empty (FS6)
B
1 1 SGND 1 1 11 12 12 Sig. 2 RD Subs trate B empty (FS7)
2 2 GND 2 2
MD4 J17 3 3 CAN_H 3 3 J18 1 1 VCC WT

4 4
4 CAN_L 4 2 2 GND BK
5 5
J25 3 3 ENC_Z YL Incubation
J14 4 4 ENC_B GN carousel
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25
5 5 ENC_A RD
ENCODE
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 6 6 SGND Shell
10 TXD
12 TXD 9 RXD
11 SGND 26

2 GND 4
1 VCC 2
A A
10 RXD

J3 Check1 HJL iF18
Phase 1 clot detection board Sheet 5 of 11 Size: A4
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 67

adapter board
Connect to aspirating/ dispensing
vertical motor
Connect to wash buffer plunger
pump motor
Connect to magnetic separation
peristaltic pump motor
J5 Connect to pre-trigger motor Normal power supply 24V
Connect to incubation carousel
rotating motor
J7 Reserved /
Aspirating/dispensing vertical zero position
J9 Integrated wire strand (sensor) optocoupler, incubation carousel zero position
optocoupler
Wash buffer plunger pump zero position optocoupler,
J10 Integrated wire strand (sensor) magnetic separation peristaltic pump jam optocoupler,
Motion pre-trigger plunger pump zero position optocoupler
driver J11 Reserved /
board J12 Reserved /
Wash buffer A high level floater (FS1), wash buffer A
low level floater (FS3), wash buffer B low level floater
(FS4), liquid waste tank high level floater (FS5),
trigger floater, and pre-trigger floater
Connect incubation carousel
J14 /
encoder
dialing up
J16 Jumper cap Jumper cap is required for MD1
version) with J20
J19 (new
Reserved /
version)
version) with J19
J20 (new
Flash DIP switch /
version)
68 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
J21 Reserved /
J23 Reserved /
J24 Reserved /
Connect J3 of the clot detection
J25 Magnetic separation clot detection board
board
Respectively connect to pre-trigger injection valve,
magnetic separation phase 1/3 injection valve,
magnetic separation phase 2/4 injection valve and wash
buffer refilling pump
Connect to the motion driver board (motion driver
board 19) by synergizing with J2
Core
Connect to the motion driver board (motion driver
board J2 Connect to motion driver board
board 20) by synergizing with J1
(old
version)
J4 TF card slot /
J6 Reserved /

FPGA configuration indicator light, yellow, solid-on after configuring
D14
normally
FPGA Indicator light FPGA operating indicator light 1, green, breathing blink after FPGA
D15
operates
Aspirating vertical D3(LED_1) Locked-rotor indicator lights on in orange when it operates
Wash buffer dispensing D5(LED_1) Locked-rotor indicator lights on in orange when it operates
pump motor D4(LED_2) Failure indicator lights on in orange when it malfunctions
Magnetic separation D7(LED_1) Locked-rotor indicator lights on in orange when it operates
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 69
peristaltic pump motor D6(LED_2) Failure indicator lights on in orange when it malfunctions
Pre-trigger dispensing D9(LED_1) Locked-rotor indicator lights on in orange when it operates
Incubation carousel D11(LED_1) Locked-rotor indicator lights on in orange when it operates
rotating motor D10(LED_2) Failure indicator lights on in orange when it malfunctions
Pre-trigger injection
valve
Magnetic separation
phase 1 injection valve
Magnetic separation
phase 2 injection valve
Wash buffer
replenishing pump
Functions of main testing points on the board are described in the following table:
Table 4-11: MD3 testing point
4.4.6 MD4 Unit
4.4.6.1 Functions
The MD4 unit is mainly for controlling and driving of motor pump and valve of the RV unit and the sample rack X-
axis unit, detecting signals of corresponding optocoupler, communicating and simulatively converting 5V, 3.3V, 2.5V
and 1.2V voltage required for some modules.
4.4.6.2 Interfaces
70 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
Cuvette Cuvette Cuvette

RV magnetic Choosing
capturing pushing placing Cart X-axis
separation mechanism
mechanism mechanism mechanism motor
carousel motor motor
motor motor motor (MX1)
(MRV5) (MRV4)
(MRV1) (MRV2) (MRV3) 14 SV_6 1 BK
13 24V 2 RD Washbuffer green light (RV1_LEDG)
3 B+ 3 YL
3 B+ 3 YL
3 B+ 3 YL
3 B+ 3 YL
3 B+ 3 YL
3 B+ 3 YL
1 A+ 1 OG
1 A+ 1 OG
1 A+ 1 OG
1 A+ 1 OG
1 A+ 1 OG
1 A+ 1 OG
4 B+ 4 GN
4 B+ 4 GN
4 B+ 4 GN
4 B+ 4 GN
2 A- 2 RD
2 A- 2 RD
2 A- 2 RD
2 A- 2 RD
2 A- 2 RD
2 A- 2 RD
4 B- 4 GN
4 B- 4 GN
16 SV_7 1 BK
15 24V 2 RD Washbuffer yellow light (RV1_LEDY)
2 SV_0 1 BK RV solid waste container yellow light

D 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2
1 24V 2 RD
4 SV_1 1 BK
(RV3_LEDY)
RV solid waste container green light
D
J2 J3 J6 J7 3 4 3 24V 2 RD
J4 J5 (RV3_LEDG)
5 6 6 SV_2 1 BK
5 24V 2 RD RV substrate yellow light (TR_LEDY)
J26 7 8
8 SV_3 1 BK
1 +24V 1 9 10 7 24V 2 RD RV substrate green light (TR_LEDG)
1 1
DC power adapter 2 2 +24V 2 2 11 12 10 SV_4 1 BK
J1 9 24V 2 RD RV cavity yellow light (RV0_LEDY)
3 3 GND 3 3 13 14
board-DCDB 4 4 GND 4 4 15 16 12 SV_5 1 BK
RV cavity green light (RV0_LEDG)
11 24V 2 RD
J10 1 VCC RD
2 Sig. GN
3 GND WT Cuvette capturing coder optocoupler (DRV1)
4 GND220 BK
6 Sig. WT RV cavity cuvette insufficiency detection
C Network
cable
J9
10 Sig. GN
optocoupler (FRV1)
Cuvette pushing mechanism home pos ition C
optocoupler (DRV2.1)
RJ45 adapter Cuvette pushing mechanism ending pos ition
J2 J22 14 Sig. GN
optocoupler (DRV2.2)
board 1 2
MD4 3
5
4
6
18
2
Sig. GN
Sig. WT
Cuvette placing mechanism zero position
optocoupler (DRV3)
Slideway cuvette placing detection optocoupler
7 8 (FRV2)
6 Sig. WT RV magnetic s eparation carousel zero position
9 10 optocoupler (DRV5.1)
J10 10 Sig. GN RV magnetic s eparation carousel coder
1 1 SGND 1 1 11 12 optocoupler (DRV5.2)
2 2 GND 2 2 13 14 14 Sig. WT RV magnetic s eparation carousel cuvette
placing detection optocoupler (FRV3)
MD3 J18 3 3 CAN_H 3 3 J17 15 16
4 4 2 Sig. GN Choosing mechanism home position
4 CAN_L 4 17 18 optocoupler (DRV4.1)
5 5
B 19 20 6
10
Sig.
Sig.
GN
GN
Selection mechanism ending position
optocoupler (DRV4.2) B
1 1 SGND 1 1 J11 Cart X-axis home position optocoupler (DX1.1)
2 2 GND 2 2 14 Sig. GN Cart X-axis jam judging optocoupler (DX1.2)

Temp control
J21 3 3 CAN_H 3 3 J18 18 Sig. GN
driver board 4
4 CAN_L 4 4
Whole machine door cover s ensor(FFM)
5 5
J25 2 Sig. GN Solid waste container detection optocoupler
(DGT)
J23 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25
J12
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26
2 RXD+ 4 TXD+
4 TXD+ 6 RXD+
1 RXD- 3 TXD-
3 TXD- 5 RXD-
10 TXD
3 TXD 9 RXD
6 GND 8
5 GND 1
SGND 7
5 SGND 26

2 GND 4
1 VCC 2
A A
4 RXD

J5
J3 Check1 HJL iF18
Cart drive board Sample in-place detection board Sheet 6 of 11 Size: A4
7 6 5 4 3 2 1

adapter board
Connect to motor of the RV
cuvette capturing mechanism
Connect to motor of RV cuvette
pushing mechanism
Connect to motor of RV cuvette
placing mechanism
Motion Connect to motor of RV
driver magnetic separation carousel
board Connect to motor of RV
choosing mechanism
Connect to motor of sample
rack (X-axis)
Cuvette capturing coder, RV split optocoupler, cuvette
J9 Integrated wire strand (sensor) pushing mechanism home position optocoupler, pushing
mechanism ending position optocoupler, cuvette placing
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 71
mechanism zero position optocoupler

Slideway cuvette place detecting optocoupler, RV
magnetic separation carousel zero position optocoupler,
J10 Integrated wire strand (sensor) RV magnetic separation carousel coder optocoupler, RV
magnetic separation carousel cuvette placing
optocoupler
Choosing mechanism home position optocoupler,
choosing mechanism ending position optocoupler, X-
axis home position optocoupler, X-axis jam judging
optocoupler, whole machine face board detecting sensor
Connect to solid waste
J12 Power supply 5V
container detecting optocoupler
J13 Reserved /
J14 Reserved /
dialing
J16 Jumper cap Jumper cap is required only for MD1
J17 CAN wire port Connected to MD3 J18 through CAN bus
J18 CAN wire port Not used for MD4
version) with J20
J19 (new
Reserved /
version)
version) with J19
J20 (new
Flash DIP switch /
version)
J21 Reserved /
Connect J2 interface of RJ45 adapter board for
J22 Network port
communicating with the upper-layer unit
J23 Connect to cart driver board Realize communication and command transfer
J24 Reserved /
Connect to J3 interface of
J25 sample sensor board and J5 of Realize communication and command transfer
cart driver board
J26 RV cavity indicator light Connection
19) by synergizing with J2
Core
board J2 Connect to motion driver board
J20) by synergizing with J1
(old
version)
J4 TF card slot /
J6 Reserved /
72 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0

FPGA configuration indicator light, yellow, solid-on after
D14
configuring normally
FPGA Indicator light FPGA operating indicator light 1, green, breathing blink after FPGA
D15
operates
Cuvette capturing D3(LED_1) Locked-rotor indicator lights on in orange when it operates
mechanism motor D2(LED_2) Failure indicator lights on in orange when it malfunctions
Pushing cuvette D5(LED_1) Locked-rotor indicator lights on in orange when it operates
Cuvette placing D7(LED_1) Locked-rotor indicator lights on in orange when it operates
RV magnetic separation D9(LED_1) Locked-rotor indicator lights on in orange when it operates
carousel motor D8(LED_2) Failure indicator lights on in orange when it malfunctions
Choosing mechanism D11(LED_1) Locked-rotor indicator lights on in orange when it operates
X-axis motor
RV solid waste D32 Yellow operating indicator light turns green at the time of operating
container indicator light D25 Green operating indicator light turns green at the time of operating
RV substrate indicator D26 Yellow operating indicator light turns green at the time of operating
light D27 Green operating indicator light turns green at the time of operating
RV substrate indicator D28 Yellow operating indicator light turns green at the time of operating
Wash buffer indicator D30 Yellow operating indicator light turns green at the time of operating
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 73

Table 4-14: MD4 testing point
4.5 Temp Control System
4.5.1 Overview
The temp control unit consists of 1 temp control board and 2 temp collection boards. The temp collection board reads
the temperature from the temp sensors, and sends it to the temp control board, which gives heating/cooling command
based on the temperature reading.
4.5.2 Temp control unit diagram
Incubation carousel
Incubation carousel temperature sensor 1, 2 and trigger temperature sensor
temperature collection board
MCU
Reagent carousel temperature Reagent carousel temperature sensor 1, 2 and sample probe interior washbuffer
collection board heating and ambient temperature sensor
Temperature controller driver board
1 channel incubation carousel heater
1 channel magnetic separation washbuffer heater
Refrigeration
and heating
driving
2 channel reagent thermoelectric cooler, 1 channel water coolant circulating
pump, cooling fan
1 channel substrate pre-heater, 1 channel sample probe interior pre-heater
Figure 4-14: Temp control unit diagram
74 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
4.5.3 Temp driver board
4.5.3.1 Functions
The Temp driver board receives temp data from the temp collection board, and then accordingly gives commands
to warm up the incubation carousel/magnetic separation carousel/pre-trigger/trigger, or cool the reagents. The temp
control board takes two incompatible forms: air cooling or water cooling.
4.5.3.2 Interface wiring is shown as the following figure:
1 1 HEAT1 1 BK
J16 2 24V 2 RD Incubation carousel heater (HEAT1)
2
1 +24V 1
1 1
2 +24V 2
2 2
3 +24V 3
3 3
J11 4
4 GND 4 4
J14 1 HEAT3 1 BK Probe interior/exterior pre-heater
5 GND 5 3 24V 2 RD
D 5
6
6 GND 6
5
6
J18
1
3
2
4 2 HEAT4 1 BK
4 24V 2 RD
(HEAT3)
Substrate pre-heater (HEAT4)
D
DC power adapter
1 1 +24V 1 1 1 COOL1 1 BK
board-DCDB 2 +24V 2 2 RD Thermoelectric cooler 1 (COOL1)
2 2 1 2
3 +24V 3 1 BK
3 3 Thermoelectric cooler 2 (COOL2)
J12 J15 3 4 2 24V 2 RD
4 4 GND 4 4
J12
5 5 GND 5 5 5 6
6 6 GND 6 6
7 8
1 1 SGND 1 1 1 V+
1 Environmental temperature
2 2 GND 2 2 2 V-
2
J2 3 SGND sensor (T4)
MD4 J18 3 3 CAN_H 3 3 J21 1
1 VCC 1
1
3
C 4
5
4 CAN_L 4 4
5 Temperature 2
2 TXD+
3 TXD-
2 RXD+
3 RXD-
2
Reagent
refrigeration J3
1
2
1 V+
2 V- Reagent carousel temperature C
3 3 3 3 SGND sensor 1 (T1)
J4 4
4 RXD+ 4 TXD+
4
J6 temperature
collection 1 1 V+
1RD +24V 5
2YL FAN1_FB 6
1 driver board 5
6
5 RXD-
6 GND
5 TXD-
6
5
6
board J4 2
3
2 V-
3 SGND
Reagent carousel temperature
sensor 2 (T2)
Water cooling fan 3BK GND 7 2
1 1 V+
Probe interior/exterior
3 J5 2 2 V-
4
J9 3 3 SGND temperature sensor 1 (T3)
Water cooling buffer 1 F8 3 5
2 GND 4 6 1 1 V+
bottle empty floater 1 VCC 1 2 V- Incubation carousel
Incubation J3
7 1 1 2
2 TXD+ 2 RXD+ 3 3 SGND temperature sensor 1 (T1)
2 2
3 TXD- 3 RXD- carousel 1 V+
1RD +24V 1 1
1 3 3 temperature Incubation carousel
2BK GND 2 J3 4 RXD+ 4 TXD+ J6 J4 2 2 V-
B 1RD +24V 3
2
3
J5
4
5
5 RXD- 5 TXD-
4
5
collection
board
3 3 SGND
1 V+
temperature sensor 2 (T2)
B
6 GND 6 1
2BK GND 4 6 6 2 V- Pre/trigger temperature
4 J5 2
3 SGND sensor (T3)
3
De-fogging heater 1RD +12V 1 1

J13
2BK GND 2 2
(DEFOG)
Water cooling 1 +12V 1 1
2 PUMP_FB 2 J24
circulating pump 3 PUMP 3
2
3
(P-COOL)

A A
Design LCG Temperature driver board chart
Check1 HJL iF18
Sheet 7 of 11 Size: A4
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Figure 4-15: Wiring of temp driver board PCBA
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 75
Figure 4-16: Actual product of temp driver board PCBA
Interface Point of connection Instruction

J1 Reserved /
J2 Reserved /
Communication interface of temp collection board of
J3 Power supply and communication
incubation carousel
Communication interface of reagent refrigeration temp
J4 Power supply and communication
collection board
J5 Whole machine cooling fan Output voltage 24V
J6 Reserved /
J7 Reserved /
J8 Reserved /
J9 Connect to cooling fan and water cooling buffer floater Output voltage 24V
J10 Reserved /
J11 Reserved /
Output voltage 24V, two coolers are
J12 Connect to reagent thermoelectric cooler
connected in serial
76 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
J13 Connect to defogging heater Output voltage 12V

It can be interchanged with J15 for
J14 24V power input (DC adapter board J11)
troubleshooting
It can be interchanged with J14 for
J15 24V power input (DC adapter board J12)
troubleshooting
J16 Connect to incubator carousel heater Output voltage 24V
J17 Connect to magnetic separation wash buffer heater Output voltage 24V
Connect to wash buffer heater for substrate and probe
J18 Output voltage 24V
interior
For research, development and
J19 Debugging interface
production
J20 Jumper cap Jumper cap is required
J21 CAN communication interface Connected to J18 of MD4 board
Standby interface with the same
J22 CAN communication interface
function of J21
J23 Reserved /
J24 Circulating pump for water cooling Output voltage 12V
Table 4-15: Wiring of temp driver board PCBA
4.5.3.3 Indicator light and testing point

Indicator light Functions
D2 Blink while the probe interior and exterior heater operates
D3 Blink while the substrate heater operates
D4 Blink while the incubation carousel heater operates
D33 Blink while the reagent carousel peltier operates
D9 3.3V power indicator light, solid-on
D10 5V power indicator light, solid-on
D45 Operation indicator light of water cooling circulating pump, solid-on
D1 Magnetic separation wash buffer heating indicator light, solid-on
Table 4-16: Indicator description
TP9 VPP 24V voltage testing point for heating 22.8~25.2
24V voltage testing point for
TP10 VBB 22.8~25.2
refrigeration
TP20 12V 12V voltage testing point for heating 11.4~12.6
TP17 5V 5V voltage testing point for heating 4.75~5.25
TP12 3V3 3.3V voltage testing point for heating 3.2~3.4
Table 4-17: Temp driver board PCBA testing point
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 77
4.5.4 Temp collection board
4.5.4.1 Functions
Two temp collection boards collect temp data from the heating and cooling modules via PT1000 Temp sensor. The
PT1000 Temp sensor is driven by current source to generate temp signal, which then goes through multiplication,
differentiation and analog to digital conversion, and is sent to the MCU. Then the MCU passes the temp data to the
temp control board. The process is shown in the figure below:
constant-current
Sensor 1 source excitation
Multi-channel gating
Sensor 2
Signal Temperature control
ADC MCU
disposal driver board
Sensor 3
Sensor 4
Figure 4-17: Working principle of Temp collection board
4.5.4.2 Interfaces
Wiring of the temperature collection board is shown as the following figure:
78 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
Reagent carousel
temperature sensor 1
Reagent carousel
temperature sensor 2
Probe interior
temperature sensor
Enviornment
temperature sensor
Fig 4-18: Wiring diagram of reagent carousel temp collection board
Figure 4-19: Temp collection board
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 79
Module Interface Instruction

Temp sensor interface, magnetic separation heating temp
J2
sensor
Temp collection board of the
J3 Temp sensor interface, incubation carousel temp sensor 1
incubation carousel
J4 Temp sensor interface, incubation carousel temp sensor 2
J5 Temperature sensor interface, substrate heating temp sensor
Interface of power supply and serial port (connect to
J6
temperature driver board J13)
J2 Temp sensor interface, ambient temp sensor
J3 Temp sensor interface, reagent carousel tempe sensor 1
Temp collection board of the J4 Temp sensor interface, reagent carousel tempe sensor 2
reagent carousel Temp sensor interface, sample probe interior and exterior
J5
heating temp sensor
Interface of power supply and serial port (connect to
J6
temperature driver board J14)
Table 4-18: Temp collection board wiring

Indicator light Instruction

D1 For 5V power supply, solid-on
D2 For calibration, OFF if calibration is finished, otherwise solid-on
D3 For watch dog, blinking
D4 For data transmission, blinking when there is data transmission
D5 For test, OFF when in normal operation
D6 For 3.3V power supply, solid-on
4.6 Liquid Level Detection System

The liquid level detection system consists of probe capacitor detecting board PCBA and welded probe for sample
adding, and only the capacitor detecting board PCBA is introduced in this section. For liquid level detection, it
requires that the probe shall not be immersed too deep into the liquid while acquiring reagent and sample with the
sample probe in order not to affect the measuring result by cross contamination. Meanwhile, care must be taken to
prevent error results caused by empty aspirating when there is inadequate reagent or sample volume.
80 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
4.6.1 Functions
Liquid level detection is based on the change in probe capacitor before/after the probe contacts the liquid level.
Special capacitance detection chip adopted to monitor the change in probe capacitor sends the data to the MCU,
which compares it with the threshold value and outputs liquid level signal. The probe capacitor detecting board
transmits the probe capacitor value through UART serial port to the lower-layer unit, then the lower-layer unit
compares the value with the threshold value and gives empty aspiration alarm if the sample/reagent is
insufficient. Also, the probe capacitor detecting board monitors the probe to prevent vertical collision. The
working principle is shown in the figure below:
Liquid Level Detection Board PCBA
Probe capacitor detection board

MD 1 MCU PCBA Sample probe
Figure 4-20: Liquid level detection principle of the probe capacitor
4.6.2 Interface
Probe capacitor detecting board PCBA is wired as follows:
2 1
Adaption
4 3
2 RD VCC 1 BN
6 5 1
19 RXD GN 2 TXD RD
2
8 7 1 Sig. 1 RD
20 TXD WT 3 RXD YL 1
3
10 9 26 BK2 Shield GND Sample
MD1 J25
12 11 21 YL Sig. 5 BU
4
5
J3
Liquid Level Detection Board J2
2 GND 2 BK
probe
14 2
13 23 BU Sig. 6 OG 6
16 15 4 BK1 GND 7 PL
7
18 17
20 19
Figure 4-21: Wiring diagram of probe capacitor detecting board PCBA
Figure 4-22: Probe capacitor detecting board PCBA

Interface Instruction
J2 Connect sample probes
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 81
J3 Connect to MD1 J25 interface, and communicate through UART serial port
Table 4-20: Probe capacitor detecting board PCBA wiring
4.6.3 Indicator lights

Indicator D1 D2 D3 D4 Remark
Color Yellow Yellow Red Green /
To indicate
calibration To indicate To indicate
Vertical
Main function or sleep sensitivity or liquid level /
collision
mode sleep mode signal
Within 2 min after power on

Standby / ON / /
or system resetting
It enters sleep mode if no
command comes from the
Sleep mode / Blinking ON /
liquid level detection board
for 2 min.
Liquid level The probe detects liquid level
/ ON / ON
detected signal.
It usually occurs when the
Sensitivity level probe aspirates
/ ON ON /
changed sample/reagent without using
the default sensitivity level.
It occurs when the spring
Probe vertical fails to return to its home
ON / / /
collision position after a vertical
collision.
Calibration
/ / / / Device calibration failure
failure
No program is burned on the
Board error / ON ON ON board, or crystal oscillators
on the board are broken.
Improper connection or
Other / / / /
broken board.
4.7 Clot detection unit

The clot detection unit consists of two clot detection boards and two pressure sensors for monitoring change of
pressure in piping. It determines whether clot is occurred in the sample adding process by sensing if the piping
pressure is within the normal range. The operating diagram is as below:
82 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
Sample probe piping pressure

MD 1 Clot detection board 1 sensor
Magnetic separation phase 1

MD 2 Clot detection board 2 aspirating piping pressure sensor
Figure 4-23: Operation diagram of clot detection unit
4.7.1 Functions
The clot detecting board provides constant current excitation for the pressure sensor, the pressure sensor detects
change of electric resistance caused by change of pressure in the sample adding process and carry out signal disposal
and conversion, and then clot will be determined by detecting if the piping pressure is within the normal range.
Clot detection board

Constant current
source circuit
Pressure
MD 1 MCU sensor
Signal disposal
ADC circuit
Figure 4-24: Working principle of probe clot detection board
4.7.2 Interfaces
Wiring of pressure detection board is shown as the flowing figure:
1 1 1 VS+
3 2 2 OUT+ Clot pressure
MD1 J25 10
9
10
12
J2 Sample clot detection board J4 3
4
GND
OUT-
sensor
25 11
1 1 1 VS+
3 2 2 OUT+ Clot pressure
MD3 J25 10
9
10
12
J2 Magnetic separation clot detection board J4 3
4
GND
OUT-
sensor
25 11
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 83
Figure 4-25: Wiring diagram of clot detection board
Figure 4-26: Actual product of clot detection board

J1 Reserved /
J2 Connect to MD1 J25 interface Power and communication interface
J3 Debugging interface Program burning interface
J4 Connect to clot pressure sensor 10V supply voltage
Table 4-22: Wiring of the clot detection board

D1 Abnormity indicator light, solid-off, and it is on when initialization or the sensor is abnormal
D2 Operating indicator light, solid-on in operating state
Table 4-23: Instruction of indicator lights
4.8 Cart driver board
4.8.1 Functions
The cart driver board controls and drives Y-axis and Z-axis motors, detecting signals of corresponding optocoupler,
communicates with MD4, and detects sample barcodes.
84 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
4.8.2 Interfaces
Cart Y-axis Cart Z-axis

motor motor
(MY) (MZ)
2 B+ 3 YL
2 B+ 3 YL
3 A+ 1 OG
3 A+ 1 OG
4 A- 2 RD
4 A- 2 RD
1 B- 4 GN
1 B- 4 GN
D D
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
J4 J3
1 1 +24V 13 1 2
2
2 +24V 15 1 2 3 4 1 VCC RD
DC power adapter J7 3 GND 14 2 Sig. WT
3 5 6 3 GND BK Y-axis home position sensor (DY1.1)
board-DCDB 4 4 GND 16 3 4
7 8
5 6 9 10 6 Sig. WT
J6 Y-axis jam judging sensor (DY1.2)
1 11 12
7 8
2 GND 5 14 10 Sig. WT Cart sample rack in-place sensor (FXC2)
2 J5 13
3 3 TXD+ 2 RXD+ 9 10 15 16
C MD4 J23
4 4 TXD- 1 RXD-
5 RXD+ 4 TXD+ 11 12 17 18
14 Sig. WT Sample tube cuvette presence detection
(FXC3) C
5
19 20 18 Sig. WT X-axis motion interference detection
6 6 RXD- 3 TXD-
13 14
7 GND 6 sensor (FXC4)
7
8
8 SGND 15 16
Cart drive 1
1 VCC RD
2 2 Sig. WT Z-axis zero position sensor (DZ1.1)
board J8 3
4
3 GND BK
1
1 BN VCC 1
B Sample rack 3 BU GND 2
2
3
B
barcode 4 BK RXD 3 TXD
4
J2
2 WT TXD 4 RXD
scanner 5 GY TRIG 5 5
6

A A
Design LCG Cart drive board chart
Check1 HJL iF18
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Figure 4-27: Wiring diagram of the cart driver board
Figure 4-28: Actual product of the cart driver board
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 85

Drives the barcode scanner, receives barcode
J2 Sample barcode scanner
information.
J3 Z-axis motor of the cart 24V power supply
J4 Y-axis motor of the cart 24V power supply
J5 DC power adapter board, MD4 board Power input and communication
Collects data from the following sensors: Y-axis home
position sensor, Y-axis jam sensor, position detection
sensor of cart sample rack, sample tube sensor, X-axis
movement interference sensor
J7 Reserved /
J8 Z-axis zero position sensor /
J10 Reserved /
J12 CAN (Reserved) /
Table 4-24: Wiring of the cart driver board

D3 Z-axis motor operation indicator light
D5 Y-axis motor operation indicator light
Table 4-25: Cart driver board indicator lights
4.9 Counting Unit
4.9.1 Functions
Consisting of MD2, PMT counting board and PMT, the counting system realizes driving control of the PMT module,
counting and uploading the output photon signals of the PMT module. The photon counting system, as a bottom-
layer unit, communicates with MD2 board through the RS-232 serial port, receives collection starting/ending
command from MD2 board and returns the photon counting value. The fundamental diagram is as below:
Photon signal Communication

PMT module FPGA MCU Serial port MD2
Control signal
Figure 4-29: Fundamental diagram of the PMT counting board
86 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
4.9.2 Interfaces
Wiring of the PMT counting board is shown as the following figure:
MD2
J21
PMT Module
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1 2 3 4
3 TX WT 4 RX RD
4 RX BK 5 TX WT
5 RD Sig. 3 BK
Wire-to-wire
6 GND 6 BU
2 VCC 7 YL
connection
1 RD GND 1 BK
2 BK VCC 2 RD
2 GND 4 BK
1 Sig. 3 RD
Adapter
1 2 3 4 5 6
J5
1
J1
PMT Counting Board 2
Figure 4-30: Wiring diagram of the PMT counting board
Figure 4-31: Wiring diagram of the PMT counting board

J1 Connect to the PMT module Signal collection (J21 of MD2 board supplies 5V power for PMT)
J2 Reserved /
J3 Reserved /
J4 Reserved /
J5 Connect to MD2 J21 interface Power supply and communication interface
J6 Reserved /
Table 4-26: PMT counting board wiring
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 87

D1 FPGA operation indicator light, blink after FPGA operates
D6 Operating state indicator light, blink at the time of operating
Table 4-27: Indicator light of PMT counting board
4.10 Sample in-place system

The sample in-place system consists of sample in-place detection board (sample sensor board) and sample indicator
light board.
4.10.1 Sample in-place detection board (sample sensor board)
4.10.1.1 Functions
The sample in-place detection board receives detection signals of 11 channels of sample in-place sensor and send
LED light control signals to the sample indicator board on the basis of the signals received.
LED driver control Sample indicator board
MCU
MD 4 Signal input of 11-
channels in-place sensors
Figure 4-32: Functional diagram of the sample in-place detection board
4.10.1.2 Interfaces
88 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
D D
1 2
1 VCC RD
3 4 2 Sig. GN
3 GND WT Sample rack in-place sensor 1 (FSC1.1
2 2 VCC 1 1 6 4 GND220 BK
5
4 4 GND 2 2 7 8
9 9 RXD 3 TXD 3 J3 6 Sig. GN Sample rack in-place sensor 2 (FSC1.2)
MD4 J25
10 10 TXD 4 RXD 4
J6 9 10
25 SGND 5 11 12 10 Sig. WT
25 5 Sample rack in-place sensor 3 (FSC1.3)
13 14
14 Sig. WT Sample rack in-place sensor 4 (FSC1.4)
15 16
17 18 18 Sig. WT Sample rack in-place sensor 5 (FSC1.5)
19 20
C C
1 2
1 VCC RD
3 4 2 Sig. GN
Sample Sensor Board 5 6
3 GND WT
4 GND220 BK
Sample rack in-place sensor 6 (FSC1.6)
7 8
6 Sig. GN Sample rack in-place sensor 7 (FSC1.7)
1
VCC 1 9 10
1 2
2
VCC 2
1 2 J7
11 12 10 Sig. WT
3 4 3
GND 3 3 4 Sample rack in-place sensor 8 (FSC1.8)
4
GND 4 13 14
5 6 5 6 14 Sig. WT Sample rack in-place sensor 9 (FSC1.9)
5 LAMP1 5 15 16
7 8 7 8
6 LAMP2 6
17 18 18 Sig. WT Sample rack in-place sensor 10 (FSC1.10)
Sample 9 10 9 10
19 20
11 12 11 12
indicator board
B 13
15
14
16
N+4 LAMPN N+4
13
15
14
16
J4
1
1 VCC RD
B
J1 2 2 Sig. GN Sample loading cavity door cover detection
17 18 17 18 J5 3
3 GND WT sensor (Fdoor)
19 20 19 20
4
21 22 21 22
24 LAMP20 24
23 24 23 24

A A
Design LCG Sample sensor board chart
Check1 HJL iF18
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Figure 4-33: Wiring diagram of the sample in-place detection board
Figure 4-34: Actual product of the sample in-place detection board

Interface Point of connection Remark
J1 Reserved /
J2 Reserved /
J3 Connect to J25 of MD4 board Power supply and communication interface
J4 Sample indicator board J1 Control signal transfer of LED, etc.
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 89
Sample loading cavity cover

J5 Detect whether the cover is closed
detection sensor
J7 Sensor wiring Sample in-place sensor 1-5
J8 Sensor wiring Sample in-place sensor 6-10
Table 4-28: Wiring of the sample in-place detection board
4.10.1.3 Indicator light

D1 Operating state indicator light, blinking
D2 Reserved indicator light, solid-off
D3 Reserved indicator light, solid-on
D4 Reserved indicator light, solid-on
Table 4-29: List of indicator lights of sample in-place detection board
4.10.2 Sample indicator board
4.10.2.1 Functions
It receives the control signals of the sample in-place detection board and controls LED lights on and off. It is used
for indicating the current sample status of each sample loading channel. There are totally 10 channels of indicator
light and each channel is divided into two colors (yellow and green). The detailed LED status is as below:
1) Two lights off: there is no sample;
2) Green light solid-on: sample has been loaded but not operated, and it could be taken away;
3) Yellow light solid-on: sample has been operated and cannot be taken away. If the sample rack here is in the scanning
and adding area, then new sample rack must not be placed in this empty grid.
4) Green light blinks: operation is finished and the sample can be taken away;
5) Yellow and green lights blink alternatively: it is scanning the sample barcode or there is error, and the sample can
be taken away;
6) Yellow light marquee: at the time of cycle test, motions of X-axis will be displayed one cycle in advance for
prompting user do not operate in the sample loading and unloading areas. And the marquee will not stop to
recover the previous indicator status until all motions of X-axis in this cycle are finished.
90 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
Yellow indicator light 1
Green indicator light 1

Sample Sensor board
.
Control .
Driver chip
.
signal .
.
.
.
.
Yellow indicator light 10
Green indicator light 10
Figure 4-35: Functional diagram of the sample indicator board
Figure 4-36: Actual product of the sample indicator board
4.11 Miscellaneous
4.11.1 RJ45 adapter board
The PC communicates with MD4 via Internet, one end of the instrument is connected to MD4 and the other
end is connected to the PC through a RJ45 adapter board to achieve communication between upper-layer unit and
middle-layer unit. In case the host is disconnected from the PC and cannot be found by ping, it may consider directly
connecting the PC to MD4 without the RJ45 adapter board for troubleshooting the adapter board, providing the IP
address is confirmed correct.
4.11.2 Indicator adapter board
There are four sets of indicator light on the RV cavity, which signals are controlled by MD4, and MD4 is
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 91
connected to the indicator lights through the indicator light adapter board (they cannot be connected directly).
Detailed status of indicator light is as below:
Indicator Color Description
Green Cuvette sufficient
RV cavity indicator
Yellow Cuvette insufficient
Green Wash buffer sufficient
Wash buffer indicator
Yellow Wash buffer insufficient
Green Pre-trigger/trigger insufficient
Pre-trigger/trigger indicator
Yellow Pre-trigger/trigger sufficient
Green Solid waste container not full
Solid waste container indicator
Yellow Solid waste container full
Table 4-30: Indicator adapter board
92 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
Chapter V Liquid Piping System
5.1 Introduction
The liquid piping system realizes the functions of sample/reagent adding, washing, and liquid waste drainage,
as well as system monitoring, detection and alarm to ensure good performance.
The components of the liquid piping system include:
1. Wash buffer supply unit: provide wash buffer;
2. Probe unit: clean the exterior/interior of the probe, discharge liquid waste and aspirate/inject
sample/reagent;
3. Magnetic separation unit: wash the magnetic separation unit, add wash buffer, discharge liquid waste,
and heat up the magnetic separation washing solution;
4. Pre-trigger/trigger unit: add and heat up the pre-trigger/trigger;
5. Cooling circulating unit: water-cool the reagent carousel;
6. Liquid waste drainage unit: discharge liquid waste from probe cleaning, the magnetic separation
process, and condensate water from the reagent carousel.
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 93
5.2 Working Principle of Liquid Piping System
iFlash1800 liquid piping layout

Reagent
pot
Sample
probe
Radiator
Heater
Heater
Heater
Pre-trigger Trigger
250ml 250ml
Washbuffer
tank 2L
Washbuffer tank 10L Liquid waste tank 10L
Figure 5-1: Working principle of the liquid piping system
5.3 Temp Control of Liquid Piping

Magnetic separation wash Sample probe interior
Item Trigger
buffer heating washing
Target Temp 37℃ 37℃ 37℃
Table 5-1: Temp control of liquid piping
94 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
5.4 Liquid Piping Parts
5.4.1 LVM three-way solenoid valve

Symbol:
Figure 5-2 LVM three-way solenoid valve
Function: used to switch the fluid path. The COM end is connected to the NC end if the solenoid valve is energized, and
to the NO end if not.
Name Mark Voltage Function

Play the role of switching channel by
1/3 phase injection valve SV1 24V
synergizing with SV2
Play the role of switching channel by
2/4 phase injection valve SV2 24V
synergizing with SV1
Pre-trigger injection valve SV3 24V Switching fluid path
Trigger injection valve SV4 24V Switching fluid path
SV5 24V Switching fluid path
washing valve
Table 5-2: Specification & function of LVM three-way solenoid valve
Caution: with exactly the same specification, the five solenoid valves are interchangeable, but it doesn’t suggest
changing SV3 and SV4 with other solenoid valves.
5.4.2 Plunger pump

Symbol:
Figure 5-3 Plunger pump
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 95
Function: 3 plunger pumps used in this system come in 3 types of specifications. The parameters and functions are
shown in the table below:

Trigger plunger pump P6 24V 500μL plunger pump, trigger filling
500μL plunger pump, sample/reagent
Sample adding plunger pump P7 24V
adding
Magnetic separation injection 2500μL plunger pump, magnetic
P8 24V
pump separation wash buffer
Table 5-3: Specification & function of plunger pump
Caution: P6, 7 and 8 have similar appearance, but they are not interchangeable. The top of trigger plunger pump (P6)
is made of non-transparent material, there are two joints on the pump body but only one of them is used, the other
one shall be sealed up with an end cap, please pay close attention to this point at the time of replacement. The top of
sample adding plunger pump (P7) and magnetic separation injection pump (P8) are made of transparent material,
there is a backhaul calibration label on the body of the sample adding plunger pump (P7) with range of 1-2ul and the
maximum measuring range is 500μL, while the maximum measuring range on the nameplate of the magnetic
separation injection pump (P8) is 2500μL, and only one of the two joints on the body of the magnetic separation
injection pump (P8) is used, the other one shall be sealed up with an end cap, please pay close attention to this point
at the time of replacement. The liquid piping shall be emptied in case the instrument will not be used for over three
days, otherwise it may cause crystallization in pump body and result in damage. There are two joints on the body of
each trigger plunger pump and magnetic separation injection pump (P8) and only the one on the top is used, so it
shall pay attention to the air-tightness of the other joint.
5.4.3 Rotary plunger pump

Symbol:
Figure 5-4 Rotary plunger pump
Function: provide power for the injection and aspiration of pre-trigger

Caution: the rotary plunger pump coupling is fragile, be sure not to use excessive force, otherwise it may cause
breakage.
5.4.4 Diaphragm pump

Symbol:
96 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
Figure 5-5: Diaphragm pump
Function: there are diaphragm pumps in 3 kinds of specification for washing sample probe interior and exterior
respectively, the detailed parameters are as below:
Sample probe interior diaphragm pump P1 24V Sample probe interior washing
Energizing replenishing the inner tank
Wash buffer replenishing pump P2 24V
with wash buffer
Sample probe exterior diaphragm pump P4 24V Sample probe exterior
Table 5-4: Specification & function of diaphragm pump
Caution: P1, P2 and P4 have different appearance and models, be sure not to use one for another and the joints must
not be connected reversely. Check whether there is crystallization in the body of all diaphragm pumps in scheduled
maintenance.
5.4.5 Vacuum pump

Symbol:
Figure 5-6: Vacuum pump
Functions: energize the washing well and the reading station to discharge liquid waste.
Caution: connect to the correct interface, and maintain regularly to prevent crystallization after long-term use.
5.4.6 Circulating pump

Symbol:
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 97
Figure 5-7: Circulating pump
Function: provide power for the refrigerant fluid to circulate.

Caution: check the connection with buffer bottle during installation to make sure it is airtight.
5.4.7 Peristaltic pump assembly

Symbol:
Figure 5-8: Peristaltic pump assembly
Function: provide power for cleaning and liquid waste drainage during the magnetic separation process.
Caution: it consists of driver assembly, pump head and tube. The driver assembly comes with rotational speed
detection function. The tube shall be properly installed to ensure good performance in aspirating liquid. The service
life of the tube is 6 months, so you need to replace it as required.
5.4.8 Filter
Symbol:
Figure 5-9: Filter
Function: filter impurities in wash buffer.

Caution: there are 1 filter in total, replace them every half year.
5.4.9 Heater
Symbol:
Figure 5-10: Heater
Functions: there are totally 3 heaters in the entire liquid piping, and their functions are detailed below
Name Voltage Function
98 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
Heating the wash buffer to constant 37°C when

Sample probe interior wash buffer heater 24V
the sample probe interior is washed
Magnetic separation injection heater 24V Pre-heating the magnetic separation wash buffer
Trigger heater 24V Heating the trigger to the temperature of 30-37°C
Function Table 5-4: Specification & function of heater
Caution: the 3 heaters are different in specification and the materials cannot be used in common.
5.4.10 Probes
Symbol:
Sample/reagent probe Magnetic separation injection/aspirating probe
Pre-trigger injection probe Trigger dispenser head, waste liquid aspirating probe
Figure 5-11: Various kinds of probe
Function: aspirate or discharge sample/reagent/wash buffer/liquid waste

Caution: ensure it is airtight at connections when installing probes. The springs for sample/reagent probe and
aspirating probe shall be properly installed to ensure that the probe moves smoothly in the vertical direction.
5.4.11 Washing station

Symbol:
Figure 5-12 Washing well
Function: wash the interior/exterior of the sample/reagent probe

Caution: the diameter of the 6 holes of the washing well is small, so there is risk of blocking after a long period of
use; and it shall be tightened up with bare hand instead of wrench during installation.
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 99
5.4.12 Float switch
Symbol:
Figure 5-13: Float switch
Function: it is a liquid volume monitoring equipment. There are totally 6 float switches in the liquid piping, and their
functions are detailed below
Name Functions
Buffer tank high level float switch that detects remaining volume of wash buffer in the
FS1
buffer tank by synergizing with FS2
Buffer tank low level float switch that detects remaining volume of wash buffer in the
FS3
buffer tank by synergizing with FS2
Outer tank (10L tank) float switch that refills wash buffer by synergizing with FS1 and
FS4
FS2
FS6 Pre-trigger float switch that monitors liquid volume
FS7 Trigger float switch that monitors liquid volume
FS5 Waste liquid tank volume detection float that monitors liquid volume
Table 5-5: Specification and purpose of floater switch
Caution: pay attention to the status of the connection wires and the floats at the time of wiring. The specification of
the substrate float switches is the same, but it doesn’t suggest interchanging float switch onsite.
5.4.13 Check valve

Symbol:
Figure 5-14: Check valve
Function: ensure that liquid flows in one direction.

Caution: connect the check valve correctly and replace it annually.
100 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
5.4.14 Radiator
Symbols:
Radiator
Figure 5-15: Radiator
Function: work with the cooling fan to cool the refrigerant fluid.
Caution: the radiator and the cooling fan are fastened together with four screws. Clean the dust quarterly.
5.5 Wash buffer Supply Unit

The wash buffer supply unit that is used to provide wash buffer for the while device mainly consists of the washing
solution pump and the float switch assembly. The fluid path of the wash buffer supply unit is shown in the figure
below:
Washbuffer
tank 2L
Washbuffer tank 10L
Figure 5-16: Fluid path of wash buffer supply unit
1. Along with consumption of wash buffer, the buffer tank cover assembly FS3 triggers signal, then the
replenishing pump P2 operates to pump wash buffer from tank B to tank A. When the signal is triggered from
buffer tank cover assembly FS1 or when FS3 signal (tank B is empty) is also triggered, the replenishing pump
will stop operating;
2. Once solution B is exhausted, FS4 signal is triggered. In this case, replenish the solution.;
3. If all the wash buffer in tank B is used up and not replenished in time, along with consumption of wash buffer,
the wash buffer tank cover assembly FS2 will trigger signal and the instrument will alarm to prompt wash buffer
empty, and then stop adding new sample for testing.
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 101
5.6 Sample probe washing and sample adding unit

The sample probe washing and sample adding unit includes sample adding, interior and exterior washing and waste
discharging, which are performed mainly by diaphragm pump, plunger pump and valve. The principle of washing
is shown in the following schematic diagram:
Sample
probe
Liquid waste of washing

pool
Heater
Magnetic separation
washbuffer
Exterior washbuffer
Washbuffer
tank 2L
Figure 5-17: Liquid piping diagram of cleaning & aspirating unit of sample/reagent probe
1. The sample probe moves to the washing well, SV5 is energized and switched to the normal-close end (NC), P1
activates washing sample probe interior, P4 activates washing sample probe exterior, meanwhile, P3 activates
aspirating the liquid waste after washing the interior and exterior. After the interior is washed, SV5 is de-
energized and switched to normal-open end (NO), and the interior washing liquid piping relieves pressure;
2. Sample probes move to the rack position, SV5 is de-energized and switched to normal-open end (NO), P7
provides power to suck isolation air, aspirate sample and suck isolation air again, and then move horizontally to
the sample adding position to add sample;
3. After adding sample, the probes suck isolation air, and then move to washing well for washing both interior
and exterior;
102 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
4. The washing buffer for sample probe interior adopts constant temperature control. After the machine is started,
the interior heater will always run to keep the wash buffer temperature at 37°C.
5.7 Magnetic separation unit

The liquid piping of magnetic separation unit module comprises of four phases dispensing probes (one is shared by
phase 1/3, one is shared by phase 2/4) injection and heating, four phases aspirating probes (one is shared by phase
1/3, one is shared by phase 2/4) aspiration. The detailed liquid piping sequence and motions are as below:
Heater
2L WashBuffer
tank
Liquid waste
Figure 5-18: Fluid path of magnetic separation unit
1. The magnetic separation carousel moves the cuvette to phase 1 dispensing probe (D1), de-energizes and switches
SV1 and SV2 to the normal-open end (NO), MBF6 plunger pump provides power to aspirate wash buffer,
energizes and switches SV1 to the normal-close end (NC), MBF6 plunger pump provides power to inject wash
buffer to cuvette, at this moment replenish the liquid within the cuvette to 400μL. After finishing injection, the
magnetic separation carousel conveys cuvette to phase 1 aspirating probe (A1), and MP7 (peristaltic pump)
provides power to aspirate liquid waste slowly (the power for aspiration of aspirating probes of 4 phases is
provide by P9);
buffer to cuvette, at this moment the liquid volume is 600μL. After finishing injection, the magnetic separation
carousel conveys cuvette to phase 2 aspirating probe (A2), and MP7 (peristaltic pump) provides power to
aspirate liquid waste slowly;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 103
carousel conveys cuvette to phase 4 aspirating probe (A2), and P9 (peristaltic pump) provides power to aspirate
liquid waste slowly;
5. Constant temperature control is applied to magnetic separation wash buffer. After starting up, the interior
heater always runs to keep the wash buffer stably around 37°C;
6. In the whole magnetic separation process, the magnetic beads are evenly mixed by means of high to low
arrangement of magnets and flushing of wash buffer.
5.8 Pre-trigger/trigger unit

The substrate unit includes pre-trigger injection and automatic debubbling, trigger injection, presence of substrate
detection, pre-heating, which are finished mainly by joint motions of the plunger pump and solenoid valves. The
principle of the liquid piping is shown as the following figure:
Heater
Liquid waste
Pre-trigger Trigger
250ml 250ml
Figure 5-19: Fluid path of pre-trigger/trigger unit
104 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
5.8.1 Dispensing pre-trigger & removing bubbles
1. SV3 is energized and switches to the NC end, the rotary plunger pump P5 provides power for aspirating pre-
trigger and then dispensing it into the cuvette;
2. If the device is left unused for 48h, the system first removes bubbles from the pre-trigger liquid piping
automatically. Power supply to SV3 is cut and SV3 switches to the NO end. The rotary plunger pump P5
provides power for discharging liquid waste;
3. The remaining volume of pre-trigger is calculated through the software, and also detected through the floater
sensor.
5.8.2 Dispensing trigger
1. Power supply to SV4 is cut and SV4 switches to the NO end. The rotary plunger pump MTR2 provides power
for aspirating 200ul trigger. SV4 is energized, and the trigger is injected to the cuvette;
2. The remaining volume of trigger is calculated through the software, and also detected through the floater
sensor.
5.9 Refrigeration unit
Reagent pot
Radiator
Liquid waste
Figure 5-20: Refrigeration cycle of reagent pot
The refrigeration module mainly consists of circulating pump, reservoir, float switch, Peltier cooler base, and
radiator.
The float switch monitors the volume of the refrigerant fluid. When the float switch gives a signal, the
circulating pump and Peltier cooler stop working.
The two Peltier coolers are in serial connection.
5.10 Discharge unit

The discharge unit mainly includes the process of detecting and discharging condensate water from reagent pot,
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 105
liquid waste from washing well, reading station, magnetic separation unit, and pre-trigger.
5.10.1 Discharging condensate water from reagent pot
The reagent pot produces condensate water by refrigeration. There is an opening at the bottom of the pot and it is
connected to the converge module, the liquid waste converges at the bottom of the reagent pot as a result of gravity
and get discharged through an exclusive piping. As shown in the following figure:
Reagent pot
Liquid waste tank 10L
Figure 5-21: Discharging condensate water from reagent pot
5.10.2 Discharging liquid waste from washing well and reading station
Large amount of liquid waste will be produced during testing when sample probe interior and exterior washing is
performed. After testing is finished, a large amount of liquid remains in the cuvettes. At the waste liquid aspiration
level of the reading station, the vacuum pump P3 provides power for aspirating liquid waste at two liquid waste
discharging areas, and then discharges them to waste liquid tank through the convergent module MF2. The principle
of the liquid piping is shown as the following figure:
106 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
Figure 5-22: Diagram of discharging piping for washing well waste liquid and reading station waste liquid
5.10.3 Discharging of magnetic separation waste wash buffer
Magnetic separation of four phases produces large amount of liquid waste which is aspirated with the power provided
by the peristaltic pump. The principle of the liquid piping is shown as the following figure:
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 107
Figure 5-23: Liquid waste discharging piping of the magnetic separation unit
energizes and switched SV1 to the normal-close end (NC), MBF6 plunger pump provides power to inject wash
buffer to cuvette, at this moment replenish the liquid within the cuvette to 400μL. After finishing injection, the
magnetic separation carousel conveys cuvette to phase 1 aspirating probe (A1), and MP7 (peristaltic pump)
provides power to aspirate liquid waste slowly (the aspiration of aspirating probes of 4 phases is powered by
P9);
SV1 and SV2 them to the normal-open end (NO), MBF6 plunger pump provides power to aspirate wash buffer,
108 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
carousel conveys cuvette to phase 4 aspirating probe (A2), and P9 (peristaltic pump) provides power to aspirate
liquid waste slowly;
5.10.4 Waste pre-trigger discharging
When the instrument is not used for 48h, the pre-trigger piping will automatically de-bubble, deenergize and switch
SV3 to the normal-open end, and then discharge the liquid with the power provided by rotating plunger pump P5.
The principle of the liquid piping is shown as the following figure:
Pre-trigger
250ml
Figure 5-24: Waste pre-trigger discharging piping
5.10.5 Liquid waste detection
Condensate water of the reagent pot, liquid waste of the washing well, magnetic separation liquid waste and that of
the reading station are converged to the convergence module MF2 and discharged. If the sewer is connected, it shall
cancel “liquid waste tank alarm on” and discharge the liquid waste directly; if a liquid waste tank is connected, is
shall check “liquid waste tank alarm on” and connect the liquid waste sensor. When FS5 signal is triggered, the
instrument will alarm for liquid waste full and stop adding new test. The principle of liquid piping is shown as the
following figure:
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 109
Liquid waste of
washing pool and Condensate water
reading station of reagent pot
Pre-trigger debubbling
Magnetic
separation
waste liquid
Figure 5-25: Liquid waste detection
5.11 Prime / empty hydraulic system
5.11.1 Prime hydraulic system
1. Connect the 10L wash buffer tank, pre-trigger bottle and trigger bottle, make sure the wash buffer, pre-trigger
and trigger is enough;
2. Check the instrument status is stand-by or not, if not do system initialization or wake up the instrument let the
status is stand-by;
110 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
Figure 5-26: Prime hydraulic system (1)
3. Click “Utility - Maintenance – Prime / empty” then check all units, sample probe, A solution, B solution and MG
dispense
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 111
4. Click “Next” the instrument will do mechanical reset automatically.
112 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
5. When mechanical reset complete, click “Next” then the instrument will do sample probe priming automatically.
6. When sample probe prime complete, click “Next” then the instrument will do trigger solution (A, B solution)
priming automatically.
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 113
7. When trigger solution priming complete, click “Next” then the instrument will do magnetic separation priming
automatically.
8. Magnetic separation priming complete.
114 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
9. Hydraulic system priming complete.

10. For make sure the tube is fill with liquid (wash buffer, pre-trigger and trigger), repeat step 2 – 9.
5.11.2 Empty hydraulic system
1. Empty wash buffer, pre-trigger and trigger solution.

a. Make sure the instrument status is stand-by;
b. Disconnect the 2L wash buffer tank, pre-trigger and trigger bottle floater sensor, then put floater sensor in a clean
bag or valve bag;
Figure 5-34: Empty hydraulic system (1)
c. Follow the step 3 – 9 of “5.11.1 Prime hydraulic system” to empty hydraulic system. Repeat twice.
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 115
2. Clean tube with pure water or deionized water.

a. Empty wash buffer of 2L wash buffer tank, fill 2L wash buffer tank with pure or deionized water, connect the
floater of 2L wash buffer tank. Take out the 10L wash buffer tank floater sensor and put in clean bag or valve
bag;
b. Fill pre-trigger and trigger solution bottle with pure water or deionized water, connect the floater sensors.
*Use the empty pre-trigger and trigger bottles, each new instrument has empty pre-trigger and trigger solution
bottle without barcode labeled;
c. Make sure the instrument status is stand-by;

d. Follow the step 3 – 9 of “5.11.1 Prime hydraulic system” to prime and clean tube. Repeat twice.
3. Empty the pure water or deionized water.

a. Make sure the instrument status is stand-by;
b. Disconnect the 2L wash buffer tank, pre-trigger and trigger bottle floater sensor, then put floater sensor in a clean
bag or valve bag;
c. Follow the step 3 – 9 of “5.11.1 Prime hydraulic system” to empty hydraulic system. Repeat twice.
116 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 117
Chapter VI Software System
6.1 Overview
The software system consists of the PC software and the embedded software. The PC software runs on the PC
while the embedded software runs on the boards of middle/lower-layer unit (MD1-MD4). The PC software records
results in the database, displays and prints counts and quality control data, manages data, sets parameters and
communicates with other devices. The embedded software analyzes timing sequence, collects and identify data.
6.2 Account Types

There are three types of accounts: user, administrator and after-sales user. An administrator account can create
a user account, and an after-sales user account has top permission. The default usernames and passwords are as
follows:
Permission level Username Password
User account user 123456
Administrator account admin admin
Customer service user serviceuser Update quarterly
Table 6-1 Default usernames and passwords
6.3 Software Installation

Software installation includes network wiring, computer setting, installation of environment software, application
programs and database, upgrade of middle- and lower-layer units, and software version confirmation.
118 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
Start
Middle-layer unit, lower-level

unit, cart, temperature
control upgrade
Network connection and
computer settings
Power off and restart the

machine to confirm the
version information
Installation of environment
software
Ending
iFlash 1800 software
installation
(Upper-layer unit)
Figure 6-1: Software installation procedure
6.3.1 Network wiring and computer settings
6.3.1.1 Requirement of computer configuration

Parameter Description
CPU 3.6GHz, dual core
Mainboard BIOS supports remote start up via Internet
Hard disk 500GB STAT interface
Memory 4GB
Network card Dual Gigabit network card
Operating system Windows 7 / Windows 10 64bit O/S
USB port 2 or more
Serial port 1 or more
Monitor 19” or above, touch screen (optional) with a resolution of 1440*900 or above
Table 6-1: Computer configuration requirement
6.3.1.2 Network wiring requirements
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 119
1. The PC operation system of iFlash 1800 communicates with the middle-layer MD4 board through network.
2. The host computer shall be with dual network cards as shown in the figure:
Figure 6-2 Network interfaces
3. Check if the two network cards work:

Method: connect the network cable to the network interface; if the indicators turns on, it indicates that the
network card works;
4. Connect the network card 1 on the PC to the instrument, i.e. connect the network card 1 to the RJ45 adapter
board and connect the RJ45 adapter board to the middle-layer unit MD4 with network cable.
6.3.1.3 Configure local IP address
1. Click on the lower right corner to open Network and Sharing Center, left click “Network & Internet
Settings”;
Figure 6-3: Configuring IP address (1)

2. Left click “Change adapter options”;
120 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
3. Left click “Properties”:
4. Click “Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4), and click “Property”. The following interface appears:
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 121

5. Configure the IP address, then click OK to exit. The IP address is successfully set.
6.3.1.4 Cancel computer sleep time
122 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
1. Click “Control Panel”, and set “View by” method as “Category”. The following interface appears:
Figure 6-8: Turning off the sleep mode (1)

1. Click “Hardware and Sound” to enter the following interface:
2. Click “Change when the computer sleeps” to enter the following interface:
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 123
4. Select “Never”, click “Save changes” and exit the interface. The sleep mode is successfully turned off.
6.3.1.5 Stop automatic update
1. Right click “This Pc” and the shortcut menu appears:
Figure 6-11: Turning off Window Update (1)
124 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
2. Click “Manage” to enter the following interface:

3. Double click “Services and Applications”, and double click “Services”. The following interface appears:

4. Find “Windows Update”, and click “Stop” to stop Window Update.
6.3.1.6 Turning on Print Spooler on PC
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 125
1. Right click “This Pc”, and the shortcut menu appears:
Figure 6-14: Turning on Print Spooler (1)

2. Click “Manage” and the following interface appears:

3. Double click “Services and Applications”, and double click “Services”. The following interface appears:
126 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0

4. If the “Status” of the “Print Spooler” (this loads data to be printed to the cache) is not “Running”, click “Start
the service”, then exit the interface.
5. Click “Control Panel” to enter the following interface:

6. Click “View devices and printers” to pop up the interface shown as the figure, check whether the printer
“Microsoft XPS Document Writer” presents. If no such printer presents, then click “Add a printer”, the interface
shown as the figure will pop up:
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 127

7. Click “Printer Required is not listed”, the interface shown as the figure will appear:

8. Check “Manually Add local or network printer (O)”, click “Next”;
128 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0

9. The interface as the figure is popped up, check “Use an existing port (U)” and click next;

10. Select manufacturer- Microsoft, printer-Microsoft XPS Document Writer v4 shown as the following figure, and
then click “next”;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 129

11. Check “Use the driver that has been installed (recommended) (U)” as the following figure, click “Next”;

12. Click “Next”, and then click “Finish”, as shown in the figure:
130 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0

13. Return to the interface of “Devices and printers”;

14. The setting is finished.
6.3.1.7 Turning off Windows Firewall on PC

1. Click “Control Panel”, and set “View by” method as “Category”, as shown below:
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 131
Figure 6-26: Turning off Windows Firewall (1)

2. Click “System and Security” to enter the following interface:

4. Click “Windows Firewall” to enter the following interface:
132 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0

5. Click “Turn Windows Firewall on or off” to enter the following interface:

6. Check “Turn off Windows Firewall (not recommended)”, and click “OK”. Exit the interface and it goes to the
following interface:
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 133

7. Click “Advanced settings” to enter the following interface:

7. Click “Windows Firewall Properties” to enter the following interface:
134 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0

8. Set the “Firewall state” as OFF, and click “OK”, as shown below

9. Close the interface and return to desktop. The firewall is successfully turned off.
6.3.2 Install environment software
6.3.2.1 Install .NET Framework 4

1. Double click the software,
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 135
Figure 6-34: Install .NET Framework 4 (1)

2. Extracting files:
4. If Microsoft .NET Framework 4 is already a part of this operating system, it’s will a pop up:
136 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0

5. If Microsoft .NET Framework 4 not a part of this operating system, please install it.
6.3.2.2 Install vcredist_x86_2008.exe and vcredist_x64_2008.exe

Caution: both vcredist_x86_2008.exe and vcredist_x64_2008.exe have to be installed and their installation processes
are the same as below
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 137
1. This program has been installed on this computer:
Figure 6-37: Install vcredist_x86 (x 64) _2008.exe (1)

2. Click “Cancel” or “Close” to skip installation.
138 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
3. Install for the first time:

4. Check “I have read and accept the terms of license”, click “Install”, and the interface shown as the figure will
be popped up:

5. Wait and click finish to complete the installation of vcredist_x86_2008.exe.
6.3.3 Install the software iFlash 1800
6.3.3.1 Install for the first time

YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 139
1. Double click the application program setup.exe on the upper-layer program using the left mouse button, the
interface shown as the figure will be popped up: (the version number is subject to the real version)
Figure 6-41: Install the software iFlash 1800 (1)

2. Select the root path of disk D, click “Next”, the interface as the figure will be popped up:
140 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
3. Click “Next”, the interface shown as the figure will appear:

3. Click “Next”, the interface as the figure will be popped up:
4. Click “Finish” to complete the installation of program and database
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 141
6.3.3.2 Software Upgrade

1. Exporting parameters
1) The software upgrade function is for upgrading software on the device and PC, and requires after-sales user
account. The steps are given below.
2) In the Parameters Query interface, click “Query” and then “Export” to export parameters for the following
boards: CAR, M1, M2, M3, M4, TMP
Figure 6-45: Upgrade of iFlash 1800 software (1)

3) Save the parameter files under corresponding path to another path or a USB flash drive.
Path: the root directory for the software installation (disk D in most cases) --- iFlash 1800 folder---Database
folder
2. Back up database
1) Save the database files under corresponding path to another path or a USB flash drive.
Path: the root directory of the software installation (disk D in most cases) --- iFlash 1800 or iFlash 3000
folder---Database folder
142 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
1. Exit the upper-layer unit software and double click the software installation package to be updated;
Caution: the instrument is now energized and no power off is needed.
2. The welcome interface appears and click next;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 143
3. Directly install the software to the previous installation path (the software automatically identifies the previous
installation path)

5. Confirm information, click next to start installing and wait for completion.
144 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0

6. Installation succeeded.
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 145
6.3.5.3 Upgrade of middle and lower-layer units

1. Open the upper-layer unit software, enter engineer account ID and password (account ID: serviceuser,
password is subject to update released on a quarter basis)
Figure 6-51: Upgrade of iFlash 1800 middle and lower-layer units (1)
2. Click “Log in” and operate as per the following path (step 1~3), and then the interface shown as the figure will
be popped up:
3. Check the components to be upgraded, e.g.: it only has to check MD1 if only MD1 is to be upgraded, as
shown in the following figure, “√” is displayed at MD1 and other boards are not required, and then click “one
key to upgrade automatically” (check all in most cases)
146 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
4. The interface shown as the figure is popped up, click “OK” to execute upgrade:
5. The upgrade result displays “succeeded” and the interface shown as the figure is popped up:
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 147
6. Reboot the machine 5min after powering off to finish upgrade. Check version to confirm upgrade is finished:
7. Upgrade of middle and lower-layer units is finished.
8. Confirmation of information
After upgrade is finished, please check if the software version info is updated to the latest version. In case
upgrade is failed, please upgrade again. Once succeeded, please confirm if LIS connection is normal, if the
printing templates are normal, if the factory settings conform to onsite configuration and if the firewall is closed.
148 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
6.4 LIS Setting & Connection
6.4.1 Selecting communication mode
The device communicates with LIS, in one-way or two-way mode, via network port or serial port. See YHLO HL7
Protocol Interface Instructions for communication protocol.
1. If communication via network port is used, click “Utility > System Settings > LIS Setting” to enter the following
interface:
Figure 6-57: LIS setting (1)
2. Set “Communicate Through” as “TCP/IP”, input Server IP and Port, click “Save”. (the Server IP shall be the IP
address of the LIS server, and the Port number shall be the port number on which the server is listening).
3. In case serial port communication is used, click “Application—System settings—LIS settings” to pop up the
interface shown as the figure:
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 149
4. Set “Communicate Through” as “Serial Port”, set Serial Port, Data Bits, Stop Bit, Parity Bit, Baud Rate, and
click “Save”.
6.4.2 Other settings
6.4.2.1 Interface options

1. “Communication timeout”: set the time limit for the instrument to connect LIS, default time is 15s;
2. “Interval”: this defines the interval between two attempts to connect the device and LIS, and shall be 30～60s;
3. “Connect to LIS When Start Up”: if checked, the device connects to LIS automatically upon startup;
150 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
4. “Auto Reconnection”: if checked, the device detects the connection status with LIS at a preset time interval, and
reconnect if disconnection is detected;
5. “Real-time transmission of completed test”: if checked, the device sends test result to LIS automatically once the
status of a sample changes from Testing to Completed. This option is not applicable to historical samples;
6. “Real-time transmission of incomplete test”: if checked, the device sends test result to LIS automatically once the
status of a sample changes from Testing to Uncompleted. This option is not applicable to historical samples;
6.4.2.2 Setting channel number

You can set up channel number for a test item on the LIS server
1. Select an item;
2. Input the channel number;
3. Click “Save”.
6.4.3 LIS Q&A
6.4.3.1 LIS communication log
Directory: D:\iFlash1800\SystemLog\20xx-xx-xx\LisPlatform20xx-xx-xx
If sample information is obtained from LIS automatically, the communication between the device and LIS server
follows the pattern below:
QRY^Q02
QCK^Q02
iFlash3000 LIS Server
DSR^Q03
ACK^R03
Figure 6-60: LIS communication pattern
Instruction:
QRY: iFlash 1800 sends a message to LIS to query Sample Program information.
QCK: LIS sends a message to iFlash 1800 to acknowledge the request
DSR: LIS sends the query result to iFlash 1800.
ACK: iFlash 1800 sends a message to LIS to acknowledge the query result.
6.4.3.2 Troubleshooting
Problem 1: the device fails to connects to LIS
Phenomena: the connection icon on the top right is off
Cause:
① Check if the cable is properly connected;
② Check the settings of IP address and port;
③ Check the data communication: press Windows + R, enter “cmd”, then “ping + server IP”. If it does not respond,
the network connection is not established;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 151
④ Check the serial port setting and see if it is turned off, not properly defined or occupied via the tool Virtual Serial
Port Driver.
Solution:
① Properly connect the network cable or serial port;
② Set the correct IP address and port;
③ Debug the network connection;
④ Pair the serial port or close the software occupying the serial port
Problem 2: no test item is downloaded

Phenomena: no or missing samples on the Sample Program interface after the cart has scanned the sample rack.
Cause:
① Incorrect channel number;
② LIS server does not respond to a query;
③ No corresponding test item exists on the LIS server;
④ Sample barcode scanning error
Solution:
① Check the channel number;
② Check the LIS log;
③ Set corresponding test item on the LIS server;
④ Check if the cart gets the sample barcode.
Problem 3:sample download too slow

Phenomena: it takes over 10 seconds to download one sample
Cause: LIS server protocol error
Solution: check the protocol
Problem 4: it fails to send test results to LIS automatically

Phenomena: a sample test is completed on iFlash 1800, but the LIS server fails to receive the result.
Cause:
① The item “Real-time transmission of completed test” is not enabled;
② This item is checked but the change is not saved.
Solution: check the setting
152 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 153
Chapter VIII Commissioning
Chapter VII Troubleshooting
7.1 Common Causes for Failure

Direction of
Type of trouble Trigger mechanism
troubleshooting
When the motor moves in positive direction
No sensor is detected as to the motion and leaves the sensor, the sensor jump is still
in positive direction not detected even when maximum steps
exceed
When the motor moves in negative direction
No sensor is detected as to the motion and leaves the sensor, sensor jump is still
I. Driving
in negative direction not detected even when maximum steps
1 Motor damaged
exceed
2 Motor is not powered
When the motor returns to sensor zero point,
up (cables, boards)
the difference between position Encoder
Over large zero error 3 Motor jackscrews
value and theoretical value exceeds the error
loosened
limit
4 Overlarge motion
Jam sensor signals are still not detected after
Jam resistance
the motor moves over the set step number
…
The coder sensor detects jump of sensor
Jam 1 (horizontal), smaller than min. II Sensor signals
signals for multiple times within set step
limit 1 Sensor damaged
number
2 Sensor power supply
The coder sensor fails to detect jump of
Jam 2 (horizontal), larger than max. 3 Wrong wire sequence
sensor signals within set step number of
limit 4 False detection signals
jams
…
The collision sensor detects collision
Collision (vertical) III Parameter settings
signals (sample probe, gripper)
Vertical home position signals are detected
not to be under the blocking status while the
Vertical sensor is not blocked upon
horizontal motor moves. Cuvette loading
horizontal moving
mechanism detects home position sensor of
liquid waste aspirating mechanism
Sensor information is not detected at the
Fail to detect home position sensor
time of resetting
Try command action
Coordinate system is not established Not reset to carry out motion at the motor
again after mechanical
yet position
resetting
Wrong parameter settings result in motion
Unreasonable reset parameters Parameter settings
logic error
154 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
The current position value of FPGA that is

FPGA is not in the set position read after resetting is different from Board problem
software settings
Command is interrupted
Command is busy Restart software or
Software logic
Command format error contact technical support
Basic motion timeout
Table 7-1: Common troubleshooting mechanism
7.2 Troubleshooting
7.2.1 Sample loading sub-system failure
7.2.1.1 X/Y/Z-axis motor movement error

1. Check whether there are obstacles in the X/Y/Z-axis track, whether sample tubes are placed improperly;
2. Fill the sample tray with sample racks, and switch to engineer account. In the software operation interface, enter:
“Utility → Debug → Aging → Sample loading track aging”. If faults occur continuously in the aging process,
check the motor and sensor status;
3. Check motor status. In the software operation interface, enter: “Utility → Check hardware status → Motor
→MD4”, input 100 steps for the positive/reverse movement of the motors corresponding to the X/Y/Z-axis
respectively, and observe the motor’s positive/reverse movement status. If motor movement error occurs, check
whether the motor is damaged, whether wiring is abnormal, whether board power supply is abnormal;
4. Check sensor status. In the software operation interface, enter: “Utility → Debug → Parameter
Query/Configuration → Sensor Status → MD4 →Query”, manually move the cart all the way along the X/Y/Z-
axis track, and observe whether there is signal jumping on the corresponding sensors. If no jumping, check
whether the sensor is damaged, whether wiring is abnormal, whether board power supply is abnormal.
7.2.1.2 Fail to pull sample rack from sample carousel into cart/fail to push sample rack from cart back
to sample carousel/cart X-axis motion jam
1. Check whether the sample rack is placed in the correct position, whether the sample rack is damaged;
2. Check whether there is foreign matter in the sample area or on the cart which blocks the movement;
3. Check whether any sample tube on the rack is too high to cause interference with the top panel;
4. Check whether the sample rack position on the sample carousel is aligned with the sample rack on the cart when
the cart is dragged in/pushed out;
5. Check motor status. In the software operation interface, input 100 steps for the positive/reverse movement of
the relevant motors and observe the motor’s positive/reverse movement status. If motor movement error occurs,
check whether the motor is damaged, whether wiring is abnormal, whether board power supply is abnormal;
6. Check sensor status. In the software operation interface, enter: “Utility → Debug → Parameter
Query/Configuration → Sensor status → Query”, and observe whether there is signal jumping on the
corresponding sensors. If no jumping, check whether the sensor is damaged, whether wiring is abnormal,
whether board power supply is abnormal.
7.2.2 Vertical/horizontal motion error
1. Check whether there are obstacles (sample tubes, cuvette with cover, etc.) in the vertical/horizontal direction;
2. Check status of sample/reagent volume (be sure to pay attention when this failure occurs with sample probes);
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 155
3. If the horizontal position is deviated;

4. Manually move the faulted assembly vertically and observe if the vertical motion is smooth. If not, please check
motor status: “Application—Debugging—Hardware status confirmation—Motor” to find corresponding motor,
enter 100 steps of forward and reverse rotation respectively, observe if motor rotates forward and reversely
normally. If there is no signal jumping, then check if the sensor is damaged, if the wires are correctly connected
and if the power supply for the board is normal;
5. Check sensor status: “Application—Debugging—Hardware status confirmation—Sensor—MD1 query”,
meanwhile manually move the probe rocker and observe if signal parameters of corresponding sensor jump. If
there is no signal jump, then check if the sensor is damaged, if the wires are correctly connected and if the board
is powered up normally;
6. Check relevant parameter settings.
7.2.3 Sample probe aspirates nothing
1. Confirm if the mechanical position is horizontally centered

2. Sample probe cannot aspirate reagent
1) Firstly, confirm the sample adding mode is liquid level detection or height calculation. In case of level
detection mode, please check if the reagent is covered with soft plastic cover;
2) Check if there are bubbles in the reagent;
3) Check if reagent manual loading position is correctly set;
4) Query the parameters of the vertical limit position of the sample probe in the reagent carousel and confirm
whether such parameters are correct;
Note: check if the empty aspirating position is in the dilution cuvette position, and the dilution adding
mode is liquid level detection aspiration;
3. Sample probe aspirates no sample
1) Check if there is sample in the rack position and if the sample is correctly and reasonably placed;
2) Check if there are bubbles;
3) Check if the sample volume meets standard;
4. Check if the sample probe suspends liquid and the tightness of the liquid piping;
5. If the problem still exists after above troubleshooting, please check corresponding parts and components such
as sample probe, solenoid valves, plunger pump and piping.
7.2.4 Failure in gripper’s cuvette capturing / placing
1. Check whether the gripper captures cuvette properly; whether cuvette wall is abnormally sticky. If yes, clean
the gripper interior;
2. Check whether the cuvette is damaged (Note: 2 cuvette capturing attempts have failed before this warning is
given);
3. Check whether or not the sensor detection signal is normal: in the software interface, enter “Utility → Debug
→ Check hardware status → Sensor → MD2 → Query”, manually open and close the gripper, and observe
whether there is jumping of the corresponding sensor parameters. If no jumping, check whether the sensor is
damaged, check whether the motor is damaged, whether wiring is abnormal, whether board power supply is
abnormal. Especially pay attention to the gripper sensor welding board and its wire, which moves with the
156 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
gripper movements., Make sure the wiring is not pressed when installing the housing panel;
the corresponding motor, and observe the motor’s positive/reverse movement status. If motor movement error
occurs, check whether the motor is damaged, whether wiring is abnormal, whether board power supply is
abnormal;
7.2.5 Solid waste container failure
7.2.5.1 Solid waste container is full

1. Empty the waste container. Directly draw out the waste container and it will be emptied automatically in 10s;
2. If the trouble still exists after empty, please contact technical support.
7.2.5.2 No solid waste container for cuvette dropping

1. Check whether the solid waste container is placed. If not, place the container in place;
2. If it still alarms after placing, please check whether the sensor status is normal. If not, please check relevant
parts and components.
7.2.6 Reagent carousel unit failure
7.2.6.1 Reagent carousel jam

1. Check whether each reagent bottle is placed properly;
2. Open the carousel cover and manually rotate the reagent carousel. Check whether the movement is smooth. If
not smooth, check whether there is foreign matter blocking the movement, whether the metal gear gets rusty,
whether the reagent carousel gear 219 is worn, whether the gear wheel 360 is too tightly engaged with the motor,
which causes high resistance;
3. In the software operation interface, input 100 steps for the positive/reverse movement of the corresponding
motor, and observe the motor’s positive/reverse movement status. If motor movement error occurs, check
whether the motor is damaged, whether wiring is abnormal, whether board power supply is abnormal;
4. Check if the sensor signals are normal. Software operation interface: “Application—Debugging—Hardware
status confirm—Sensor—MD1 query”, manually rotate the reagent carousel and observe if the optocoupler
signals are jump. If the signals are abnormal, check if the motor is damaged, the wires are normally connected
and the board is normally powered up.
7.2.6.2 Failure of automatic reagent barcode scanning by the reagent carousel

1. Check whether the reagent carousel barcode scanning is enabled. In the software interface, enter “Utility
→System Settings →Machine Setting → Factory Setting → select <Reagent Inner Scanner>”;
2. Check whether the reagent barcode is tainted or damaged;
3. Check whether the barcode scanner window is clean;
4. Check whether the barcode scanner light beam is in proper form;
5. If no abnormality is found, check whether the barcode scanner fails or the board power supply is abnormal.
7.2.6.3 Reagent carousel cover is forced open in running process
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 157
1. Check whether the reagent carousel is opened manually;

2. In the software operation interface, enter “Utility → Debug → Check hardware status → Sensor”, press the
sensor on the reagent carousel edge, and observe whether the signal is abnormal. If abnormal, check the parts
such as sensor, wiring and board.
7.2.6.4 Reagent carousel temp out of range

1. Check whether the reagent carousel cover is closed properly;
2. Check whether the device gives warning on Peltier cooler failure, if yes, solve the Peltier cooler failure first;
3. Check whether the reagent carousel refrigerating temp has recovered automatically (failure is recovered
automatically);
4. Check whether the refrigerant is sufficient, whether the refrigerant circulating pump is working, whether the
cooling fan is normal;
5. Check whether the refrigerant pipeline is blocked.
7.2.7 RV magnetic separation rotational motion error—jam
1. Unscrew the large nut (as the following figure), take down the liquid waste aspirating assembly, remove the left
rear panel shell of the instrument, check if foreign matter is present in the RV magnetic separation carousel and
if the RV magnetic separation carousel is abnormally stuck by cuvette;
Figure 7-1: magnetic separation tray

2. Check whether any cuvette is carried away or cut through by the aspirating probe;
3. Check whether the two aspirating probes of the RV magnetic separation mechanism is installed in each other’s
place;
the corresponding motor, and observe the motor’s positive/reverse movement status. If motor movement error
occurs, check whether the motor is damaged, check whether the motor is damaged, whether wiring is abnormal,
whether board power supply is abnormal.
5. Check sensor status. In the software operation interface, enter: “Utility → Debug → Check hardware status →
Sensor → MD4 Query”, manually move the warning-related module, and observe whether there is jumping of
the optocoupler signal. If the signal is abnormal, check the sensor signal detection.
158 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
7.2.8 RV Feederunit failure
7.2.8.1 Error in movement of cuvette capturing/pushing/placing/selecting motor

1. Check whether any foreign matter causes jamming;
2. Check whether or not the motor movement is normal. In the software operation interface, input 100 steps for
the positive/reverse movement of the corresponding motors, and observe the motor’s positive/reverse movement
status. If motor movement error occurs, check whether the motor is damaged, whether wiring is abnormal,
whether board power supply is abnormal;
3. Check sensor status, In the software operation interface, enter: “Utility → Debug → Check hardware status →
Sensor → Query”, manually move the warning-related module, and observe whether there is jumping of the
optocoupler signal. If the signal is abnormal, check the sensor signal detection.
7.2.8.2 No cuvettes enter RV carousel/failure to add cuvettes to RV carousel/failure of 50/100 attempts

to place cuvette on RV carousel
1. Check whether there are sufficient cuvettes in the RV cavity;
2. If cuvettes are sufficient, check the sensor status. In the software operation interface, enter “Utility → Debug →
Check hardware status → Sensor → Query”, manually move the warning-related module, and observe whether
there is jumping of the optocoupler signal. If the signal is abnormal, check the sensor signal detection
7.2.9 Pipeline failure
7.2.9.1 Liquid waste tank full

Liquid waste tank is used for instrument.
1. If the liquid waste tank is full, clear the liquid waste, and conduct recovery operations in the software;
2. If the liquid waste tank is not full, take out the floater sensor of the liquid waste tank, place the float switch
upside down and clear anything attached on it (such as foam), and conduct recovery operations;
3. Confirm the floater sensor status. Software operation interface: “Application—Debugging—Hardware status
confirm—Sensor—MD3 query—Waste liquid tank high level”, put the floater switch upside down and
observe if the sensor status parameters change;
4. If the device uses Direct Drain: in the software interface, enter “Utility → System Settings → Machine Setting
→Factory Setting”, and see whether “Liquid waste tank warning” is checked. If checked, uncheck it and conduct
recovery operations.
7.2.9.2 Wash buffer insufficient

1. Check whether the wash buffer is insufficient, and replace the wash buffer tank if needed. Note: the outer
tank can be replaced when the device is running, if the inner tank has insufficient liquid, the tests will be
stopped;
2. If there is adequate wash buffer: check if the floater of the floater switch is in normal status, if the floater is
blocked or the sensor line is pulled out: “Application—Debugging—Hardware status confirm—Sensor—MD3
query”, pull out the sensor of the wash buffer tank and put it upside down, observe if sensor signal parameters
change.
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 159
7.3 List of data alarm
Mark Alarm Type Description Causes Solution

Exceeding upper
Sample and QC results is above
limit of linear range
> Result-related the upper limit of the preset No action required
(linear range is
linear range
adjustable)
Exceeding lower
Sample and QC results is below
limit of linear range
< Result-related the lower limit of the preset Test again after dilution
(linear range is
linear range
adjustable)
Exceeding upper Sample result is above the
↑ Result-related limit of reference upper limit of the preset No action required
range reference range
Exceeding upper The sample result is out of
↑！ Result-related No action required
limit of alarm range range
Exceeding lower Sample result is below the
↓ Result-related limit of reference lower limit of the preset No action required
range reference range
Sample result is lower than the
Exceeding lower
↑！ Result-related min. value of the set range of No action required
limit of alarm range
crisis
Conduct calibration or
No effective Calibration is not conducted or assign effective
？ Result-related
calibration curve fails calibration curve for the
test item
Check whether
10 consecutive test results of
reagent/QC is qualified,
10x Result-related 10x the same QC are all on the same
whether the device status
side of the mean value
is normal.
Current QC result is beyond +-
1-2S Result-related 1-2S 2SD, but within +-3SD of the No action required
mean value
Check whether
Current QC result is beyond +- reagent/QC is qualified,
1-3S Result-related 1-3S
3SD of the mean value whether the device status
is normal.
Test results of 2 QC in the same
Check whether
batch, or 2 consecutive test
reagent/QC is qualified,
2-2S Result-related 2-2S results of the same QC are
whether the device status
beyond +-2SD on the same side
is normal.
of the mean value;
160 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
4 consecutive test results of the Check whether

same QC are all beyond +-1SD reagent/QC is qualified,
4-1S Result-related 4-1S
on the same side of the mean whether the device status
value is normal.
Check the sample for
Sample chemiluminescence
impurities or interferents;
intensity is less than the
Sample check reagent placement
device's lowest
chemiluminescence and reagent quality;
ABN Result-related chemiluminescence value, or
intensity beyond check the quality of the
greater than the device's highest
range cuvette; check for
absolute chemiluminescence
abnormalities in the
value
optical system.
Sample When calculating the
ADSE Calibration-related chemiluminescence chemiluminescence intensity, No action required
intensity abnormal slope is less than 0
Corrected result Non-system default correction
factors are used for calibrating
CAL Result-related No action required
samples and QC results (both
manual and automatic)
Calibration Calibration parameters that
parameters used are have been rejected are used for
CALJ Result-related No action required
already rejected calibrating samples and QC
results
For nonlinear calibration, no
Confirm that the reagents
root that meets the accuracy
Calibration curve and calibrators are
COV Calibration-related requirements can be found,
does not converge normal, and conduct a
causing failure of calibration
new calibration
curve fitting
The test result is Conduct pre-
Bubbles are detected when
CSDB Result-related wrong, with trigger/trigger priming
dispensing pre-trigger/trigger
bubbles detected and test again
The calibration
Conduct pre-
result is wrong, Bubbles are detected when
CSDB Calibration-related trigger/trigger priming
with bubbles dispensing pre-trigger/trigger
and calibrate again
detected
Photometer 1. Re-start operating
calibration failed DCF calibration fails during software;
DCF Calibration-related
calibration 2. Re-start analyzing sub-
system;
DEL Result-related Deleted QC result QC result is deleted No action required
When the calculated calibration Check the rationality of
Calibration curve’s
curve’s degree of fitting is the parameter settings,
DET Calibration-related degree of fitting
compared with the user-entered confirm that the reagents
beyond limit
degree of fitting for "calibration and calibrators are
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 161
curve", it is greater than the normal, and conduct a

specified limit. new calibration
Calibrator
Calibrator chemiluminescence
chemiluminescence Conduct a new
DEV Calibration-related intensity deviation beyond
intensity deviation calibration
limit, causing test failure
beyond limit
Check the rationality of
Calibration CV is greater than the the parameter settings,
DUP Calibration-related reproducibility reproducibility index in the find the cause of poor
error reagent barcode reproducibility, and
conduct a new calibration
EDT Result-related Edited result Test result is edited No action required
Cuvette position
disabled, dirty hole Cuvette position disabled, dirty
ERR Result-related Reinitialize system
or component hole or component disabled
disabled
Samples and QC results are
Calibration No action required, or
EXT Result-related calculated using delayed
parameter delayed conduct a new calibration
calibration parameters
The luminescence
intensity is normal No valid calibration parameters
Run the test again after
ICA Result-related but the result are available to calculate
calibration
cannot be sample and QC results
calculated
Infectious test
The results of the infectious test No action required, or run
INDE Result-related items marked in
items are in the gray zone the test again
gray
1, If the device is not
properly maintained as
The previous valid The calculated calibrator
per the requirements,
calibration concentration for previous
conduct a new calibration
LVC Calibration-related exceeded the valid calibration is beyond the
after maintenance;
allowable error allowable error range defined
2, Replace calibrator and
range by the calibrator barcode
reagent, and conduct a
new calibration
The test result
NOID Result-related doesn’t include Software error
sample ID
R Result-related Assay is run again A completed assay is run again No action required
Calibrator signal
The signal ratio exceeds the
ratio out of range, Conduct a new
RAT Calibration-related fluctuation range defined in the
causing calibration calibration
barcode
failure
162 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
Calibrator
concentration
RCV Calibration-related Recovery test fails Calibrate again
recovered out of
range
Infection test item
Result of an infection test item No action required or run
REAC Calibration-related returns positive
is positive the test again
result
Re-calculate
Re-calculate sample result
REC Result-related sample result No action required
manually
manually
Expired reagent is used to test
RGTE Result-related Reagent expired Replace reagent
sample or QC
Reagent probe has empty
RGTL Result-related Insufficient reagent Replace reagent
aspiration
Sample Sample chemiluminescence
chemiluminescence intensity exceeds the intensity
RRN Result-related Test again after dilution
intensity beyond generated by standard sample
range of maximum concentration
Sample probe jamming is
Sample probe
SJAM Result-related detected before aspiration or Treat sample properly
jammed
jamming occurs in aspiration
The slope exceeds the
fluctuation range of the
corresponding calibration slope Conduct a new
SLO Calibration-related Slope overrun
defined in the barcode, and the calibration
calibration slope detection
fails.
Sample probe has empty
SMPL Result-related Insufficient sample aspiration or liquid level is not Add more sample
detected
Pre-trigger/trigger Expired pre-trigger/trigger are Replace pre-
SUBE Calibration-related
expired used to test sample or QC trigger/trigger
The incubation carousel temp, 1. Restart the operating
magnetic separation tray temp, software or re-initialize
TNN Result-related Temp abnormal pre-trigger/trigger preheating the device;
temp or reagent carousel temp 2. Restart the system;
is abnormal
The calibration assay is not 1. Restart the operating
Calibration data completed, causing failure to software or re-initialize
VAM Calibration-related
lost calculate calibration the device;
parameters 2. Restart the system;
Table 7-2: List of fault codes
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 163
7.4 Removing/replacing routine parts
7.4.1 Removing sample/reagent probe
1. Turn off the device, rotate the rocker to move the sample/reagent probe to easily accessible position, and move
the gripper to a position where it doesn’t cause interference to your operation.
2. Remove the sample/reagent probe housing
1) Loosen the 4 cross-head screws on the sample/reagent probe housing;
Figure 7-2: Remove sample/reagent probe (1)

2) Holding the rear end of the reagent probe with the left hand, use a slotted screwdriver to pry open the snap
button of the sample/reagent probe housing and remove the housing in the arrow direction;
3. Disconnect the reagent/sample probe from the pipeline and electrical circuits.
Note: when disconnecting the pipeline, pay attention to the liquid spilled from the connectors and probe ends.
Probe pressing rod
164 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0

4. Unscrew the pressing bar of the sample/reagent probe, and remove the probe.
Caution: pay attention to protect the sample probes that are removed and do not scratch or bent them.
7.4.2 Removing / installing incubation pot assembly
7.4.2.1 Removing incubation pot assembly

1. Turn off the device, rotate the rocker to move the sample/reagent probe to the washing wall, and the gripper to
the cuvette dropping position;
2. Take out the reagents in the reagent tray in the reagent pot, and timely store the reagents in a refrigerator at 2-
8℃. You can also store the reagent tray with reagents on board in a refrigerator at 2-8℃;
3. Remove the incubation carousel cover and device panels;
1) Unscrew the screws on the incubation carousel cover, and then remove the carousel cover
2) Unscrew the panel screws and remove the panel (①, ②, ③)
① ④
Figure 7-5: Remove incubation pot (1)

3) Unscrew the manual locking screws for the rocker, remove the aspirating probe base, place such base in a
non-disturbing position, and then take down the panel
Rocker manual tighten screw
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 165

4. Unscrew 3 socket head cap screws on the incubation carousel body, and remove the carousel body;

5. Unscrew 3 socket head cap screws on the incubation pot assembly as shown in the figure, and lift up the
Incubation pot slowly. Take note of the connection method and unplug the connecting wire for the heater,
overheat thermostat and temp sensor. Finally remove the incubation pot;
7.4.2.2 Installing incubation pot assembly

1. Turn off the device, rotate the rockers to move the sample/reagent probe to the washing wall, and the gripper to
the cuvette dropping position;
2. Connect the incubation carouse heater connecting line, the temp protection switch connecting line and the
incubation carousel temperature sensor connecting lines according to the marks made in “7.4.2.1 the 4th step for
disassembling the incubation pot”;
3. Install the incubation pot assembly on the incubation carousel driver assembly, while aligning with the 3 columns
on the incubation carousel driver assembly. Use 3 socket head cap screws you have removed in step 4 in “7.4.2.1
166 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
Removing incubation pot assembly” to secure the incubation pot;

Note: ① Pay attention not to bend or crush wires in installing;
② The 2 pins on the top of the incubation pot should match with the incubation carousel.
Pins
Figure 7-9: Install incubation pot (1)

4. Install the body of the incubation carousel and fix it with the 3 socket head cap screws that were unscrewed in
“7.4.2.1 the 3rd step for disassembling the incubation pot”;
Note: ① Rotate the carousel body to make sure the incubation carousel body is not scratching the reagent pot
interior or get jammed.
Figure 7-10: Install incubation pot (2)

6. Upon finishing installation, it shall reconfirm whether the positions of the gripper and the sample probe to the
1-3 circle of the incubation carouse are correct. In case of deviation, please debug in accordance with relevant
content of “Chapter VIII Debugging”;
7. If all positions comply with the requirements, install the device panels and housing.
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 167
7.4.3 Removing/installing reagent pot assembly
7.4.3.1 Removing reagent pot assembly

1. Emptying of refrigerant fluid
1) Power off the instrument and remove the back cover
Upper backboard
Lower backboard
Figure 7-11: Emptying of the refrigerant fluid (1)
Water cooling Whole machine

fan assembly cooling fan assembly

2) Remove the 4 Philip's head screws as shown in the following figure, and remove the water cooling fan
assembly
168 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0

3) Remove the 4 Philip's head screws as shown in the following figure, and remove the rack and the 24V
feedback 120 fan of the water cooling fan assembly to take out the radiator of such assembly
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 169
Radiator
4) As shown in the following figure, use tweezers to pull out the liquid inlet tube on the bottom of the radiator
and connect it to a clean container
Reagent pot

Caution: ① About 95% of water coolant can be emptied as per the above operation
② Cut the above tube 5mm off and reconnect it to restore the system
③ It cannot power up the whole machine after the coolant is emptied.
2. Removing reagent pot assembly
1) Turn off the device, rotate the gripper and sample/reagent probe rocker to position where they don’t cause
interference to the operation
2) Remove the reagent carousel cover
3) Unscrew panel tightening screws and remove instrument panel (②, ③, ④)
Cause: when No.③ panel is removed, make sure that the water-proof button indicator light, wire strand
shall also be pulled out.
170 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
Figure 7-17: Remove reagent pot assembly (1)

4) Take out the reagents in the reagent tray in the reagent pot, and timely store the reagents in a refrigerator at
2-8℃. You can also store the reagent tray with reagents on board in a refrigerator at 2-8℃.
Cause: when taking out the reagent and the reagent carousel after the two Philip’s head screws are
unscrewed, please be sure to take it out slowly and steadily to prevent the reagent from spilling or splashing.

5) Unscrew the 3 socket head cap screws as shown in middle of the following figure, and remove the mixing
assembly
Caution: in case it is hard to remove the mixing assembly, please rotate it to align the holes to the gear
wheel fixing screws, unscrew such fixing screws, and then it can be easily removed.
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 171

6) Unscrew the 4 socket head cap screws for fixing the gear wheel and take out the gear wheel.

7) Make marks and unscrew and take out the four socket head cap screws for fixing the reagent pot, make
marks and pull out relevant circuit connecting lines (temp sensor connecting line, Peltier cooler connecting
line, reagent barcode scanning assembly connecting line and proximity sensor connecting line)
172 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
Reagent pot assembly and the

reagent carousel driving assembly
are concentric

8) Slowly uplift the reagent pot to the position above the panel, remove the spring buckle for fixing the coolant
piping, and then use tweezers to pull out the inlet pipe of the coolant piping
Caution: a little coolant may flow out of the piping at this moment, please prepare a clean container or dust-
free paper.

9) Take out the reagent pot.
7.4.3.2 Replace 12V semiconductor thermoelectric cooler (Peltier cooler)

1. Find out the malfunctional 12V semiconductor thermoelectric cooler (Peltier cooler). The terminals of the 12V
semiconductor thermoelectric cooler (Peltier cooler) have been marked 1 and 2 for distinguishing when the
instrument leaves factory. Unscrew the 4 screws for fixing the cooling fin to take it out;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 173
Figure 7-23: Replace the 12V semiconductor thermoelectric cooler (1)
Cooling
fin
Rectangle spiral
spring + cooling fin
screw
2. Take out the malfunctional 12V semiconductor thermoelectric cooler (Peltier cooler);
Take out the

12V cooler

3. Clear away the thermally conductive silicone grease in the installation slot for reagent pot 12V semiconductor
thermoelectric cooler and apply a layer of new silicone grease; evenly apply a layer of silicone grease on the
cold end of the new 12V semiconductor thermoelectric cooler (Peltier cooler) (the end with characters) and
mount it in the installation slot for 12V semiconductor thermoelectric cooler and press it out;
174 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
Cold end Hot end
Install 12V
thermoelectric
cooler

4. Evenly apply a layer of silicone grease on the hot end (the blank end without characters) of the new 12V
semiconductor thermoelectric cooler (Peltier cooler); evenly apply a layer of new silicone grease on the cooling
fin after clearing away the original silicone grease, and then mount the cooling fin onto the reagent pot;
Caution: ① Pay attention to prevent foreign matters from sticking to the 12V semiconductor thermoelectric
cooler and the cooling fin while clearing away the original silicone grease and applying the new
silicone grease;
② Be sure to avoid the lateral side of the 12V semiconductor thermoelectric cooler and the cooling
fin while applying the silicone grease.
5. Fix the cooling fin with 4 rectangular spiral springs + screws.
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 175
7.4.3.3 Installing reagent pot assembly

1. Connect the refrigerant pipe and electrical connectors (the connecting wires for the 12V semiconductor
thermoelectric cooler, Temp sensor, reagent barcode scanner assembly, proximity sensor). Install the reagent pot
assembly to the reagent carousel driver assembly, align the center of both assemblies and use 4 socket head cap
screws to secure the reagent pot assembly;
Reagent pot assembly and the

reagent carousel driving
assembly are concentric
Figure 7-29: Install reagent pot assembly (1)

2. Install the gear wheel;
Caution: it needs not to tighten the 4 socket head cap screws for fixing the gear wheel at this moment, but tighten
them after mounting the mixing assembly and confirming it moves smoothly.
176 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0

3. Install the mixer assembly to the gear wheel, and manually rotate it to make the gear and gear wheel mesh
completely. When the mixer assembly moves smoothly, tighten the 4 socket head cap screws of the gear wheel
through the holes on the mixer assembly;
Tighten gear wheel Tighten mixer assembly
4. Install the reagent tray assembly. Align the reagent tray assembly’s positioning hole with the pin on the mixer
assembly, make sure the reagent tray assembly is flat in place, and tighten the 2 cross-head screws;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 177
5. Check whether the sample/reagent probe is located at the proper position at the reagent carousel’s 1st-4th circles.
If any abnormality, conduct aligning according to “Chapter VIII Debugging”;
6. If all positions comply with the requirements, install the reagent carousel cover and the device panels.
7.4.4 Removing magnetic separation tray
7.4.4.1 Remove device panel and housing

1. Power off the instrument, pull out the power line and the network cable, rotate the gripper and the sample probe
rocker to move the gripper and the sample probes to a safe position;
2. Take out the reagents in the reagent tray in the reagent pot, and timely store the reagents in a refrigerator at 2-
8℃. You can also store the reagent tray with reagents on board in a refrigerator at 2-8℃;
3. Disassemble the backboard and the left panel of the instrument;
Figure 7-32: Disassemble the face shell and the housing of the instrument (1)
4. Disassemble the instrument panels
1) Remove the reagent carousel cover and the incubation carousel cover;
2) Remove the panel fixing screws, and sequentially disassemble the instrument panels (①, ②, ③, ④);
3) Panel ① can be removed after unscrewing the manual locking screws for the rocker and disassembling the
aspirating probe base and the buckle;
Caution: be sure to pull out the water-proof button indicator light wire strand when panel ③ is removed.
178 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
5. Remove the left and right baffles on the back of the table board
1) Unscrew the right baffle fixing screws and take out the right baffle from the right side;
2) Unscrew the front and rear fixing screws of the left baffle, pull out two magnetic separation aspirating tubes,
and take out the left baffle from the back;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 179
5. Remove the baffle
1) Unscrew RV top cover fixing screws and remove the RV head cover;
180 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
2) Unscrew RV front face shell fixing screws and remove the RV front face shell;
Caution: pull out the connecting lines of the RV cavity indicator light adapter board before removing the
face shell.
3) Unscrew the instrument upper shell fixing screws and remove the upper shell;
Caution: the fixing screws on the lower right corner shall be unscrewed from the back of the instrument,
above the backboard peristaltic pump as shown in the figure.
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 181
4) Unscrew the fixing screws for RV front face shell rack, and remove such rack;
5) Unscrew the fixing screws for RV top face shell rack, and remove such rack;
6) Pull out sensor wires, unscrew the short support rack fixing screws and the baffle fixing screws, and
remove the short support rack;
182 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
7) Draw out the baffle;
Caution: Make sure not to touch other assemblies and wires, especially the cuvette place detecting
optocoupler, while drawing upward.
Cuvette place detecting optocoupler
8) After the face shell and the housing are disassembled, the overall appearance is shown as the following
figure:
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 183
7.4.4.2 Disassemble the magnetic separation carousel and the magnet carousel assembly
1. Unscrew the fixing screws for the dispensing probe base and remove the dispensing probe installation top board;
184 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
Figure 7-47: Disassemble magnetic separation carousel body and magnet carousel assembly (1)
2. Unscrew the fixing screws for cuvette placing tube, and remove the cuvette placing tube;
3. Unscrew optocoupler fixing screws and 3 socket head cap screws fixing the magnetic separation carousel,
remove the optocoupler and the magnetic separation carousel;
Caution: do not touch the optocoupler window with your hand while removing the optocoupler.
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 185
4. Unscrew the 3 socket head cap screws fixing the magnet carousel assembly, and remove such assembly;
7.4.4.3 Install the magnet carousel assembly and the magnetic separation carousel body
1. Install the magnet carousel assembly
1) Align the magnet carousel with the three columns of the magnetic separation rotational driving assembly,
tighten 3 socket head cap screws;
186 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
Align to locating pin
Figure 7-50: Install magnet carousel assembly and magnetic separation carousel body (1)
2. Install the magnetic separation carousel body
1) Slantwise insert the magnetic separation carousel body into the dispensing probe base support rack, push
the magnetic separation carousel downwards with a little force;
2) Rotate the carousel body to align it with the locating pin;
3) Tighten the 3 fixing screws.
Locating pin
3. Sequentially mount the optocoupler, the cuvette place pipe and the dispensing probe base.
Caution: ① The dispensing probe piping must not be entangled;
② The dispensing probe piping and the trigger A probe piping shall bypass the motor of the cuvette
place mechanism.
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 187
4. After you install the parts in the reverse order of removing, check whether they are functioning well
1) Check whether the injection probe, pre-trigger probe, and aspirating probe are working properly;
2) Check whether the RV carousel cuvette adding is normal;
3) Check whether the gripper is located at proper position away from the RV carousel and magnetic separation
tray.
5. If relevant performance is confirmed without problem, then the housing and the face shell can be installed in
such a reverse order as described in “7.4.4.1 Disassemble the instrument housing and face shell”.
7.4.5 Removing/installing reading station assembly
7.4.5.1 Removing reading station assembly

1. Turn off the device, rotate the gripper and sample/reagent probe rocker to position where they don’t cause
interference to the operation;
2. Disassemble the instrument housing and face shell that shelter the reading station assembly, consult “7.4.4.1
Disassemble the instrument housing and face shell” for relevant steps of disassembly;
3. Power off the whole machine, rotate the gripper and the sample probe rocker to move the gripper and the sample
probes to a safe position;
4. Unscrew the Phillips head screws for fixing the trigger heater, and remove the trigger heater; unscrew the 2
Philips head screws for fixing the trigger dispenser head, and remove the trigger heater and the trigger dispenser
head;
188 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
Figure 7-53: Removing reading station assembly (1)

5. Disconnect relevant circuits (cuvette loading module motion motor connecting lines, aspirating probe vertical
driving motor connecting lines, PMT connecting lines and optocoupler connecting lines);
6. Unscrew the 3 socket head cap screw on the reading station assembly;
4. Take out the reading station.
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 189
7.4.5.2 Installing reading station assembly

1. Install the reading station assembly in the reversed steps of “7.4.5.1 Removing reading station assembly”.
2. After installing, confirm the gripper movement at the reading station’s cuvette capturing position. If any
abnormality, conduct aligning according to the description in the “Chapter VIII Debugging”.
3. If the gripper is normal at the reading station’s cuvette capturing position, install the device panels and housings.
7.4.5.3 Removing/ installing PMT and wiring

1. Remove the PMT and wiring
Note: ① Prepare the cleanroom wiper and black bag in advance.
1) Take the reading station assembly to a dark room, unscrew the 4 cross-head screws that are used to secure
the pressing piece.
Figure 7-56: Remove PMT and wiring (1)
2) In a dark room, remove the PMT and wiring, and wrap the PMT light head timely with cleanroom wiper,
and then cover the PMT and wiring using a black bag.
Note: ① Make sure the PMT is removed in a dark room.
② Do not touch the PMT light head in removing.
190 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
2. Installing PMT and wiring

1) Remove the PMT and its wiring in dark room
2) Install the PMT.
Note: ① PMT cannot be installed in reversed direction. The PMT light head should face the gasket side.
② Do not touch the PMT light head in installing.
③ In the figure below, the PMT and light head is shielded with stickers, so it is not operated in the
dark room. Make sure your actual operation is conducted in dark room.
Washer
PMT head
Figure 7-57: Remove PMT and wiring (2)

3) Tighten the 4 cross-head screws on the PMT pressing piece to secure the PMT.
Note: after PMT is installed, turn on the device and wait for 2 hours before using the reading function.
7.4.6 Removing/installing RV feeder assembly
7.4.6.1 Removing RV Feeder assembly

1. Power off the whole machine, rotate the gripper and the sample probe rocker to move the gripper and the sample
probes to a safe position;
2. Disassemble the instrument housing and face shell that shelter the RV feeder assembly, consult “7.4.4.1
Disassemble the instrument housing and face shell” for relevant steps of disassembly;
3. Disconnect relevant circuit connections of the RV feeder assembly (connecting lines between cuvette pushing
assembly motor and optocoupler, connecting lines between cuvette placing assembly motor and optocoupler,
connecting lines between cuvette capturing assembly motor and optocoupler, connecting lines between cuvette
dropping assembly motor and optocoupler, connecting lines for cuvette replenishing detection optocoupler and
connecting lines between receiving end and reflecting end of split optocoupler)
4. Remove the 3 socket head cap screws on the RV array
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 191
Figure 7-58: Removing RV Feeder (1)

5. Take out the RV Array
Figure 7-59: Removing RV Feeder (2)
7.4.6.2 Installing RV array

1. Install the RV feeder in a reverse order specified in “7.4.6.1 Disassemble RV feeder assembly”
2. Power up the equipment, and confirm each assembly of the RV feeder operates normally; confirm the RV cuvette
dropping assembly can normally drop the cuvettes into the RV carousel holes, and then carry out debugging and
confirmation by reference to “Chapter VIII Debugging”
3. Restore the housing and the face shell of the instrument.
192 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
Chapter VIII Aligning
8.1 Aligning Process
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 193
1. List of devices and tools

Preparatory work Tool preparation
2. List of adjusting fixtures
1. Whole machine assembly inspection

Energizing 2. Confirm the instrument is grounded
preparation and power output voltage is OK before
powering up
Introduction to 1. Start and log in the software

debugging software 2. Introduction to the debugging
interface interface
Mechanical position Motor status Input forward/reverse rotation and

confirm the motor moving direction is
adjusting confirmation correct
1. Confirm the orientation of long/short

reflective optocoupler is correct
2. Block and don t block the sensor to
Sensor status check if the status of corresponding
confirmation display of software
3. Manually switch physical position of
each floater and check if the status of the
floater is changed
Pump/valve status 1. The solenoid valve ticks when it is

energized
confirmation 2.The pump runs normally
Indicator light button 1. Search control indicator light and

status confirmation observe if the status is consistent
1. Adjust with reagent probe rocker

length fixture and confirm before
Adjust the sample fastening the screws
probe rocker length 2. Rotate the reagent probe leftwards and
and the horizontal rightwards to make it run smoothly in
motion range cart sample adding position and
incubation carousel hole position
1. Gripper stops move, adjust gripper

Adjust the gripper rocker rocker length to a hole position of the
length and the horizontal magnetic separation outer ring
2.Adjust and confirm the motion range
motion range
of gripper in horizontal position is the
magnetic separation inner ring and the
reading station
Confirm mechanical 1. Gripper fixture is aligned to the

middle pit of the reading station cart hole
positions of the reading
fixture
station and the cuvette 2. Gripper is in the middle of the cuvette
dropping site dropping site as much as possible
Adjust mechanical 1. Cuvette push rod is in the very center

of the cuvette capture hopper
pos ition of RV cuvette 2.The square notch of the coder exactly
capturing assembly faces to the optocoupler
1.Place tooling in the magnetic

Adjust horizontal separation inner ring, adjust the
positions of aspirating/ horizontal position of phase 4 aspirating
and injection needles to the center of the
injection needle and
fixture hole
trigger A probe on 2.Adjust the horizontal position of
magnetic separation trigger A probe to the center of the
carousel fixture hole
Adjust length of
liquid waste
aspirating needle
rocker
194 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
Software parameter Check with default

debugging parameter list
Adjust gripper/magnetic
RV/sample loading Adjust probe/reagent
separation/reading
parameter debugging carousel parameters
station parameter
Gripper position Sample probe position Incubation carousel

Position confirmation
confirmation confirmation position confirmation
Confirm position of RV/

Reading station position Reagent carousel
magnetic separation
confirmation position confirmation
carousel
Temperature control Temperature control

1. Adjust Incubation carousel computer
adjusting adjusting tool control
2. Adjust reagent carousel temperature
control
3. Adjust substrate heating temperature
Acceptance range of control
temperature control 4. Adjust sample probe interior
temperature control
indices 5. Confirm temperature difference
between temperature sensors
1. Method for adjusting incubation

carousel temperature control
2. Method for adjusting reagent carousel
Method for adjusting temperature control
temperature control 3. Method for adjusting substrate heating
temperature control
4. Method for adjusting sample probe
interior temperature control
5. Confirm temperature difference
between temperature sensors
Figure 8-1: Debug process
8.2 Preparations
8.2.1 Preparing Tools
8.2.1.1 List of required tools
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 195
SN Name accuracy requirement Qty.

1. PC NA 1 pcs
2. Digital multimeter Not lower than 0.01V 1 pcs
3. Temp Table FLUKE54II Not lower than 0.01°C 1 pcs
4. Socket head wrench NA 1 set
5. Phillips screwdriver NA 1 set
6. Slot type screwdriver NA 1 set
7. Feeler gauge NA 1 set
8. Electronic scales (PL6001E) Wide range 1 set
9. Electronic scales (MS105DU) Narrow range 1 set
Table 8-1: List of required tools
8.2.1.2 List of debugging fixture

Fixture Required
SN Name Quantity Diagram
number precision
1. J-iF18-01 RV carousel hole fixture NA 1
2. J-iF18-02 Mixing hole fixture NA 1
Probe rocker length

3. J-iF18-03 NA 1
fixture
196 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
Magnetic separation
4. J-iF18-04 carousel circumferential NA 1
positioning fixture
Reading station cart hole

5. J-iF18-05 NA 1
fixture
6. J-iF18-06 PMT positioning fixture NA 1
Reagent kit aligning

7. J-iF18-07 NA 1
fixture
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 197
8. J-iF18-08 Barcode scanner fixture NA 1
Rear track levelling

9. J-iF18-09 NA 1
fixture
Cart track aligning

10. J-iF18-10 NA 1
fixture
11. J-iF18-11 Cuvette gripper fixture NA 1
198 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
Incubation carousel hole

12. J-iF18-12 NA 3
fixture
Washing well hole

13. J-iF18-13 NA 1
fixture
Table 8-2: List of fixtures
8.3 Preparation before powering up the whole machine
8.3.1 Check the whole machine before powering up
Acceptance standard: there is no foreign matter inside the machine, each assembly is firmly and reliably fixed, and
the wiring and piping are firm and reliable.
Checklist:
1. Make sure there are no screws, cable ties, clamps left around assemblies/parts, such as the reagent
carousel, incubation carousel, bottom panel, rack;
2. Make sure power switches are turned off;
3. Make sure all assemblies are installed securely;
4. Make sure the pipelines above the magnetic separation mechanism are installed and arranged properly;
5. Make sure piping connectors are firmly connected, and pipes are not jammed at folds;
6. Make sure cables are installed and arranged properly, and connector are connected reliably (especially
the grounding wire);
7. Check if the MD1-4 boards and the temp control board are plugged to correct positions;
Consult Chapter VI---6.3 Software installation for the software installing steps.
8.3.2 Powering up
1. Connect the power cord of the instrument and turn on the power switch
2. Check whether the indicators on the boards and network switch are working normally.
3. Check if the power fan and the water cooling fan run normally.
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 199
4. Power up for 10 minutes, and then check if the reagent carousel temperature is lower than room temperature
and the temperature of the incubation carousel and that of the sample probe interior are higher than room
temperature (at 20°C-28°C)
8.4 Instruction of software debugging interface
8.4.1 Start the operation software
1. Double click the operation software on desktop and wait for entering the software interface.
2. When prompted whether to perform startup initialization, click “No”.
3. Enter account ID and password to log in the software. (Account ID: serviceuser, Password: yhlo27!)
4. Enter the software debugging interface
8.4.2 Introduction to the debugging interface
1. As shown in the following figure 2.1, after the software is started, the host icon at X shall be displayed in blue
indicating that the software has been connected; in case of gray, it indicates the host is not connected and has to
troubleshoot;
2. Software debugging mainly involves content in the red blocks of figure 8-1, 8-2, 8-3
Area A For parameter query and parameter backup
Area B For debugging motor status and sensor status
Area C For debugging position parameters of each component
X Check the host connecting status. Blur means connect, Gray means disconnect.
For checking the heating temperature of the incubation carousel, reagent carousel
Temp
and substrate heating
Table 8-3: Debugging interface
200 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
Figure 8-2: Software debugging interface (1)
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 201
8.5 Aligning Mechanical Positions
8.5.1 Motor status confirmation
Figure 8-5: Software debugging interface – motor status confirmation

1. Operation steps: according to the steps indicated in the figure 1-Utility---2-Service---3-Harware confirm---4-
Motor. Click motor forward/reverse rotation button, at the same time observe the motor moving direction.
2. Judgment: motor rotates in correct direction and gives no abnormal noise.
3. Instructions: ① Forward rotation: away from the home position, reverse rotation: return to the home position
② For incubation carousel, reagent carousel and magnetic separation carousel: clockwise is forward
202 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
③ For mixing: counterclockwise is reverse

④ For cuvette capturing: reverse is the operating direction
⑤ For gripper finger motor: counterclockwise is forward
⑥ Cart Y-axis home position is the side close to the host
8.5.2 Sensor status confirmation
Figure 8-6: Software debugging interface – sensor status confirmation

Sensor. Click query of corresponding main board, and then operate as the following:
① Shield the sensor and view the status of corresponding sensor in the software
② Don’t shield the sensor and view the status of corresponding sensor in the software
③ The status of sensor in software when it is shielded and not shielded is different
④ When all the containers are empty (physical positions of all floaters are at low level), the status of floater in
liquid waste tank is “1”, and the status of all the other floaters is “0”. Manually change the physical position
of each floater and check if the status of the floater changes.
⑤ In addition, the installation positions of long/short stroke reflective sensors shall be confirmed correct (long
stroke reflective sensor: slideway cuvette place sensor, cart sample rack detection sensor, cart sample pipe
detection sensor)
2. Judgment: the sensor status is correct.
3. Instructions: ① reflective sensor, split sensor: 0 is shielded, 1 is not shielded
② Short/long stroke reflective sensor: ON is shielded, OFF is not shielded
③ The upside of the floater in the liquid waste tank is 0 and that of the other floaters is 1
④ Reflective sensor: it is long stroke reflective sensor when there is no point on the connector, and it is
short reflective sensor when there are points on the connector.
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 203
8.5.3 Pump/valve status confirmation
Figure 8-7: Software debugging interface – pump/valve status confirmation

Pump/valve. Click corresponding pump/valve to on or off.
2. Judgment: each pump/valve can be energized and operate normally, and there is “clicking” sound when the
pump/valve is energized; touch the pump with hand to feel if there is vibration; when water (pre/trigger, wash
buffer) is supplied, it can inject or aspirate as per the normal liquid piping sequence.
3. Instruction: before powering up and operation, please confirm that there is no liquid inside the piping and the
wash buffer aspirating pipe and the trigger AB pipe cannot aspirate the liquid.
204 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
8.5.4 Indicator light button status confirmation
Figure 8-8: Software debugging interface – confirm the status of the indicator light buttons
1. Operation steps:
① Confirm the indicator lights: according to the steps indicated in the figure 1-Utility---2-Service---3-
Hardware confirm---4-LED lights. Click indicator light color and on/off, meanwhile observe if the indicator
light status is conforming.
② Confirm the reagent carousel buttons, click “Sensor confirmation” → reagent carousel rotation control “On”.
Press and hold the reagent carousel button, the reagent carousel rotates; release such button, the reagent carousel
stops moving.
Judgment: ① Confirm indicator light status, on-off is normal.
② Press and hold the reagent carousel button, the reagent carousel rotates; release such button, the
reagent carousel stops moving.
8.5.5 Adjust the sample probe rocker length and the horizontal motion range
8.5.5.1 Adjust the sample probe rocker length

1. Unscrew the tightening screws for the sample probe rocker;
2. Use the probe rocker length fixture, as shown in the figure, insert one end into the sample probe fixing hole and
prop the spline-shaft;
3. Fasten the tightening screws for the sample probe rocker.
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 205
Sample probe
rocker fixing
screw
Probe rocker length fixture
Figure 8-9: Adjust the sample probe rocker length
8.5.5.2 Adjust motion range of the sample probe

1. Click reagent probe mechanical reset
2. Unscrew the probe rocker positioning shaft screw
3. Unscrew the washing well position screw
4. Place the washing well hole fixture into the washing well
5. Manually rotate and adjust the sample probe to make sure it horizontally rotates to the middle pit position of
the innermost incubation carousel hole fixture and the horizontal middle position of cart sampling.
6. Adjust the position of the sample probe to the washing well by manually rotating the probe to make it aligned
with the middle pit point of the washing well hole fixture.
7. Tighten the probe rocker positioning shaft screws and the washing well screws
Probe rocker fixing
Probe is in the
Probe rocker positioning horizontal position of
the inner most circle of
incubation carousel
Probe is in washing well

Probe is in cart aspirating horizontal position horizontal position after
resetting
Figure 8-10: Adjust the motion range of the sample probe
206 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
8.5.6 Adjust the gripper rocker length and the horizontal motion range
8.5.6.1 Adjust the gripper rocker length

1. Adjust the griper finger holding position
1) according to the steps indicated in the figure 1-Utility---2-Service---3-Alignment adjustment---4-

Gripper/Magnetic RTA---5- griper finger holding position, adjust the griper finger holding position
accordance with the software debugging script.
Figure 8-11: Software debugging interface – gripper end position adjusting
2) Adjust in accordance with software debugging, meanwhile insert a 0.2mm feeler gauge between the cam
and the roller, and the gripper fixture doesn’t fall.
Insert 0.2mm feeler gauge
between right cam and roller
Figure 8-12: Gripper end position adjust

2. Adjust gripper rocker length
1) Fix the magnetic separation carousel circumferential positioning fixture to the magnetic separation
positioning hole (between the No. 1 hole and the No. 19 hole of the incubation carousel), as shown in the
following figure
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 207
Magnetic separation carousel

circumferential positioning
fixture is fixed on the magnetic
separation positioning hole
Figure 8-13: Adjust the length of the gripper rocker (1)

2) Unscrew the gripper base tightening screws
Unscrew gripper base fixing screws

3) Place the RV carousel hole fixture into the 2 outer hole of the magnetic separation carousel which is counted
clockwise with the magnetic separation positioning hole as datum (No. 0 hole) (as the following figure);
4) Place the gripper fixture into the gripper fingers;
5) Adjust the length of the gripper rocker to make the gripper fixture be aligned to the middle pit of the RV
carousel hole fixture;
Gripper fixture is aligned to the middle pit of RV carousel

hole fixture
208 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
6) Fasten the gripper base tightening screws
8.5.6.2 Adjust the horizontal motion range of the gripper

1) Click gripper mechanical reset, and unscrew the gripper rocker assembly screws.
Gripper rocker assembly

screws
Figure 8-16: Adjust the horizontal motion range of the gripper (1)
2) Manually rotate and adjust the gripper, make sure it is horizontally rotated to the center position of the
innermost circle of magnetic separation carousel and the horizontal center position of the cuvette
capturing mechanism at the reading station.
Gripper horizontally moves to the reading Gripper horizontally moves to the magnetic
station cuvette capture position separation inner ring hole
Figure 8-17: Adjust the horizontal motion range of the gripper (2)
3) Use hand to horizontally rotate to the position above the mixing assembly, and then fasten the gripper
rocker tightening screws.
8.5.7 Adjust mechanical positions of the reading station and the cuvette dropping site
1. Place the gripper fixture into the gripper fingers, and place the reading station cart hole fixture in the reading
station cuvette capture position (the reading station slider is in the middle position)
2. Unscrew the 3 tightening screws for the reading station. Adjust the position of the reading station to align the
gripper fixture with the middle pit of the reading station cart hole fixture; (the reading station slider must not
move during this process)
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 209
Gripper fixture is aligned to the reading

station cart hole fixture
Figure 8-18: Adjust mechanical positions of the reading station and the cuvette dropping site (1)
3. Meanwhile, adjust and make sure the gripper is at the center of the cuvette dropping site
Gripper is in the center of the cuvette dropping site
Figure 8-19: Adjust mechanical positions of the reading station and the cuvette dropping site (2)
4. Fasten the 3 reading station tightening screws
8.5.8 Adjust mechanical position of the RV feeder assembly
1. Power off the instrument, remove the RV magnetic separation carousel cuvette detection optocoupler, place the
aligning fixture for cuvette dropping slideway into the 11# hole of the outer ring of the magnetic separation
carousel, rotate the RV magnetic separation carousel to insert the magnetic separation circumferential
positioning fixture into the positioning hole between the 1# hole and 19# hole of the outer ring of the magnetic
separation carousel and fix it on the bottom of the magnetic separation assembly.
210 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
Figure 8-20: Adjust mechanical position of RV feeder assembly (1)

2. Unscrew the 3 socket head cap screws for fixing the RV feeder assembly, adjust the RV feeder to make sure that
the cuvette dropping slideway fixture can be smoothly inserted into the cuvette dropping channel and fall freely,
keep the current position and slowly fasten the 3 socket head cap screws for fixing the RV array. After adjusting,
take out the adjusting fixture and put the RV magnetic separation carousel cuvette detection optocoupler back.
Figure 8-20: Adjust mechanical position of RV feeder assembly (1)
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 211
8.5.9 Adjust mechanical position of RV cuvette capturing assembly
1. Cuvette pushing rod is in the middle position of the cuvette capturing hopper, and it can slide smoothly when
pushing
Make sure that the cuvette push

rod in the middle position of the
cuvette capture hopper, i.e. the
same left and right space
Figure 8-21: Adjust mechanical position of the RV cuvette capturing assembly (1)
2. Unscrew the coder tightening screws, and manually adjust the coder to align the forward direction notch of the
coder with the middle of the optocoupler, fasten the 3 coder tightening screws
Unscrew the screws to adjust

the coder and make it directly
opposite to the optocoupler
Fasten the screw
Figure 8-22: Adjust mechanical position of the RV cuvette capturing assembly (2)
8.5.10 (Horizontal positions of magnetic separation dispensing probe and aspirating
probe) adjust horizontal positions of phase 4 aspirating probe and trigger A probe on
magnetic separation carousel
8.5.10.1 Install and adjust the dispensing probes

1. Install the dispensing probe assembly with 3 M4×16 socket head cap screws + spring washers+flat washers
2. Place the magnetic separation circumferential positioning fixture between the No. 19 and No. 1 holes magnetic
separation outer ring.
3. Place the dispensing probe positioning fixture into No. 7,8,9 holes of magnetic separation inner ring.
212 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
4. Adjust the left and right position of the dispensing probe and trigger A probe, adjust the position of the
installation base for the 2 dispensing probes and trigger A probe to press the 3 probes closely against the left,
right and back surface of the positioning rack fixture slot, fasten the 6 screws of the installation base.
5. Adjust the upper and lower positions of the 2 dispensing probes to press them closely against the lower surface
of the positioning fixture, and then fasten the 2 tightening screw.
3. Adjust the left/right position of the injection needle and trigger A needle
Adjust the position of the installation base for the 2 injection needles and trigger A
needle to press the 3 needles closely against the left, right and back surface of the
positioning rack fixture slot, fasten the 6 screws for the installation base
Injection Probe installation base
2. Injection needle positioning

fixture
Place the injection needle positioning
fixture into No. 7,8,9 holes of
magnetic separation inner ring.
1. Install the injection

needle assembly with 3
M4×16 socket head cap
screws + spring washers +
flat washers
4. Adjust the upper and lower positions of the injection needles

Adjust the upper and lower position of the 2 injection needles to press them closely against
the lower surface of the positioning fixture, and then fasten the 2 tightening screw.
Inspection point: 1. Be sure to handle gently when taking out the needle installation assembly and do not damage or distort n eedle.
Figure 8-23: Install and adjust the dispensing probes
8.5.10.2 Install and adjust the aspirating probes

1. Place the aspirating probe positioning fixture into No. 1, 19 holes of inner ring of the magnetic separation
carousel.
2. For installing the aspirating probe assembly, place the aspirating probe assembly onto the aspirating rocker
adapter board and fix it with the rocker finger tight screws.
3. For adjusting the aspirating probe position, unscrew the two screws as shown in the figure, adjust the position
of the aspirating probe rocker adapter board to align the aspirating probes with the two holes of the aspirating
probe positioning fixture, and then fasten the screws.
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 213
1. Aspirating needle 2. Installing the aspirating needle assembly

positioning fixture Place the aspirating needle assembly onto the
Place the aspirating needle aspirating rocker adapter board and fix it with the
positioning fixture into rocker finger tight screws.
No. 1, 19 holes of inner
ring of the magnetic
separation carousel.
3. Adjusting the aspirating needle position
Unscrew the 2 screws, adjust the position of the aspirating needle
rocker adapter board to align the aspirating needle to the two holes of
the aspirating needle positioning fixture, and then fasten the screws.
Inspection point: 1. Be sure to handle gently when taking out the needle installation assembly and do not damage or distort the needle.
Figure 8-24: Install and adjust the aspirating probes
8.5.10.3 Take out the adjusting fixture

1) Unscrew the two screws indicated in the figure, take out the dispensing probe assembly, take out the
dispensing probe assembly fixture, and then reinstall the assembly and fasten the screws.
2) Unscrew the rocker finger fixing screws, take out the aspirating probe assembly, take out the aspirating
probe positioning fixture and the magnetic separation circumferential positioning fixture. Reinstall the
assembly and fasten the screws.
2. Unscrew the rocker finger fixing screws, take

out the aspirating needle assembly, take out the
aspirating needle positioning fixture and the
magnetic separation circumferential positioning
fixture. Reinstall the assembly and fasten the
screws.
1. Unscrew the two screws indicated

in the figure, take out the injection
needle assembly, take out the
injection needle assembly fixture,
and then reinstall the assembly and
fasten the screws.
Inspection point: 1. Be sure to handle gently when taking out the needle installation assembly and do not damage or distort t he needle.
Figure 8-25: Take out the adjusting fixture
214 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
8.5.10.4 Adjust length and horizontal position of liquid waste aspirating probe rocker
1. Place the reading station cart hole fixture into the cuvette loading module, manually rotate the coder of the
motion motor of the cuvette loading module to move the cuvette loading module to the position beneath the waste
liquid aspirating probe.
2. Adjust the length and horizontal position of the liquid waste aspirating probe rocker to align the liquid waste
aspirating probe to the reading station cart hole fixture, meanwhile position the probe to the center of the liquid waste
hole.
3. Fasten the rocker fixing sleeve screws and the shaft sleeve fixing screws.
Note: align the waste liquid aspirating probe to the reading station cart hole fixture
Rocker fixing sleeve

screws
Shaft sleeve fixing

screws
Figure 8-26: Adjust the length and mechanical position of the waste liquid aspirating probe
8.6 Software parameter debugging
8.6.1 Debugging procedure and precautions
1. Parameter Aligning is described in the software interface.

2. If the rockers vibrate during horizontal position Aligning, make it move 1 step in positive/reverse
movements to stop vibration.
3. Before Aligning software parameters, roughly align the parts with the center of their fixture by manual
movement, then use positive/reverse movement in the software to align them precisely with the fixture
center. Click “Continue” to check whether the motor position complies with requirements. This operation
is required for checking all horizontal positions. To check vertical height, use positive/reverse movement
to move the motors to the required jacking height, then click “Continue” button to check whether the
motor position complies with requirements.
4. The priority of debugging item on each page is: from left to right, from top to bottom
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 215
8.6.2 Verify the default parameters
1. Take the default parameter list, search zone A to check if the parameters of the machine are consistent with the
default parameter list
2. In case of inconsistency, please revise the parameters and click configure.
8.6.3 Debug parameters of gripper/magnetic RTA
8.6.3.1 Software debugging interface
Figure 8-27: Parameters debugging interface for gripper/magnetic separation/reading station
8.6.3.2 Content and instructions of debugging

Debugging Acceptance Fixtures/tools
SN Picture
item criteria employed
The sample probes

are exactly aligned
Incubation
with the middle
carousel Incubation
1 raised point of the
zero carousel hole
cuvette fixture at
position fixture
the incubation
debugging
carousel zero
position
216 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
A 0.2mm feeler
gauge is exactly
Gripper
inserted between the Feeler gauge,
2 end
right cam and roller, gripper fixture
position
and the gripper
fixture doesn’t fall
The gripper fixture

is aligned with the
middle pit of the
mixing hole fixture
(there are two
The
intersection points
gripper is Gripper
between the mixer
in the fixture,
3 and the gripper, the
horizontal mixing hole
side that is close to
position of fixture
the magnetic
the mixer
separation carousel
shall be aligned to
the gripper fixture
at the time of
adjusting)
The
Gripper
gripper is
Gripper rocker is fixture,
on the
4 just jacked up mixing hole
vertical
0.5mm fixture, feeler
position of
gauge
the mixer
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 217
Rotate the mixer to

the left (there are
two intersection
points between the
mixer and the
gripper, the side that
Debugging is close to the
Gripper
the magnetic separation
fixture,
5 parameters carousel shall be
mixing hole
of the aligned to the
fixture
mixer gripper fixture at
the time of
adjusting) to align
the gripper fixture
to the middle pit of
the mixing hole
fixture
RV carousel fixture
is placed in the No.
Home 17 position of the
Gripper
position of outer ring of the RV
fixture, RV
6 magnetic carousel, and the
carousel
separation gripper fixture is
fixture
outer ring aligned to the
middle pit of the
fixture
RV carousel fixture
is placed in the No.
Horizontal
17 position of the
position of Gripper
outer ring of the RV
gripper to fixture, RV
7 carousel, and the
magnetic carousel
gripper fixture is
separation fixture
aligned to the
outer ring
middle pit of the
fixture
Incubation carousel
fixture is placed in
Home the No. 17 position Gripper
position of of the inner ring of fixture,
8 magnetic the RV carousel, incubation
separation and the gripper carousel
inner ring fixture is aligned to fixture
the middle pit of the
fixture
218 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
Incubation carousel
fixture is placed in
Horizontal
the No. 17 position Gripper
position of
of the inner ring of fixture,
gripper to
9 the RV carousel, incubation
magnetic
and the gripper carousel
separation
fixture is aligned to fixture
inner ring
the middle pit of the
fixture
The aspirating
probe is jacked up
to 0.5mm (after
adjusting the
aspirating height of
Vertical
the magnetic
position of
separation
the
aspirating probe, it Feeler gauge,
10 magnetic
shall check the cuvettes
separation
height of phase 1-2
aspirating
aspirating probe, the
probes
height shall meet
requirement, and
the jacking height is
required between
0.5~1.5mm)
The
horizontal
position of
gripper to
11
the 1st
circle of
The 1st circle
incubation Sample probe aligns Incubation
carousel to the middle pit of carousel hole
The 2 nd circle
The the incubation fixture,
The 3 rd circle
horizontal carousel hole fixture gripper fixture
position of
Gripper to
12
the 2nd
circle of
incubation
carousel
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 219
Gripper to
the
horizontal
position of
13
the 3rd
circle of
incubation
carousel
The
Gripper
vertical
fixture,
position of Gripper rocker is
incubation
14 gripper to exactly jacked up to
carousel
the 0.5mm
fixture, feeler
incubation
gauge
carousel
The
horizontal
Visually check that
position of
the gripper finger is
gripper to
15 basically at the Visual check
the
center of the cuvette
cuvette
dropping site
dropping
site
The
vertical Visually check that
position of the gripper fingers
16 gripper to are flush with the Visual check
the cuvette cuvette dropping
dropping site
site
The
The gripper fixture
horizontal Reading statin
is aligned to the
position of cart hole
17 middle pit of the
Gripper to fixture,
reading station cart
the reading gripper fixture
hole fixture
station
220 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
The Reading
vertical station cart
The gripper arm is
position of hole fixture,
18 exactly jacked up
gripper to gripper
0.5mm
the reading fixture, feeler
station gauge
Cuvette
The gripper fixture
loading Reading
aligns to the middle
module to station cart
19 pit of the reading
the cuvette hole fixture,
station cart hole
gripping gripper fixture
fixture
position
Home
The positioning
position of PMT
fixture can be
20 the cuvette positioning
smoothly placed in
loading fixture
and take out
module
Cuvette
Waste liquid
loading
aspiration probe
module to Reading
aligns to the middle
21 the liquid station cart Visual check
pit of the reading
waste fixture
station cart hole
aspirating
fixture
position
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 221
Vertical
height of
The waste liquid
the waste Feeler gauge,
22 aspiration probe is
liquid cuvettes
jacked up 0.5mm
aspiration
probe
Table 8-4: Instruction of parameter debugging for gripper/magnetic separation/reading station
8.6.4 Debug parameters of probe/reagent carousel
Figure 8-28: Debugging interface for probe/reagent carousel parameters
8.6.4.2 Instruction of debugging content

Debugging Fixtures/tools
SN Acceptance criteria Picture
item employed
The The sample probe aligns to
horizontal the middle pit of the
position of washing well hole fixture Washing well
1
sample (in the sample probe hole fixture
probe to adjusting process, it shall
the observe if the probe is
222 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
washing inserted to the deepest area

well of the washing well and if
the probe is in the central
position in the whole
process)
The
vertical
The sample probe props
position of
the inner step within the
sample
2 washing well, and the Feeler gauge
probe to
sample probe is jacked up
the
to 0.5mm
washing
well
The
horizontal
position of
sample
3 probe in
the 1st
circle of
incubation
carousel
The
horizontal
position of The sample probe is
Sample aligned to the middle pit of Incubation
4 probe in the incubation carousel hole fixture
the 2nd hole fixture 3
circle of 2
1
incubation
carousel
horizontal
position of
sample
probe in
5
the the 3rd
circle of
incubation
carousel
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 223
The
vertical
position of Feeler gauge,
sample The sample probe is incubation
6
probe to jacked up to 0.5mm carousel hole
the fixture
incubation
carousel
The
horizontal
position of
sample
7 probe to
the 1st
The sample probe is
circle of
aligned to the 1st middle
reagent
pit of the reagent carousel
carousel
adjusting fixture
Aspirating
position of
the 1st
8
circle of
reagent Reagent
carousel carousel
The adjusting
horizontal fixture
position of
sample
9 probe to
the 2nd
The sample probe is The 1st circle
circle of
aligned to the 2nd middle
reagent The 2 n d circle
carousel The 3 rd circle
adjusting fixture
Aspirating
The 4 th circle
position of
the 2nd
10
circle of
reagent
carousel
224 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
The
horizontal
position of
sample
11 probe to
the 3rd
The sample probe is
circle of
aligned to the 3rd middle
reagent
carousel
adjusting fixture
Aspirating
position of
the 3rd
12
circle of
reagent
carousel
The
horizontal
position of
sample
13 probe to
the 4th
The sample probe is
circle of
aligned to the 4th middle
reagent
carousel
adjusting fixture
Aspirating
position of
the 4th
14
circle of
reagent
carousel
The
vertical Feeler gauge,
position of reagent
The sample probe is
15 sample carousel
jacked up 0.5mm
probe to adjusting
reagent fixture
carousel
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 225
① Adjust in both
horizontal and vertical
directions to allow the
barcode scanning light to
exactly passes through the Adjusting in horizontal direction
fixture slit
Adjusting in vertical direction
② Click “Continue” to
reconfirm if the light passes
Reagent
through the fixture slit. If it Reagent
carousel
is confirmed OK, then carousel
16 barcode
fasten the screws in both adjusting
scanning
horizontal and vertical fixture
position
directions.
○3 The scanner must not
be stained in the
debugging process, and
there shall be no foreign
matter, greasy dirt,
stains, fingerprints and
dusts.
Table 8-5: Instruction of probe/reagent carousel parameters debugging
8.6.5 RV/sample loading parameters
Figure 8-29: Software adjusting interface of RV/sample loading parameter
226 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
8.6.5.2 Instruction of debugging content

Debugging Fixtures/tools
SN Acceptance criteria Picture
item employed
The ending position

exactly props a cuvette,
Cuvette
adjust the cuvette pushing Reagent
1 pushing
rod to keep it 1mm away cuvette Cuvette pushing ending position is
parameters where the cuvette pushing rod just
from the cuvette, visual props a cuvette
check
Cuvette
2 dropping Clearance 0.2mm Feeler gauge
parameters
Starting
position
Cuvette
Cuvette
3 The position is flush choosing
choosing
fixture Ending position
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 227
There is no obvious
Home Cart rail
resisting force while the
4 position on aligning Visual check
fixture is placed in and
X-axis fixture
taken out
There is no obvious
The 1st Cart rail
resisting force while the
5 position on aligning Visual check
fixture is placed in and
X-axis fixture
taken out
Notch 1
① The middle position of

the Z axis is exactly
flush with notch 1 of
the rear rail leveling
Height Rear rail
fixture
6 position on leveling
② The middle position of
Z-axis fixture
the Z axis is exactly
flush with notch 2 of
the rear rail leveling
fixture
Notch 2
228 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
The clearance between the

Cart
sample rack and the wall
7 calibration Sample rack wall surface is 0.5mm
surface is 0.5mm, visual

position
check
Cart upload The clearance between the

and sample rack and the wall
8 Sample rack wall surface is 0.5mm
download surface is 0.5mm, visual

parameters check
Parameter of The sample probe is Barcode

cart to rack aligned to the middle pit scanning
9
position on of the barcode scanning fixture,
Y-axis fixture sample rack
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 229
Sample The sample probe is Barcode

probe to rack aligned to the middle pit scanning
10
horizontal of the barcode scanning fixture,
position fixture sample rack
Prop
0.5m
mM
Feeler gauge,
Vertical limit
barcode
of sample The sample probe is
11 scanning
rack to rack jacked up to 0.5mm
fixture,
position
sample rack
①Adjust in both
horizontal and vertical
directions to make sure the
scanner is perpendicular to
horizontal, the barcode
scanning light exactly
passes through the fixture Cart barcode
slit scanning
Cart barcode
② After scanning, the fixture,
12 scanning
light is aligned to the sample rack
position
ending position slit of the (without
fixture barcode)
③ Click “Continue” to
reconfirm if the scanner
light is aligned to the
fixture. If it is confirmed
OK, then fasten the screws
in both horizontal and
230 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
vertical directions.
④ The scanner must not
be stained in the Adjusting in vertical
direction
debugging process, and
there shall be no foreign
matter, greasy dirt, stains,
fingerprints and dusts.
Adjusting in horizontal direction
Cart cuvette Empty sample

13 position / rack (without None
identification sample tube)
Table 8-6: Instruction of probe/reagent carousel parameters debugging
8.7 Position confirmation

Position confirmation shall be carried out after 8.6 software parameter debugging is performed
The software interface is as below: Application---Debugging---Parameter Alignment---Position confirmation
Figure 8-30: Interface of position confirming software
8.7.1 Confirm gripper position
1. Operate as per the sequence indicated in the figure to confirm each position of the gripper;
2. Step 3 is for confirming the mechanical position selected for gripper to switch; meanwhile the fixtures to be
used for adjusting each component shall be confirmed;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 231
3. With regard to the position to be confirmed, the components shall also move (e.g. the gripper to the 1st circle
of the incubation carousel, there shall also be operation to the incubation carousel, reset before selecting the 1st
circle of the incubation carousel moves to the gripper.)
Figure 8-31: Confirm gripper position
8.7.2 Confirm sample probe position
1. Operate as per the sequence indicated in the figure to confirm each position of the sample probe;
2. Step 2 is for confirming the mechanical position selected for sample probe to switch; meanwhile the fixtures to
be used for adjusting each component shall be confirmed;
3. With regard to the position to be confirmed, the components shall also move (e.g. the sample probe to the 1st
circle of the reagent carousel, there shall also be operation to the reagent carousel, reset before selecting the 1st
circle of the reagent carousel moves to the sample probe.)
232 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
Figure 8-32: Confirm sample probe position
8.7.3 Confirm incubation carousel position
1. Operate as per the sequence indicated in the figure to confirm each position of the incubation carousel
2. Step 2 is for confirming the input position of the incubation carousel; meanwhile the fixtures to be used for
adjusting each component shall be confirmed;
circle of the incubation carousel, there shall also be operation to the sample probe, reset before selecting the 1st
circle of the incubation carousel moves to the sample probe.)
Figure 8-33: Confirm incubation carousel position
8.7.4 Confirm reagent carousel position
1. Operate as per the sequence indicated in the figure to confirm each position of the reagent carousel;
2. Step 2 is for confirming the position selected for reagent carousel slot to switch; meanwhile the fixtures to be
used for adjusting each component shall be confirmed; and step 3 select which circle of motion.
circle of the reagent carousel, there shall also be operation to the sample probe, reset before selecting the
sample probe moves to the 1st circle of the reagent carousel.)
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 233
Figure 8-34: Confirm reagent carousel position
8.7.5 Confirm RV magnetic separation
1. Operate as per the sequence indicated in the figure to confirm each position of the magnetic separation carousel;
2.Step 2 is for confirming the position selected for magnetic separation carousel inner/outer ring to switch; meanwhile
the fixtures to be used for adjusting each component shall be confirmed;
3.With regard to the position to be confirmed, the components shall also move (e.g. the gripper probe to RV
magnetic separation outer ring, there shall also be operation to gripper, reset before selecting gripper moves to
RV magnetic separation outer ring.)
Figure 8-35: Confirm RV magnetic separation position
234 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
8.7.6 Confirm reading station position
1. Operate as per the sequence indicated in the figure to confirm each position of the reading station;
2. Step 2 is for confirming switching of reading station position; meanwhile the fixtures to be used for adjusting
each component shall be confirmed;
3. With regard to the position to be confirmed, the components shall also move (e.g. the gripper to the cuvette
capturing position of the reading station, there shall also be operation to the gripper, reset before selecting
gripper moves to the cuvette capturing position of the reading station.)
Figure 8-36: Confirm reading station position
8.8 Temperature control debugging
8.8.1 List of tools for temperature control debugging
SN Name Quantity
1 FLUKE 54 II B thermometer 1 pcs
2 Pipette with a volume above 300ul 1 pcs
3 Cuvettes Several
4 Reagent bottle 1 pcs
5 Pure water Several
Table 8-7:List of tools for temperature control debugging
8.8.2 Acceptance criteria for temperature control Aligning
Acceptance criteria (Temperature control aligning should not be conducted in the

SN Contents
air flow of an air conditioner; otherwise the result is not accurate)
Aligning incubation ① Temperature control performance: the temperature is required at 37°C or
1
carousel temperature 37.1°C at the time of adjusting temperature control, the temperature
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 235
control confirming standard is the temperature stably remained at 37°C-37.1°C; the

standard for FQC (including reconfirm for production after aging) is
37.0±0.3°C;
② Uniform performance: ±0.1°C (the temperature difference between holes);
③ Heating performance: 300ul water at 2-8°C can be heated up to 30°C within
3minutes;
Temperature control
2 adjusting for substrate The sensor reading after the temperature control is stabled is within 30~37°C
heating
Sample probe exterior
The sensor reading after the temperature control is stabled is within
3 temperature control
36.7~37.3℃
adjusting
Aligning reagent
Start the device. After the reagent pot refrigerating runs for 3 hours, the sensor
4 carousel temperature
reading should fluctuate within the range of 2~8℃ cyclically.
control
Confirming
temperature difference When the device is not powered up, the temperature difference between two
5 between incubation sensors should not exceed 0.3 °C; when powered up, the temperature difference
carousel and reagent between two sensors should not exceed 0.5 °C
carousel sensor
Table 8-8: Acceptance scope of temperature control indices
8.8.3 Method for temperature control adjusting
8.8.3.1 Confirm temperature difference of temperature sensor

1. Method for confirming that the instrument is not energized
1) Preconditions for testing: ① Ensure that the reagent pot is not energized over 3 hours before test;
② Ensure that the incubation carousel is not energized over 1 hour before test.
2) Operation method: Application → Debugging → Hardware state confirmation → Temperature sensor →
Search (Note: there is data each time when search is clicked)
3) Criterion: confirm the temperature difference between the two temperature sensors for the incubation
carousel and the reagent pot at room temperature (connect temperature sensors, but do not connect power
cord for the incubation carouse and the reagent pot), select and analyze the data within 30min since the
temperature is stabilized, and the temperature difference between two sensors is 0.3°C or below.
236 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
Figure 8-37: Confirm temperature of the temperature sensors (1)

2. Method for confirming after finishing energized adjusting
1) Preconditions for testing: ① Close the incubation carousel cover, start the machine and activate the
incubation carousel temperature control over 1h;
② Fix the reagent carousel cover onto the reagent carousel, start the machine and activate reagent pot
refrigeration over 3h.
2) Operation method: Application → Debugging → Hardware state confirmation → Temperature sensor →
Search (Note: there is data each time when search is clicked)
3) Criterion: confirm the temperature difference between the two temperature sensors for the incubation
carousel and the reagent pot at room temperature in daytime (connect power cords of the temperature
sensors, the incubation carouse and the reagent pot), select and analyze the data within 30min since the
temperature is stabilized, and the temperature difference between two sensors is 0.5°C or below.
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 237
Figure 8-38: Confirm temperature of the temperature sensors (2)
8.8.3.2 Operation method for viewing liner change of temperature sensor

1. Operate as per the sequence shown in the figure: Application → Debugging → Temperature control
Caution: each assembly has been activated and runs for the appointed time before checking and confirming
change of temperature curve
2. Check the content in the No.4 box (environment, incubation carousel, sample probe exterior, substrate, and
reagent refrigeration);
3. Click the activation button in the No.5 box, the software will automatically record real-time temperature change
curve.
Caution: the software only records data within one hour and records the time point when activation is clicked
4. Wait for running 30 minutes, and then click stop button in No.6 box.
Figure 8-39: View linear change of temperature sensor
8.8.3.3 View the temperature curve the incubation carousel

1. As shown in the figure, view only the incubation carousel, change the time range into the previous time period
when monitoring was activated, and the interval of time range is 10 minutes;
2. Change the temperature range into: 35-40°C.
3. Check and confirm if the temperature curve of the incubation carousel is compliant with standard.
238 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
Figure 8-40: View temperature curve of the incubation carousel
8.8.3.4 View the temperature curve of the sample probe interior

1. As shown in the figure, check only the sample probe interior, change the time range into the previous time period
3. View and confirm if the temperature curve of the sample probe exterior is up to standard.
Figure 8-41: View the temperature curve of the sample probe interior
8.8.3.5 View substrate temperature curve

1. As shown in the figure, check only the pre/trigger, change the time range into the previous time period when
monitoring was activated, and the interval of time range is 10 minutes;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 239

3. Check and confirm if the temperature curve of the substrate is up to standard.
Figure 8-42: Check the temperature curve of substrate
8.5.3.6 View the temperature curve of the reagent refrigeration

1. As shown in the figure, check only the reagent refrigeration, change the time range into the previous time period
3. View and confirm if the temperature curve of the reagent refrigeration is up to standard.
Figure 8-43: View the temperature curve of the reagent refrigeration
240 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
Chapter IX Maintenance
9.1 Maintenance considerations

The engineer shall perform maintenance strictly in accordance with this guide to active maintenance. The
technical support engineers from the headquarters of the company will carry out scheduled check, and the
underperformers will be criticized in a circulated notice; when the active maintenance is finished, the engineer
shall submit the active maintenance report to the operator or head of the department for signing and confirmation,
and then send the photos of the report to the technical support engineers in the headquarters for filing.
9.2 Tools and materials for maintenance
SN Tools and materials for maintenance Quantity
1 Phillips screwdriver ph2x100mm 1
2 Phillips screwdriver PH2x200mm 1
3 60-80MM Short handle Phillips screwdriver 1
4 Slotted screwdriver 1
5 Allen screwdriver (1 set) 1
6 Type T hex socket (L1 length 200mm, m5) 1
7 Type T hex socket (L1 length 100mm, m6) 1
8 Tweezers 1
9 Diagonal pliers 1
10 Probe-nose pliers 1
Gloves Several
11
Clean wipers Several
12
Swabs Several
13
14 Hairbrush 1
15 Nozzle cleaner tooling 1
16 75% alcohol by volume or 75% rubbing alcohol /
17 Empty reagent bottle 1
18 QC articles /
19 Deionized water (lab water) /
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 241
20 Peristaltic pump pipes 2

Table 9-1: Tools and materials for maintenance
9.3 Materials for maintenance

SN Part Name Material code Quantity
1 Peristaltic pump pipe 2.0.24.00002000 2 pcs
2 Probe brush Servals
2 Clean wiper 2.0.34.00009700 1 packet
3 Refrigerant fluid (hospital purchased supplies) 2.0.33.00011900 1

Table 9-2: Materials for maintenance
9.4 Overview of maintenance

Maintenance
SN Maintenance item Tools & materials required Description
intervals
Clean the table board of
1 Gloves, dust-free paper, 75% alcohol Wipe Daily
the instrument
Clean up solid and
2 Gloves, dust-free paper, 75% alcohol Replace Daily
liquid wastes
Check consumables
3 (cuvettes, wash buffer, Gloves Confirm Daily
pre-trigger, trigger)
Check temperature
(reagent carousel,
4 Gloves Confirm Daily
incubation carousel,
pre/trigger)
Remaining test number
and expiry date of
5 Gloves Confirm Daily
reagent, check
calibration information
Cleaning shell and
6 sample loading area Gloves, dust-free paper, 75% alcohol Wipe Weekly
cleaning
7 Sample probe cleaning Gloves, dust-free paper, 75% alcohol Wipe Weekly
8 Washing well cleaning Gloves, swabs, 75% alcohol Wipe Weekly

Reagent carousel Gloves, Phillips screwdriver, dust-free
9 Wipe Monthly
cleaning paper, 75% 75% alcohol
242 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
Magnetic separation
10 aspiration probe Gloves, dust-free paper, 75% alcohol Wipe Monthly
cleaning
11 RV cavity cleaning Gloves, dust-free paper, 75% alcohol Wipe Quarterly
Mixing mechanism
12 Gloves, swabs, 75% alcohol Wipe Quarterly
cleaning
Reading station cart
13 Gloves, swabs, 75% alcohol Wipe Quarterly
cleaning
14 Gripper fingers cleaning Dust-free paper Wipe Quarterly
Liquid system joint
15 Gloves Wipe Quarterly
check
Pre-trigger probe
16 Gloves, dust-free paper, 75% alcohol Clean Quarterly
cleaning
Trigger adding head
17 Gloves, dust-free paper, 75% alcohol Clean Quarterly
cleaning
Cleaning of magnetic
18 separation dispensing Gloves, dust-free paper, 75% alcohol Clean Quarterly
probe
19 Performance check Gloves, reaction vessel Confirm Quarterly
20 Purified water test Empty reagent bottle, pure water Test/Confirm Quarterly
21 Calibration Gloves Test/Confirm Quarterly
22 Quality control Gloves, QC articles Test/Confirm Quarterly

Incubation carousel Gloves, Phillips screwdriver, swabs, 75%
23 Wipe Semiannually
cleaning alcohol
Cleaning of inner and
outer magnetic
24 Gloves, swabs, 75% alcohol, tweezers Wipe Semiannually
separation carousel
holes
Wash buffer A tank Clean,
25 Gloves, hairbrush Semiannually
cleaning Confirm
26 Coolant check Visual check Confirm Semiannually
27 Dust screen cleaning Gloves, hairbrush Wipe Semiannually

Temperature check (fan
28 opening /water-cooled Phillips screwdriver, Gloves, hairbrush Wipe Semiannually
radiator cleaning)
Cleaning of optocoupler
Gloves, dust-free paper, swabs, 75%
29 of sample loading Wipe Semiannually
alcohol
component
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 243
Gloves, dust-free paper, swabs, 75%

30 Track cleaning Wipe Semiannually
alcohol
Waste liquid aspiration Gloves, Phillips screwdriver, dust-free
31 Wipe Semiannually
probe cleaning paper, 75% alcohol
Peristaltic pump pipe
32 Gloves, Phillips screwdriver Replace Semiannually
replacing
Wash buffer filter
33 Gloves, filter Replace Semiannually
replacing
Mechanical position
34 Gloves Confirm Semiannually
check
Table 9-3: Overview of maintenance
9.5 Content of maintenance
9.5.1 Daily maintenance
• Clean the table board of the instrument

• Clean up solid and liquid wastes
• Check consumables (cuvettes, wash buffer, pre-trigger, trigger)
• Check temperature (reagent carousel, incubation carousel, pre/trigger)
• Remaining test number and expiry date of reagent, check calibration information
9.5.1.1 Clean the table board of the instrument

Maintenance tools: Disposal gloves, dust-free paper, 75% alcohol
Maintenance intervals: Daily.
Maintenance procedure
1) Wipe the shell of the instrument with 75% alcohol soaked dust-free paper;
9.5.1.2 Clean up solid and liquid wastes
Maintenance tools: Disposal gloves
1) If liquid waste is discharge to liquid waste tank, then the tank shall be timely cleaned on daily basis.
2) Check the solid waste container and clear it up when it is full, and press solid waste reset button after
clearing.
9.5.1.3 Check consumables (cuvettes, wash buffer, pre-trigger, trigger)

Maintenance tools: Disposal gloves.
Maintenance procedure:
1) Check the consumables (cuvettes, wash buffer, pre-trigger and trigger) and replace them in time after finishing
tests on daily basis.
9.5.1.4 Check temperature (reagent carousel, incubation carousel, pre/trigger)
244 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0

1) Check temperature after finishing tests on daily basis.
9.5.1.5 Remaining test number and expiry date of reagent, check calibration information
1) Each day after finishing tests, it shall check the remaining test number, expiry date and calibration information
of the reagent. The reagent with insufficient remaining times shall be replenished, the reagent whose shelf-life
is close to expire or already expired shall be replaced, and the reagent whose calibration is close to expire or
already expired shall be prolonged or re-calibrated.
9.5.2 Weekly maintenance
• Cleaning shell and sample loading area cleaning

• Sample probe cleaning
• Washing station cleaning
9.5.2.1 Cleaning shell and loading area of sample rack

Maintenance tools: Disposal gloves, dust-free paper, 75% alcohol.
Maintenance intervals: Weekly.
1) Wipe the shell of the instrument with 75% alcohol soaked dust-free paper;
2) Wipe the sample loading area with 75% alcohol soaked dust-free paper;
Figure 9-1: Sample loading area cleaning

3) Wipe the sample rack with 75% alcohol soaked dust-free paper.
Attention:
1) Ensure the bar code of the sample rack is free from contamination;
9.5.2.2 Sample probe cleaning

Maintenance tools: Gloves, dust-free paper, 75% alcohol.
1) Wipe the probe arm with 75% alcohol soaked dust-free paper, and pay special attention to wipe the bottom of
the probe arm;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 245
Figure 9-2: Cleaning the underside of the probe rocker

2) Wipe the sample probe/reagent probe with 75% alcohol soaked dust-free paper (Caution: in order to prevent the
probe from damage, wipe gently downwards and DO NOT apply horizontal force and pay attention to wipe the
probe tip), confirm there is no remaining foreign matters after wiping;
Figure 9-3: Cleaning sample probes

3) Wipe the underside of the probe base with 75% alcohol-soaked dust-free paper, push the sample probe
upwards and check its anti-collision function;
246 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
Figure 9-4: Checking the anti-collision function of the sample probes

4) Carry out the restore procedure after maintenance is finished and observe whether there is dripping on the tip.
If so, take necessary measures or replace the sample probe.
9.5.2.3 Washing station cleaning

1) Fill the washing pool with distilled water and soak for 5 minutes when the instrument is in idle or failure or
shutdown state, and then aspirate the waste liquid with a dropper or syringe;
2) Wipe the surface of the inner steps of the washing pool with 75% alcohol-soaked dust-free paper and ensure that
there is no crystallization and stains;
Figure 9-5: Washing well cleaning

YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 247
3) Fill the washing well with distilled water and soak for 5min again.
9.5.3 Monthly maintenance
• Reagent carousel cleaning

• Magnetic separation aspiration probe cleaning
9.5.3.1 Reagent carousel cleaning
Maintenance intervals: Monthly.
1) Power off the instrument;
2) Remove the cover and the tray of the reagent carousel, and then wipe the inner surface of the carousel with
75% alcohol soaked dust-free paper;
Screw off the two screws and remove

the tray
Figure 9-6: Cleaning the reagent carousel

3) Wipe the condensate water within the reagent carousel with dust-free paper;
4) Confirm whether there are foreign matters in the reagent carousel, if so, take them out;
5) Confirm whether there is condensate water on the bar code scanning window of the reagent, if so, wipe
with dust-free paper;
248 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
Bar code scanning window
Figure 9-7: Cleaning the barcode scanning window

6) Wipe the inside of the reagent carousel with 75% alcohol soaked dust-free paper;
7) Reinstall the cover of the reagent carousel after maintenance is finished.
Attention:
1) Pay attention to safekeeping of the reagents during the maintenance.
9.5.3.2 Magnetic separation aspiration probe cleaning

Maintenance tools: Gloves, dust-free paper, 75% alcohol, nozzle cleaner.
Maintenance intervals: Monthly.
1) Remove the 2 aspiration probes for magnetic separation (keep the pipeline connected to the probes and the
instrument is on);
Figure 9-8: Magnetic separation aspiration probe cleaning (1)

2) Soak the magnetic separation aspiration probe for 5 min with pure water (the water level is 4cm above the
probe tip), wipe the outer surface and check whether there are remaining foreign matters;
3) Add approximately 6ml 75% alcohol to a vessel such as sample tube, put the probes into the liquid, make
the peristaltic pump rotate anticlockwise at 30000 (see the following interface), and the magnetic separation
pipeline is full of liquid, and then soak for 5min;
4) Make the peristaltic pump rotate anticlockwise at 30000 (do not enter a value larger than 32767, otherwise
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 249
it rotates in the opposite direction), click repeatedly until the pipeline is emptied;
Figure 9-9: Magnetic separation aspiration probe cleaning (2)

5) Wipe the surface of each probe with 75% alcohol soaked dust-free paper;
6) Check whether there is crystallization on the inner surface of the magnetic separation aspiration probe, and
clean the inner surface of magnetic separation aspiration probe if necessary (please note that inner surface
cleaning shall be carried out once per month);
Magnetic separation aspiration probe inner surface cleaning operation:
1. Remove the magnetic separation aspiration probe from the hose joint (replace the hose joint
immediately if it is leaking or broken);
2. Take out the aspiration probe and clean the inside surface with the probe brush for three times;
visually check the inner surface of the aspiration probe after cleaning and ensure there is no foreign
matters on the inner surface;
3. Clean the outer surface of the probe with clean wiper and ensure there is no magnetic bead, sample or
other foreign matters on the outer surface (the clean wiper can be soaked with 75% alcohol and one
piece of wiper can be used for cleaning 2 probes);
4. Connect the probe to a 5mL syringe, aspirate and inject 75% alcohol for 10 times and ensure it injects
smoothly and the dispensing direction is identical to the probe;
5. Wash the inner and outer surface of the probe with pure water for three times and reinstall.
250 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
Remove the
aspiration probe
Reinstall the
Clean the nozzle aspiration probe
with nozzle clear
Yes
Yes No
Check whether there

Clean the inner & Aspirate and inject
are remaining
No outer surface with liquid with syringe Inject smoothly
foreign matters on
soft wiper + alcohol
the inner surface
Figure 9-10: Procedure of cleaning the magnetic separation aspirating probes

7) Reinstall each probe after the maintenance is finished.
9.5.4 Quarterly maintenance
• RV cavity cleaning
• Mixing mechanism cleaning
• Reading station cart cleaning
• Gripper fingers cleaning
• Liquid system joint check
• Pre-trigger probe cleaning
• Trigger adding head cleaning
• Cleaning of magnetic separation dispensing probe
• Performance
• Pure water test
• Calibration
• Quality control
9.5.4.1 RV cavity cleaning

Maintenance intervals: Quarterly.
1) Take the reaction vessels out of the RV cavity and temporarily place them into a clean container;
2) Wipe the interior of the RV cavity with 75% alcohol soaked dust-free paper;
3) Put the reaction vessels into the RV cavity after the interior is dried up, and close the cover of the RV cavity.
Attention
1) Ensure there is no secondary contamination in the procedure;
9.5.4.2 Mixing mechanism cleaning

Maintenance tools: Gloves, swabs, 75% alcohol.
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 251
1) Wipe the interior of the mixing mechanism with 75% alcohol soaked swabs.
Figure 9-11: Mixing mechanism cleaning

Attention:
1) Prevent the flocks of the swabs from falling off and causing malfunction.
9.5.4.3 Reading station cart cleaning

1) Maintain the interior and the circumjacent area of the reading station cart with 75% alcohol-soaked dust-free
paper.
Figure 9-12: Reading station cart cleaning

Attention:
1) Clean chips in the holes if any.
9.5.4.4 Gripper fingers cleaning

Maintenance tools: Gloves, dust-less paper, 75% alcohol
1) Wipe the inside of the griper fingers with 75% 75% alcohol soaked dust-free paper.
252 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
Figure 9-13: Gripper tongs wiping

Attention:
1) Make sure the tongs are free of foreign matters.
9.5.4.5 Liquid system joint check

Maintenance tools: Gloves.
Maintenance intervals: Quarterly
1) Open the back baffle of the instrument and check whether there is leakage crystallization on the joints of the
exterior washing pump, the magnetic separation washing plunger pump, the sample probe plunger pump, the
pre-trigger plunger pump, the trigger plunger pump and relevant solenoid valves. In case of leakage, the tightness
of the pipeline joint shall be confirmed. And relevant pipelines shall be replaced if the leakage persists;
Figure 9-14: Liquid system joint check (1)

2) Remove the housing of the sample probe and check whether there is crystallization on the pipeline joint. If so,
confirm the tightness of the joint or replace relevant pipeline;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 253

3) Check whether there is leakage crystallization on the joint of the waste liquid aspiration probe. If so, check the
tightness of the joint and replace relevant pipeline if necessary.
9.5.4.6 Pre-trigger probe cleaning

1) Enter Utility > Service > Performance > HT2 to add pre-trigger 10 times, shown in the following Figure;
254 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
Figure 9-17: Confirming pre-trigger dispensing volume (1)

2) Check the bubbles in the vessels;
Figure 9-18: Confirming pre-trigger dispensing volume (2)
3) The normal condition is shown as the above Figure. In case of abnormal condition, carry out subsequent
operation ④⑤⑥⑦
4) Remove the baffle of the magnetic separation injection plate;
5) Screw off the pre-trigger probes;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 255
Figure 9-19: Pre-trigger probe cleaning (1)

6) Wipe the surface of the probes with 75% alcohol-soaked dust-free paper, check the pre-trigger pipelines and
ensure they protrude 0.5-1mm from the pre-trigger probes;
Figure 9-20: Pre-trigger probe cleaning (2)

7) Reinstall the pre-trigger probe after the maintenance is finished.
9.5.4.7 Trigger adding head cleaning

1) Enter Utility > Service > Performance > HT3, and reset before opening PMT, as shown in the following Figure;
Figure 9-21: Confirming the trigger dispensing effect (1)
256 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
2) Repeat the test for 10 times and check the bubbles in the vessels. In case the bubbles are abnormal, carry out
subsequent operations ③④⑤⑥, otherwise no operation is required.
Abnormal
Figure 9-22: Confirming the trigger dispensing effect (2)

3) Screw off the screws of the trigger adding head and remove the head;
Figure 9-23: Trigger adding head cleaning (1)
Figure 9-24: Trigger adding head cleaning (2)

4) Soak with pure water, and then wipe with 75% alcohol-soaked dust-free paper. Check whether the trigger tube
is long enough to reach the fixing base;
5) Wipe with pure water-soaked dust-free paper, and then reinstall the head after it is dried up;
6) Reinstall the head after the maintenance is finished.
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 257
Attention:
1) Pay attention to the shading of PMT after the trigger adding head is removed
9.5.4.8 Cleaning dispensing probe for magnetic separation

1) Enter Utility > Service > Performance > HT2 to carry out phase 2 magnetic separation cleaning and repeat 10
times;
Figure 9-25: Confirming dispense volume of magnetic separation dispensing probe (1)
2) Criteria for judging;
Abnormal
Figure 9-26: Confirming dispensing volume of magnetic separation dispensing probe (2)
3) Enter Utility > Service > Performance > HT2 to carry out phase 3 magnetic separation cleaning and repeat 10
times, and judge the bubbles after cleaning;
258 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
4) If the bubbles are abnormal, carry out subsequent operation ④⑤⑥⑦, otherwise no operation is required;
5) Remove the baffle of the magnetic separation injection plate;
6) Remove the dispensing probe plate for magnetic separation;
Figure 9-27: Cleaning of magnetic separation dispensing probe

7) Wipe the surface of each probe with 75% alcohol-soaked dust-free paper. Soak the probe with distilled water or
75% alcohol for 5min (the probe tip shall be 1cm below the surface), in case there is crystallization on the probe
tip, wipe and clean with dust-free paper;
8) Restore the dispensing probe for magnetic separation after maintenance is finished.
Attention:
1) Confirm whether the dispensing probes correctly positioned.
9.5.4.9 Performance check

Maintenance tools: Gloves.
Description:
9.5.4.9.1 Confirm the dispense volume of the dispensing probe for magnetic separation and the aspiration effect of
the aspiration probe
1) Remove the upper cover of the incubation carousel and place 10 reaction vessels to Post 1 to 10;
2) Enter the HT2 performance test interface, set phase 1 Dispense Volume to "0", check D2, set the Test Times
to "10", and do not check "Aspiration" and "Reading", as shown in the following Figure , click the "Reset"
button, click "Start" after resetting is done, and then the instrument will automatically add liquid;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 259
Figure 9-28: Confirming basic performances (1)

3) Add liquid into reaction vessels with a pipette, and see the “Param Query/Conf” in the following Figure
for the volume. After query, compare the phase 2 injection volume with the liquid volume in the 10
reaction vessels within the incubation carousel, confirm whether the injection volume is correct and
observe whether there are bubbles in the vessels.
Volume
2 injection volume 600 μL
4) Upon completion, place 10 reaction vessels from Pos 1 to Pos 10 again and check “Aspiration”, repeat
step ②. When the reaction is finished, observe whether the liquid within the vessels is properly flushed
and confirm the effect of phase 2 aspiration;
260 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
5) Repeat steps ② ③ ④, check phase 3 injection, confirm the injection volume of phase 3 injection probes and
the aspiration effect of phase 3 aspiration probes. (as shown in the following Figure, aspiration and injection
probes are shared in magnetic separation phase1/3,2/4).
Pre-trigger injection pos.
Phase 2, 4 injection pos.
Phase 1, 3
aspirating pos.
Phase 1, 3 injection pos.
Phase 2, 4
aspirating pos.
Cuvette placing pos.
Inner ring
cuvette pos.
Outer ring cuvette pos.
9.5.4.9.2 Confirm injection volume of pre-trigger

1) Remove the upper cover of the incubation carousel and place 10 reaction vessels from Pos 1 to Pos 10;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 261
2) Enter the HT3 performance test interface, set Pre-Trigger Volume to “100”, Trigger volume to “0” and Test
Times to “10”, do not check “Reading”, “Aspirate Waste Liquid” and “Mixing” as shown in the following
Figure , click "Start" after resetting is done, and then the instrument will automatically add liquid;
3) Add 100ul liquid into reaction vessels with a pipette, compare with the liquid volume in the 10 reaction
vessels, confirm whether the injection volume is correct and whether the bubbles are normal.
9.5.4.9.3 Confirm injection volume of trigger

1) Remove the upper cover of the incubation carousel and place 10 reaction vessels from Pos 1 to Pos 10;
2) Enter the HT3 performance test interface, set Trigger volume to “200”, Pre-trigger volume to “0” and Test
Times to “10”, do not check “Reading”, “Aspirate Waste Liquid” and “Mixing” as shown in the following
Figure , click "Start" after resetting is done, and then the instrument will automatically add liquid;
3) Add 200ul liquid into reaction vessels with a pipette, compare with the liquid volume in the 10 reaction
vessels, and confirm whether the injection volume is correct and whether the bubbles are normal.
262 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0

9.5.4.9.4 Confirm background counting value
1) Click Utility > Service > Performance > HT3, as shown in the Figure:

2) Click “Open PMT” to activate PMT;
3) Click “Reading” once per 30s and repeat 20 times. The instrument will read and record the data;
4) Confirm whether the result is within normal range and export background counting test data.
9.5.4.10 Purified water test

Maintenance tools: Empty reagent bottle, gloves
Confirmation procedure:
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 263
1) Add water methodology (skip this procedure if the methodology has been added) and set in Utility >
Assay Settings > Add interface. The QR code of the methodology is as below:
AyB3YXRlcgAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAwD6AZZBlkDawxAAAAAAAAAA
AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAKAQQAMgEAMgEAAAEAAAQBAAABAAABAAABAAAAAQAAAQA
AAQAAAQAAAFQAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAARgEBRgAABG0=
2) Fill pure water into the empty reagent bottle and manually load the reagent with the specified bar code
3) Apply sample test 10 times with the pure water as sample;
4) Confirm whether the test results are within the normal range (RLU<250).
9.5.3.11 Calibration
Confirmation intervals: Quarterly.
Maintenance tools: gloves
Consult the teacher on whether calibration can be carried out. If so, carry out calibration and calibration back-test for
the customers.
9.5.3.12 Quality control

Confirmation intervals: Quarterly.
Maintenance tools: Gloves
Confirm whether there are QC articles on the client-side, carry out QC test with the teacher’s consent and confirm
whether the result is normal.
9.5.5 Semi-annual maintenance
• Incubation carousel cleaning

• Cleaning of inner and outer magnetic separation carousel holes
• Wash buffer A tank cleaning
• Coolant check
• Dust screen cleaning
• Temperature check (fan opening /water-cooled radiator cleaning)
• Cleaning of optocoupler of sample loading component
• Track cleaning
• Waste liquid aspiration probe cleaning
• Peristaltic pump pipe replacing
• Wash buffer filter replacing
• Mechanical position check
9.5.5.1 Incubation carousel cleaning

Maintenance tools: Gloves, dust-free paper, swabs, 75% alcohol.
Maintenance intervals: Semiannually.
1) Remove the cover of the incubation carousel;
2) Wipe the surface of the incubation carousel with 75% alcohol soaked dust-free paper;
264 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
Figure 9-35: Incubation carousel cleaning

3) Wipe the inner surface of each hole of the incubation carousel with 75% alcohol soaked swabs and check
whether there are foreign matters in each hole. And take out the foreign matters if any.
Attention:
1) Prevent the flocks of swab from falling off and causing malfunction.
9.5.5.2 Cleaning of inner and outer magnetic separation carousel holes

Maintenance tools: Gloves, swabs, 75% alcohol, tweezers.
1) Power off the instrument;
2) Clean each hole of the inner and outer magnetic separation carousel with 75% alcohol-soaked dust-free paper
through the cuvette capture positions (use the tweezers to turn the inner carousel to corresponding position);
Figure 9-36: Cleaning the inner and outer magnetic separation carousel
3) Power on the instrument after maintenance is finished.
Attention:
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 265
1) Prevent the flocks from falling off and causing malfunction.
9.5.5.3 Wash buffer A tank cleaning

Maintenance tools: Hairbrush, Phillips screwdriver.
1) Remove the face shell of the inner wash buffer tank on the right of the instrument;
Figure 9-37: Wash buffer A tank cleaning

2) Remove the two floater elements on the bottle;
3) Empty the tank and rinse with distilled water/deionized water for 3 times.
4) Check whether there is crystallization inside. If so, clean with hairbrush and rinse for 3 times till the
crystallization is removed.
9.5.5.4 Coolant check

Maintenance tools: Gloves, ph2 screwdriver.
1) Remove the left face shell of the instrument;
266 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
2) Observe whether the liquid level of the water coolant tank decreases. If so, please refill the coolant to 2cm below
the rim of the tank.
Figure 9-38: Coolant check
9.5.5.5 Dust screen cleaning

Maintenance tools: Gloves, hairbrush.
1) Draw out both right and left dust screens on the bottom (2 pcs in total);
Figure 9-39: Dust screen cleaning

2) Clean the dust screens with hairbrush or wash with water and dry them up;
3) Reinstall the dust screens and close the left front door of the instrument after maintenance.
9.5.5.6 Temperature check (view the curve of reagent refrigeration temperature)

Maintenance tools: Gloves, hairbrushes, Phillips screwdriver.
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 267
Figure 9-40: Temperature check (1)

1) Enter Utility > Service > Temperature (note: each module shall have been started and run for a specified
period of time before viewing and confirming the change of temperature curve);
2) Check Reagent Carousel only;
3) Click the Start button, then the software will automatically record real-time temperature (note: the software
only records data of an hour from the time when Start is clicked);
4) Wait for 30min and click Stop;
Figure 9-41: Temperature check (2)

5) Check Reagent Carousel only, set the Time range to the previous run and the duration is 30min;
268 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
6) Change the Temperature range into: 2-8℃.

7) View and confirm whether the temperature curve is up to standard (do not exceed 2-8℃, the reagent
carousel is set to alarm only after the instrument is continuously electrified for 5H).
8) In case of alarming, remove the backboard and to help cool the water cooling fan, power supply fan and
water cooling fins.
9.5.5.7 Cleaning the optocouplers of the sample loading component

1) Wipe the optocouplers of the sample loading component with dry swabs;
Figure 9-42: Cleaning the optocouplers of the sample loading component
2) Restore them after the maintenance is finished.
9.5.5.8 Cleaning the cart

1) Remove the deck plate, wipe the cart tracks and the sample board tracks with 75% alcohol-soaked dust-free
paper;
Figure 9-43: Cleaning the tracks

YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 269
2) Wipe the optocouplers (3 in total) of the cart with dry swab;

3) Reinstall the deck plate after the maintenance is finished.
9.5.5.9 Waste liquid aspiration probe cleaning

Maintenance tools: Gloves, dust-free paper, 75% alcohol, Phillips screwdriver.
1) Remove the waste liquid aspiration probe;
2) Clean the outer surface of the probe with 75% alcohol soaked dust-free paper;
3) Check waste liquid aspiration effect with the HT3 interface and replace the probe if necessary;
Figure 9-44: Waste liquid aspiration probe cleaning

4) Reinstall the probe after the maintenance is finished.
9.5.5.10 Replacing the peristaltic pump pipe

Maintenance tools: Gloves, Phillips screwdrivers, pipe of peristaltic pump.
1) Remove the upper face shell on the back of the instrument;
2) Replace the peristaltic pump pipe;
270 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
Figure 9-45: Replacing the peristaltic pump pipe

3) Reinstall the cover.
9.5.5.11 Replacing the wash buffer filter

Maintenance tools: Gloves, filter.
Maintenance intervals: Semiannually
1) Open the left panel, draw out the two filters and pull out the pipelines that are connected on both sides;
Figure 9-46: Replacing the wash buffer filter

2) Replace the new filters and reinstall to original positions after the pipelines on both sides are connected.
9.5.5.12 Mechanical position confirm

Remove the panels, incubation carousel cover and reagent carousel cover.
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 271
Figure 9-47: Gripper and magnetic separation position confirm

9.5.5.12.1 Gripper and magnetic separation outer circle position confirm
1. Click Utility>>Service >>Alignment>>Motor Position confirm
2. Click “gripper reset”, then click “gripper holding”; Put the gripper fixture into the gripper finger, let the
gripper move to magnetic separation outer circle then click Vertical disable.
Figure 9-48: Magnetic separation outer circle position confirm

3. Click RV/Magnetic separation carousel (RV Washing carousel) reset, select “Outer cuvette capturing pos.”
then click move; Put the RV/Magnetic carousel outer circle fixture into the carousel, then confirm if the gripper
position is correct.
272 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
Figure 9-49: Magnetic separation outer circle position confirm

4. Take out the fixtures.
9.5.5.12.2 Gripper and magnetic separation inner circle position confirm
1. Click Utility>>Service >>Alignment>>Motor Position confirm;
2. Click “gripper reset”, then click “gripper holding”. Put the gripper fixture into the gripper finger, let the
gripper move to magnetic separation inner circle then click Vertical disable;
Figure 9-50: Gripper and magnetic separation inner circle position confirm
3. Click RV/Magnetic separation carousel (RV Washing carousel) reset, select “Inner cuvette capturing pos”
then click move. Put the RV/Magnetic carousel inner circle fixture into the carousel, then confirm if the gripper
position is correct.
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 273
Figure 9-51: Gripper to magnetic separation inner circle position confirm

9.5.5.12.3 Gripper to mixing position confirm
gripper move to mixer then click Vertical disable;
Figure 9-52: Gripper to mixer position confirm

3. Move the gripper down to the mixer, check if the fixture of the gripper can match the mixer fixture.
274 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
Figure 9-53: Gripper to mixing position confirm

9.5.5.12.4 Gripper to incubation 1st circle position confirm
gripper move to incubation 1st circle then click Vertical disable;
Figure 9-54: Gripper to incubation 1st circle position confirm

3. Click incubation reset, click 1st position to gripper, then click move;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 275

3. Move the gripper down to the mixer, check if the fixture of the gripper can match the incubation fixture.
The 1st circle
The 2 nd circle
The 3 rd circle

9.5.5.12.5 Gripper to incubation 2nd circle/3rd circle position confirm.
Refer to the incubation 1st circle position confirm in 9.5.5.12.4
Notice:
⚫ Move the gripper to 2nd circle and 3rd circle according the procedure.
⚫ Incubation 31st position for 2nd circle position confirm; 56th position for 3rd circle position confirm.
⚫ Take out all the fixtures after position confirm.
9.5.5.12.6 Gripper to reading station position confirm
gripper move to reading station then click Vertical disable;
276 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
Figure 9-57: Gripper to reading station position confirm

3. Click reading station reset, select “Cuvette capture position” then click “Movement”;

4. Move the gripper down to the catching position, check if the fixture of the gripper can match the reading
station fixture.

YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 277
4. Take out all the fixtures.

9.5.5.12.7 Gripper to waste vessel discarding port position confirm
gripper move to waste vessel discarding port then click Vertical disable;
Figure 9-60: Gripper to waste vessel discarding port position confirm

3. Move the gripper down to the catching position, check if the fixture of the gripper can match the discarding
port centre.
Figure 9-61: Gripper to waste vessel discarding port position confirm

9.5.5.12.8 Sample probe to sampling position confirm
2. Click “probe reset”, select sample “sampling position”, click “Movement”, and then click “Vertical disable”;
278 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
Figure 9-62: Sample probe to sampling position confirm

3. Remove the upper panel, put the sample rack at the position shown below; Then move down the sample probe
to check if the sample probe can match the sample tube #5 centre.
Figure 9-63: Sample probe to sampling position confirm

9.5.5.12.9 Sample probe to washing station position confirm
2. Put the washing pool fixture into washing pool;
3. Click “probe reset”, select sample “Washing pool”, click “Movement”, and then click “Vertical disable”;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 279
Figure 9-64: Sample probe to washing station position confirm

4. Move the sample probe down to check if the sample probe can match the fixture of the washing station.
Figure 9-65: Sample probe to washing station position confirm

9.5.5.12.10 Sample probe to incubation 1st circle position confirm
2. Click “probe reset”, select “1st circle of incubation carousel”, click “Movement”, and then click “Vertical
disable”;
280 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
Figure 9-66: Sample probe to incubation 1st circle position confirm

1. Click “Incubation carousel reset”, select 1st position of incubation move to sample probe, and then click
“Movement”;

4. Move the sample probe down, check if the sample probe can match the incubation fixture.
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 281

4. Take out all the fixtures.
9.5.5.12.11 Sample probe to incubation 2nd circle/3rd circle position confirm.

Notice:
⚫ Move the sample probe to 2nd circle and 3rd circle according the procedure.
⚫ Incubation 31st position for 2nd circle position confirm; 56th position for 3rd circle position confirm.
9.5.5.12.12 Sample probe to reagent carousel 1st circle position confirm

2. Click “probe reset”, select “1st circle of reagent carousel”, click “Movement”, and then click “Vertical disable”;
Figure 9-69: Sample probe to reagent carousel 1st circle position confirm
3. Put the reagent carousel fixture into 10th slot of reagent carousel;
4. Click “Reagent carousel reset”, select “Slot No.10” and “1st circle”, and then click “Movement”.
282 YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0
4. Move the sample probe down, check if the sample probe can match the reagent carousel fixture.
9.5.5.12.13 Sample probe to 2nd/3rd/4th circle of reagent carousel position confirm
Notice:
⚫ Move the sample probe to 2nd, 3rd and 4th circle according the procedure.
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 283
Annex Table of Fault Codes

Code Description Level Solution
Software operation unit
1. Verify that the device has been restored
automatically;
CPU lack of 2. If automatic recovery is not successful, click
513 Minor failure
performance “restore” to restore the execution system;
3. If this failure continues, please call technical
support;
automatically;
2. If automatic recovery is not successful, reset the
Database data read
514 Major failure device. After reconnecting, click “restore” to restore
and write failure
the execution system;
support;
Application 1. Check whether the LIS is disconnected or has
information abnormal communication;
515 corresponding to the Minor failure 2. Click “restore” to restore the execution system;
scanned sample bar 3. If this failure continues, please call technical
code does not exist support;
1. Verify sample barcode status;
Sample barcode 2. Click “restore” to restore the execution system;
516 Minor failure
repeated 3. If this failure continues, please call technical
support;
The scanned samples 1. Verify sample barcode status;
exceeded the 2. Click “restore” to restore the execution system;
517 Minor failure
maximum expiration 3. If this failure continues, please call technical
of the sample support;
The number of digits
2. Click “restore” to restore the execution system;
518 of the sample barcode Minor failure
is too long
support;
1. Verify that the reagent list has barcode for the
The reagent for the agent.
519 barcode has been Minor failure 2. Click “restore” to restore the execution system;
loaded 3. If this failure continues, please call technical
support;
Reagent barcode data 1. Verify reagent barcode status;
520 Minor failure
error 2. Click “restore” to restore the execution system;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 284

support;
1. Verify reagent barcode status;

Reagent barcode error,
521 does not satisfy the Minor failure
analytic requirements
support;
1. Check whether the LIS is disconnected or has
abnormal communication;
522 LIS initialize error Minor failure 2. Click “restore” to restore the execution system;
support;
1. Verify reagent status;
One or more reagents 2. Click “restore” to restore the execution system;
523 Minor failure
have expired 3. If this failure continues, please call technical
support;
One or more reagents 2. Click “restore” to restore the execution system;
524 Minor failure
have expired 3. If this failure continues, please call technical
support;
The sample barcode 2. Check if the corresponding parameters match the
525 number is less than set Minor failure parameter table;
value 3. If this failure continues, please call technical
support;
Reagent batch 1. Verify reagent calibration status;
526 replacement requires Minor failure 2. If this failure continues, please call technical
recalibration support;
The expired
1. Verify reagent calibration status;
calibration parameter
527 Minor failure 2. If this failure continues, please call technical
needs the be
support;
recalibrated
1. Verify sample tray status;
Sample tray type/bar
528 code cannot be Minor failure
identified
support;
The current location
1. Verify sample tray status;
of the sample tray did
529 not replace sample, Minor failure
but the test was
support;
applied
530 Reagent not enough Minor failure 2. If this failure continues, please call technical
support;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 285

531 Reagent unavailable Minor failure 2. If this failure continues, please call technical
support;
1. Verify calibration status;
532 Calibration failure Minor failure 2. If this failure continues, please call technical
support;
Application 1. Verify application status;
533 information already Minor failure 2. If this failure continues, please call technical
exists support;
1. Verify sample barcode status
Sample barcode
conflict
support;
1. Verify reagent barcode status
535 Reagent barcode error Minor failure 2. If this failure continues, please call technical
support;
1. Verify methodology status of the test;
Reagent barcode have
not set item
support;
Reagent manual
1. Verify reagent status
loading will be
automatically
support;
unloaded
Failed to initialization, 1. Verify reagent tray status;
538 reagent tray has been Minor failure 2. If this failure continues, please call technical
opened support;
1. Verify calibration barcode status;
Calibration barcode
conflict
support;
1. Verify calibration rack number status;
Calibration rack
number conflict
support;
1. Verify that the reagent list has loaded this reagent
Reagent barcode barcode
541 Minor failure
conflict 2. If this failure continues, please call technical
support;
542 Reagent expired Minor failure 2. If this failure continues, please call technical
support;
automatically;
Initialization over 2. If automatic recovery is not successful, click
543 Major failure
time “restore” to restore the execution system;
support;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 286
1. Verify retest sample status;

The sample does not
exist when retest
support;
1. Verify the status of the injection part;
545 Suspension sample Minor failure 2. If this failure continues, please call technical
support;
The luminescence
1. Recalibrate;
value is less than the
minimum acceptance
support;
limit
The luminescence
1. Recalibrate;
value is greater than
the maximum
support;
acceptance limit
Repeatability is
1. Recalibrate;
greater than the
maximum acceptable
support;
limit
The concentration and
1. Recalibrate;
luminescence of the
master calibrator are
support;
not monotonic
1. Recalibrate;
The concentration is
not monotonic
support;
The monotonicity of 1. Retest the sample;
557 luminescence value is Minor failure 2. If this failure continues, please call technical
inconsistent with support;
The slope of negative
and positive 1. Recalibrate;
558 calibrators is less than Minor failure 2. If this failure continues, please call technical
the minimum support;
acceptable limit
The slope of negative
and positive 1. Recalibrate;
559 calibrators is less than Minor failure 2. If this failure continues, please call technical
the maximum support;
acceptable limit
The difference of
luminescence value
1. Recalibrate;
between negative and
positive calibration is
support;
less than acceptance
limit
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 287
Signal-to-noise ratio is
1. Recalibrate;
greater than the
maximum acceptable
support;
limit
Signal-to-noise ratio is 1. Recalibrate;
562 less than the minimum Minor failure 2. If this failure continues, please call technical
acceptable limit support;
1. Recalibrate;
4PL fitting failed, no
convergence
support;
Fitting degree is less 1. Recalibrate;
564 than the minimum Minor failure 2. If this failure continues, please call technical
acceptance limit support;
The recovery rate is 1. Recalibrate;
565 less than the minimum Minor failure 2. If this failure continues, please call technical
acceptance limit support;
The recovery rate is
1. Recalibrate;
greater than the
maximum acceptable
support;
limit
568 Run out of reagents Minor failure 2. If this failure continues, please call technical
support;
Run out of reagents
(trigger/pre-trigger)
support;
The reagent tray cover 1. Verify the reagent tray(sensor) status
570 is forced open during Minor failure 2. If this failure continues, please call technical
testing support;
Run out of reagent
(trigger/pre-trigger)
support;
1. Retest quality control sample;
2. Verify the validity period of the reagent
quality control results
572 Minor failure consumables and check the device performance;
out of control
support;
MC Motion control unit
automatically;
Movement fault of 2. If automatic recovery is not successful, click
802 Major failure
lower machine “restore” to restore the execution system;
support;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 288

automatically;
2. Verify that the sensor status is normal;
Do not operate during
803 Minor failure 3. If automatic recovery is not successful, click
testing
“restore” to restore the execution system;
support;
automatically;
2. If automatic recovery is not successful, click
811 Reset error Minor failure
support;
automatically;
Cuvette clearance 2. If automatic recovery is not successful, click
812 Minor failure
error “restore” to restore the execution system;
support;
automatically;
816 dispenser filling error Minor failure “restore” to restore the execution system;
3. Perform filling action again;
support;
automatically;
Pre-trigger filling
817 Minor failure “restore” to restore the execution system;
error
support;
automatically;
818 Trigger filling error Minor failure “restore” to restore the execution system;
support;
Magnetic separation
automatically;
819 aspirate probe filling Minor failure
error
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 289

support;
M1-M4 Units
1. Measure whether the corresponding voltage value
is normal;
MD1 board 24V
automatically;
750 power supply voltage Minor failure
anomaly
support;
is normal;
MD1 board 5Vpower
automatically;
751 supply voltage Minor failure
anomaly
support;
is normal;
MD1 board 3.3V
automatically;
anomaly
support;
is normal;
MD2 board 24V
automatically;
anomaly
support;
is normal;
MD2 board 5V power 2. Verify that the device has been restored
754 supply voltage Minor failure automatically;
anomaly 3. If automatic recovery is not successful, click
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 290
support;

is normal;
MD2 board 3.3V
automatically;
anomaly
support;
is normal;
MD3 board 24V
automatically;
anomaly
support;
is normal;
MD3 board 5V power
automatically;
anomaly
support;
is normal;
MD3 board 3.3V
automatically;
anomaly
support;
is normal;
MD4 board 24V
automatically;
anomaly
support;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 291

is normal;
MD4 board 5V power
automatically;
anomaly
support;
is normal;
MD4 board 3.3V
automatically;
anomaly
support;
Device communication unit
automatically;
207 Parameter 1 error Minor failure
support;
automatically;
Extended information 2. If automatic recovery is not successful, click
208 Minor failure
support;
automatically;
210 Handshake overtime Minor failure
support;
automatically;
211 Heartbeat overtime Minor failure
support;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 292

automatically;
212 Device not connected Minor failure
support;
automatically;
221 M1 disconnected Major failure
support;
automatically;
support;
automatically;
support;
automatically;
support;
automatically;
213 MC disconnected Major failure
support;
automatically;
MC internal software 2. If automatic recovery is not successful, click
218 Major failure
support;
219 MC connected Minor failure
automatically;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 293

support;
1. Check whether the LIS is disconnected or has
abnormal communication;
2. If automatic recovery is not successful, reset the
LIS communication
220 Minor failure device. After reconnecting, click “restore” to restore
parameter error
support;
System unit
automatically;
The module is in fault
301 state and cannot Major failure
execute instructions
support;
automatically;
Instruction not 2. If automatic recovery is not successful, click
302 Major failure
supported “restore” to restore the execution system;
support;
automatically;
303 Instruction interrupted Major failure
support;
automatically;
304 Unit busy Major failure
support;
automatically;
Instruction format 2. If automatic recovery is not successful, click
305 Major failure
support;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 294

automatically;
Unreasonable 2. If automatic recovery is not successful, click
306 Major failure
instruction “restore” to restore the execution system;
support;
automatically;
307 Basic action overtime Major failure
support;
automatically;
2. Verify that the sensor status is normal
308 Sensor status error Major failure 3. If automatic recovery is not successful, click
support;
automatically;
The amount of 2. Verify that the sensor status is normal;
309 inspiration or aspirate Major failure 3. If automatic recovery is not successful, click
is out of range “restore” to restore the execution system;
support;
automatically;
FPGA version
unmatched
support;
automatically;
502 FPGA read/write error Major failure 3. If automatic recovery is not successful, click
support;
automatically;
548 File transfer error Minor failure
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 295

support;
automatically;
549 FPGA burn-in failure Minor failure 3. If automatic recovery is not successful, click
support;
automatically;
File transfer failed on
median device
support;
automatically;
Device door cover is
open
support;
automatically;
Instruction internal 2. If automatic recovery is not successful, click
901 Major failure
data is empty “restore” to restore the execution system;
support;
automatically;
The internal action
902 data of the instruction Major failure
is empty
support;
1. See if the corresponding parameters match the
parameter table
The number of
automatically;
903 running action Major failure
parameter is abnormal
support;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 296

automatically;
904 overcommand Major failure
support;
automatically;
999 Internal software error Major failure
support;
automatically;
Lower device not 2. If automatic recovery is not successful, click
801 Major failure
connected “restore” to restore the execution system;
support;
automatically;
Update file contents 2. If automatic recovery is not successful, click
813 Minor failure
support;
automatically;
Upgrade file does not 2. If automatic recovery is not successful, click
814 Minor failure
exist “restore” to restore the execution system;
support;
automatically;
Update file transfer 2. If automatic recovery is not successful, click
815 Minor failure
overtime “restore” to restore the execution system;
support;
Temperature control unit
1. Verify the status of the corresponding card;
Reagent refrigerant automatically;
701 collection board Minor failure 3. If automatic recovery is not successful, click
communication error “restore” to restore the execution system;
support;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 297
1. Verify the status of the corresponding card;

Temperature
automatically;
collection board of
incubation carousel
error
support;
1. Verify module current status;
Current in the heating
automatically;
channel of the
incubation carousel
error
support;
Heating current of the
automatically;
washing solution on
the interior of
dispenser error
support;
automatically;
Trigger/pre-trigger
heating current error
support;
Current in automatically;
706 refrigerating channel 1 Minor failure 3. If automatic recovery is not successful, click
support;
Current in automatically;
707 refrigerating channel 2 Minor failure 3. If automatic recovery is not successful, click
support;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 298

automatically;
Power supply fan 1 2. If automatic recovery is not successful, click
708 Minor failure
support;
automatically;
Power supply fan 2 2. If automatic recovery is not successful, click
709 Minor failure
support;
1. Verify the corresponding parameters match the
parameter table;
Temperature control
automatically;
710 parameter Minor failure
configuration error
support;
automatically;
Reagent carousel
peltier 1 is overcurrent
support;
automatically;
Reagent carousel
peltier 2 is overcurrent
support;
Reagent carousel automatically;
713 peltier 1 is too low in Minor failure 3. If automatic recovery is not successful, click
current “restore” to restore the execution system;
support;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 299

Reagent carousel automatically;
714 peltier 2 is too low in Minor failure 3. If automatic recovery is not successful, click
current “restore” to restore the execution system;
support;
1. Verify the status of the corresponding sensor;
The temperature of
automatically;
washing solution on
the interior dispenser
exceeds the set range
support;
Abnormal short circuit 2. Verify that the device has been restored
of the washing automatically;
716 solution temperature Minor failure 3. If automatic recovery is not successful, click
sensor on the interior “restore” to restore the execution system;
dispenser 4. If this failure continues, please call technical
support;
Abnormal opening of
automatically;
the washing solution
temperature sensor on
the interior dispenser
support;
The refrigerating
automatically;
temperature of the
reagent carousel is out
of range
support;
Cold temperature
automatically;
sensor 1 of reagent
carousel is abnormal
short circuit
support;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 300

Cold temperature
automatically;
sensor 1 of reagent
open
support;
Cold temperature
automatically;
sensor 2 of reagent
short circuit
support;
Cold temperature
automatically;
sensor 2 of reagent
open
support;
The temperature of
automatically;
the reagent carousel is
above 40 degrees
Celsius
support;
automatically;
Abnormal temperature
of trigger/pre-trigger
support;
Abnormal short circuit automatically;
725 of temperature sensor Minor failure 3. If automatic recovery is not successful, click
of trigger/pre-trigger “restore” to restore the execution system;
support;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 301

Abnormal open of automatically;
726 temperature sensor of Minor failure 3. If automatic recovery is not successful, click
trigger/pre-trigger “restore” to restore the execution system;
support;
Incubation carousel automatically;
727 temperature out of Minor failure 3. If automatic recovery is not successful, click
range “restore” to restore the execution system;
support;
Cold temperature
automatically;
sensor 1 of incubation
short circuit
support;
Cold temperature
automatically;
open
support;
Cold temperature
automatically;
short circuit
support;
Cold temperature
automatically;
open
support;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 302

automatically;
Water-cooling level
error
support;
1. Verify that the cooling fan is working properly
automatically;
733 Refrigeration fan error Minor failure 3. If automatic recovery is not successful, click
support;
1. Verify that the water-cooling pump is working
properly
Water cooling pump automatically;
734 Minor failure
error 3. If automatic recovery is not successful, click
support;
1. Verify module voltage status;
automatically;
5V power supply
voltage anomaly
support;
Cooling 24V power automatically;
736 supply voltage Minor failure 3. If automatic recovery is not successful, click
anomaly “restore” to restore the execution system;
support;
Heating 24V power automatically;
737 supply voltage Minor failure 3. If automatic recovery is not successful, click
anomaly “restore” to restore the execution system;
support;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 303

Abnormal short circuit automatically;
738 of ambient Minor failure 3. If automatic recovery is not successful, click
temperature sensor “restore” to restore the execution system;
support;
Abnormal open of automatically;
739 ambient temperature Minor failure 3. If automatic recovery is not successful, click
sensor “restore” to restore the execution system;
support;
Magnetic separation automatically;
740 temperature is out of Minor failure 3. If automatic recovery is not successful, click
range “restore” to restore the execution system;
support;
741 sensor is abnormally Minor failure 3. If automatic recovery is not successful, click
short circuit “restore” to restore the execution system;
support;
742 sensor is abnormally Minor failure 3. If automatic recovery is not successful, click
open “restore” to restore the execution system;
support;
Liquid road unit
1. Verify the washing solution status;
Washing solution 2. Change washing solution;
370 Minor failure
insufficient 3. If this failure continues, please call technical
support;
Logic error of inlet 2. Verify that the device has been restored
371 Minor failure
and drain sensor automatically;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 304

support;
1. Verify the washing solution status;

Washing solution 2. Change washing solution;
372 Minor failure
empty 3. If this failure continues, please call technical
support;
automatically;
Washing solution 2. If automatic recovery is not successful, click
373 Minor failure
supplement over time “restore” to restore the execution system;
support;
1. Verify liquid waste tank status;
automatically;
547 Liquid waste tank full Minor failure 3. If automatic recovery is not successful, click
support;
RV feeder unit
cuvette capturing
mechanism motor
2. After the device stops, click “restore” to restore
error-no sensor signal
M401-101 Minor failure the execution system
was detected when
moving in the positive
support;
direction
cuvette capturing
mechanism motor
M401-102 Minor failure the execution system;
was detected when
moving in the
support;
negative direction
cuvette capturing 1. After the device stops, click “restore” to restore
mechanism motor the execution system;
M401-103 Minor failure
error-zero error is too 2. If this failure continues, please call technical
large support;
error-clamping 2. If this failure continues, please call technical
stagnation support;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 305

stagnation less than support;
minimum limit
cuvette capturing
mechanism motor
M401-106 error-clamping Minor failure
stagnation larger than
support;
maximum limit
cuvette capturing
M401-107 mechanism motor Minor failure
error-impact
support;
cuvette capturing
mechanism motor
error-vertical sensor is
not blocked
support;
cuvette capturing
mechanism motor
M401-109 error-coordinates not Minor failure
established, cannot
support;
execute action mode 1
cuvette capturing
error-internal error
support;
1. Verify if the corresponding parameter match the
cuvette capturing parameter table;
mechanism motor 2. After the device stops, click “restore” to restore
error-encoder value the execution system;
error 3. If this failure continues, please call technical
support;
cuvette capturing 1. Verify if the corresponding parameter match the
mechanism motor parameter table;
error-the number of 2. After the device stops, click “restore” to restore
theoretical steps does the execution system;
not accord with the 3. If this failure continues, please call technical
number of actual steps support;
error-reset parameter the execution system;
not reasonable 3. If this failure continues, please call technical
support;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 306

error-FPGA not in the 2. If this failure continues, please call technical
set position support;
cuvette capturing 1. Verify that the sensor status is normal;
M401-115 error-the sensor status Minor failure the execution system;
does not match after 3. If this failure continues, please call technical
reset support;
error-mode 1 not the execution system;
finished 3. If this failure continues, please call technical
support;
error-mode 1 does not the execution system;
stop at the set position 3. If this failure continues, please call technical
support;
cuvette capturing
parameter table;
mechanism motor
M401-118 error-the number of Minor failure
steps in mode 3 is not
correct
support;
cuvette capturing
mechanism motor
error-sensor status
monitoring over time
support;
cuvette capturing
mechanism motor
error-this action
cannot be performed
at the current position
support;
of the motor
horizontal cuvette
pushing mechanism
motor error-no sensor
signal was detected
when moving in the
support;
positive direction
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 307
horizontal cuvette
pushing mechanism
signal was detected
when moving in the
support;
negative direction
horizontal cuvette 1. After the device stops, click “restore” to restore
pushing mechanism the execution system;
motor error-zero error 2. If this failure continues, please call technical
is too large support;
motor error-clamping 2. If this failure continues, please call technical
stagnation support;
horizontal cuvette
pushing mechanism
M402-105 motor error-clamping Minor failure
stagnation less than
support;
minimum limit
horizontal cuvette
pushing mechanism
M402-106 motor error-clamping Minor failure
support;
maximum limit
horizontal cuvette
M402-107 pushing mechanism Minor failure
motor error-impact
support;
horizontal cuvette
pushing mechanism
motor error-vertical
sensor is not blocked
support;
horizontal cuvette
pushing mechanism 1. After the device stops, click “restore” to restore
motor error-- the execution system;
coordinates not 2. If this failure continues, please call technical
established, cannot support;
motor error-internal 2. If this failure continues, please call technical
error support;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 308

horizontal cuvette parameter table;
motor error-encoder the execution system;
value error 3. If this failure continues, please call technical
support;
horizontal cuvette
pushing mechanism
parameter table;
motor error-the
M402-112 number of theoretical Minor failure
steps does not accord
with the number of
support;
actual steps
horizontal cuvette
parameter table;
pushing mechanism
M402-113 motor error-reset Minor failure
parameter not
reasonable
support;
motor error-FPGA not 2. If this failure continues, please call technical
in the set position support;
horizontal cuvette 1. Verify that the sensor status is normal;
M402-115 motor error-the sensor Minor failure the execution system;
status does not match 3. If this failure continues, please call technical
after reset support;
horizontal cuvette parameter table;
motor error-mode 1 the execution system;
not finished 3. If this failure continues, please call technical
support;
horizontal cuvette
parameter table;
pushing mechanism
M402-117 motor error-mode 1 Minor failure
does not stop at the set
position
support;
horizontal cuvette 1. Verify if the corresponding parameter match the
pushing mechanism parameter table;
motor error-the 2. After the device stops, click “restore” to restore
number of steps in the execution system;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 309
mode 3 is incorrect 3. If this failure continues, please call technical

support;
horizontal cuvette 1. Verify that the sensor status is normal;

M402-119 motor error-sensor Minor failure the execution system;
status monitoring over 3. If this failure continues, please call technical
time support;
horizontal cuvette
pushing mechanism
motor error-this action
cannot be performed
support;
of the motor
cuvette capturing
mechanism motor
was detected when
support;
direction
cuvette capturing
mechanism motor
was detected when
moving in the
support;
negative direction
large support;
stagnation support;
cuvette capturing
mechanism motor
support;
minimum limit
cuvette capturing
mechanism motor
support;
maximum limit
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 310

cuvette capturing
error-impact
support;
cuvette capturing
mechanism motor
not blocked
support;
cuvette capturing
mechanism motor
established, cannot
support;
cuvette capturing
support;
support;
cuvette capturing 1. Verify if the corresponding parameter match the
support;
cuvette capturing 1. Verify that the sensor status is normal;
error-the sensor status the execution system;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 311
reset support;

support;
support;
cuvette capturing
parameter table;
mechanism motor
steps in mode 3 in
incorrect
support;
cuvette capturing
mechanism motor
error-sensor status
support;
cuvette capturing
mechanism motor
error-this action
cannot be performed
support;
of the motor
RV carousel motor 1. Verify that the sensor status is normal;
error-no sensor signal 2. After the device stops, click “restore” to restore
M404-101 was detected when Minor failure the execution system;
moving in the positive 3. If this failure continues, please call technical
direction support;
error-no sensor signal 2. After the device stops, click “restore” to restore
M404-102 was detected when Minor failure the execution system;
moving in the 3. If this failure continues, please call technical
negative direction support;
RV carousel motor 1. After the device stops, click “restore” to restore
error-zero error is too the execution system;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 312
large 2. If this failure continues, please call technical

support;
RV carousel motor
stagnation
support;
error-clamping the execution system;
stagnation less than 2. If this failure continues, please call technical
minimum limit support;
error-clamping the execution system;
stagnation larger than 2. If this failure continues, please call technical
maximum limit support;
RV carousel motor the execution system;
error-impact 2. If this failure continues, please call technical
support;
M404-108 error-vertical sensor is Minor failure the execution system;
not blocked 3. If this failure continues, please call technical
support;
error-coordinates not the execution system;
established, cannot 2. If this failure continues, please call technical
execute action mode 1 support;
RV carousel motor the execution system;
error-internal error 2. If this failure continues, please call technical
support;
parameter table;
RV carousel motor
M404-111 error-encoder value Minor failure
error
support;
RV carousel motor
parameter table;
error-the number of
M404-112 theoretical steps does Minor failure
not accord with the
number of actual steps
support;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 313

parameter table;
RV carousel motor
M404-113 error-reset parameter Minor failure
not reasonable
support;
RV carousel motor
M404-114 error- FPGA not in the Minor failure
set position
support;
RV carousel motor
error-the sensor status
does not match after
reset
support;
parameter table;
RV carousel motor
M404-116 error-mode 1 not Minor failure
finished
support;
parameter table;
RV carousel motor
M404-117 error-mode 1 does not Minor failure
stop at the set position
support;
RV carousel motor parameter table;
steps in mode 3 in the execution system;
incorrect 3. If this failure continues, please call technical
support;
M404-119 error-sensor status Minor failure the execution system;
monitoring over time 3. If this failure continues, please call technical
support;
error-this action 2. After the device stops, click “restore” to restore
M404-120 cannot be performed Minor failure the execution system;
at the current position 3. If this failure continues, please call technical
of the motor support;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 314
RV selecting
mechanism motor
was detected when
support;
direction
RV selecting
mechanism motor
was detected when
moving in the
support;
negative direction
RV selecting 1. After the device stops, click “restore” to restore
large support;
stagnation support;
RV selecting
mechanism motor
support;
minimum limit
RV selecting
mechanism motor
support;
maximum limit
RV selecting
error-impact
support;
RV selecting
mechanism motor
not blocked
support;
RV selecting
mechanism motor
established, cannot
support;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 315

RV selecting
support;
RV selecting parameter table;
support;
RV selecting 1. Verify if the corresponding parameter match the
support;
RV selecting 1. Verify that the sensor status is normal;
M405-115 error-the sensor status Minor failure the execution system;
reset support;
support;
support;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 316

RV selecting
parameter table;
mechanism motor
steps in mode 3 in
incorrect
support;
RV selecting
mechanism motor
error-sensor status
support;
RV selecting
mechanism motor
error-this action
cannot be performed
support;
of the motor
1. Verify whether there are cuvettes in the RV bin
RV chute has been
automatically;
326 undetected for 100 Minor failure
consecutive times
support;
automatically;
327 RV carousel underfill Minor failure
support;
automatically;
328 RV carousel underfill Minor failure
support;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 317

RV bin cuvettes automatically;
507 Minor failure
insufficient 4. If automatic recovery is not successful, click
support;
Magnetic Separation unit
1. Verify whether the 2 aspirate probe are installed
correctly;
aspirate/dispense 2. Verify whether the 2 aspirate probe are
probe vertical motor interspersed with cuvettes
error-no sensor signal 3. Verify that the sensor status is normal;
M301-101 Major failure
was detected when 4. On the promise of removing the influence of
moving in the positive foreign matter, click "restore" to restore the
direction execution system
support;
correctly;
moving in the foreign matter, click "restore" to restore the
negative direction execution system
support;
correctly;
2. Verify whether the 2 aspirate probe are
aspirate/dispense
interspersed with cuvettes
probe vertical motor
M301-103 Major failure 3. On the promise of removing the influence of
error-zero error is too
foreign matter, click "restore" to restore the
large
execution system
support;
aspirate/dispense correctly;
probe vertical motor 2. Verify whether the 2 aspirate probe are
error-clamping interspersed with cuvettes
stagnation 3. On the promise of removing the influence of
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 318
execution system
support;

correctly;
M301-105 error-clamping Major failure 3. On the promise of removing the influence of
stagnation less than foreign matter, click "restore" to restore the
minimum limit execution system
support;
correctly;
stagnation larger than foreign matter, click "restore" to restore the
maximum limit execution system
support;
correctly;
aspirate/dispense interspersed with cuvettes
M301-107 probe vertical motor Major failure 3. On the promise of removing the influence of
error-impact foreign matter, click "restore" to restore the
execution system
support;
correctly;
probe vertical motor 3. Verify that the sensor status is normal;
error-vertical sensor is 4. On the promise of removing the influence of
not blocked foreign matter, click "restore" to restore the
execution system
support;
aspirate/dispense 1. Verify whether the 2 aspirate probe are installed
probe vertical motor correctly;
error-coordinates not 2. Verify whether the 2 aspirate probe are
established, cannot interspersed with cuvettes
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 319
execute action mode 1 3. On the promise of removing the influence of

execution system
support;
correctly;
M301-110 probe vertical motor Major failure 3. On the promise of removing the influence of
error-internal error foreign matter, click "restore" to restore the
execution system
support;
correctly;
aspirate/dispense
M301-111 Major failure parameter table;
error-encoder value
4. On the promise of removing the influence of
error
execution system
support;
correctly;
aspirate/dispense
error-the number of
theoretical steps does
not accord with the
execution system
support;
correctly;
error-reset parameter 3. Verify if the corresponding parameter match the
not reasonable parameter table;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 320
execution system
support;

correctly;
aspirate/dispense
error-FPGA not in the
set position
execution system
support;
correctly;
aspirate/dispense
M301-115 error-the sensor status Major failure
reset
execution system
support;
correctly;
aspirate/dispense
error-mode 1 not
finished
execution system
support;
correctly;
probe vertical motor 3. Verify if the corresponding parameter match the
error-mode 1 does not parameter table;
stop at the set position 4. On the promise of removing the influence of
execution system
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 321
support;

correctly;
probe vertical motor 3. Verify if the corresponding parameter match the
M301-118 error-the number of Major failure parameter table;
steps in mode 3 in 4. On the promise of removing the influence of
incorrect foreign matter, click "restore" to restore the
execution system
support;
correctly;
probe vertical motor 3. Verify that the sensor status is normal;
error-sensor status 4.On the promise of removing the influence of
monitoring over time foreign matter, click "restore" to restore the
execution system
support;
correctly;
error-this action 3. Verify that the sensor status is normal;
cannot be performed 4. On the promise of removing the influence of
at the current position foreign matter, click "restore" to restore the
of the motor execution system
support;
washing injection
automatically;
pump motor error-no
3. If automatic recovery is not successful, on the
sensor signal was
M302-101 Major failure promise of removing the influence of foreign
detected when moving
matter, click "restore" to restore the execution
in the positive
system
direction
support;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 322

washing injection
automatically;
pump motor error-no
sensor signal was
in the negative
system
direction
support;
automatically;
washing injection
promise of removing the influence of foreign
M302-103 pump motor error- Major failure
zero error is too large
system;
support;
automatically;
washing injection
clamping stagnation
system
support;
automatically;
washing injection
pump motor error-
M302-105 clamping stagnation Major failure
less than minimum
system
limit
support;
automatically;
washing injection
pump motor error-
larger than maximum
system;
limit
support;
washing injection 1. Verify that the device has been restored
M302-107 pump motor error- Major failure automatically;
impact 2. If automatic recovery is not successful, on the
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 323

system
support;
automatically;
washing injection
pump motor error-
vertical sensor is not
blocked
system
support;
automatically;
washing injection
pump motor error-
M302-109 coordinates not Major failure
established, cannot
system
support;
automatically;
washing injection
internal error
system
support;
parameter table;
automatically;
washing injection
encoder value error
system
support;
washing injection 1. Verify if the corresponding parameter match the
pump motor error-the parameter table;
number of theoretical 2. Verify that the device has been restored
steps does not accord automatically;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 324
with the number of 3. If automatic recovery is not successful, on the

actual steps promise of removing the influence of foreign
system
support;
parameter table;
washing injection automatically;
pump motor error- 3. If automatic recovery is not successful, on the
reset parameter not promise of removing the influence of foreign
reasonable matter, click "restore" to restore the execution
system
support;
automatically;
washing injection 2. If automatic recovery is not successful, on the
pump motor error- promise of removing the influence of foreign
FPGA not in the set matter, click "restore" to restore the execution
position system
support;
automatically;
washing injection
pump motor error-the
sensor status does not
match after reset
system
support;
parameter table;
automatically;
washing injection
mode 1 not finished
system
support;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 325

parameter table;
pump motor error- 3. If automatic recovery is not successful, on the
mode 1 does not stop promise of removing the influence of foreign
at the set position matter, click "restore" to restore the execution
system
support;
parameter table;
pump motor error-the 3. If automatic recovery is not successful, on the
number of steps in promise of removing the influence of foreign
mode 3 in incorrect matter, click "restore" to restore the execution
system
support;
automatically;
washing injection
pump motor error-
sensor status
system
support;
washing injection
automatically;
pump motor error-this
action cannot be
performed at the
current position of the
system
motor
support;
Magnetic Separation 1. Verify that the sensor status is normal;
Peristaltic Pump 2. Verify that the device has been restored
motor error-no sensor automatically;
signal was detected 3. If automatic recovery is not successful, on the
when moving in the promise of removing the influence of foreign
positive direction matter, click "restore" to restore the execution
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 326
system
support;

Magnetic Separation
automatically;
Peristaltic Pump
signal was detected
when moving in the
system
negative direction
support;
automatically;
Magnetic Separation 2. If automatic recovery is not successful, on the
Peristaltic Pump promise of removing the influence of foreign
motor error-zero error matter, click "restore" to restore the execution
is too large system
support;
automatically;
motor error-clamping matter, click "restore" to restore the execution
stagnation system
support;
automatically;
Magnetic Separation
Peristaltic Pump
M303-105 motor error-clamping Major failure
system
minimum limit
support;
Magnetic Separation automatically;
Peristaltic Pump 2. If automatic recovery is not successful, on the
M303-106 motor error-clamping Major failure promise of removing the influence of foreign
stagnation larger than matter, click "restore" to restore the execution
maximum limit system
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 327
support;

automatically;
Magnetic Separation
M303-107 Peristaltic Pump Major failure
motor error-impact
system
support;
automatically;
Magnetic Separation
Peristaltic Pump
motor error-vertical
system
support;
motor error- promise of removing the influence of foreign
coordinates not matter, click "restore" to restore the execution
established, cannot system
execute action mode 1 3. If this failure continues, please call technical
support;
automatically;
motor error-internal matter, click "restore" to restore the execution
error system
support;
parameter table;
Magnetic Separation 2. Verify that the device has been restored
Peristaltic Pump automatically;
motor error-encoder 3. If automatic recovery is not successful, on the
value error promise of removing the influence of foreign
system
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 328

support;

parameter table;
Magnetic Separation
Peristaltic Pump
automatically;
motor error-the
M303-112 number of theoretical Major failure
with the number of
system
actual steps
support;
parameter table;
Magnetic Separation
automatically;
Peristaltic Pump
M303-113 motor error-reset Major failure
parameter not
reasonable
system
support;
automatically;
motor error-FPGA not matter, click "restore" to restore the execution
in the set position system
support;
M303-115 motor error-the sensor Major failure promise of removing the influence of foreign
status does not match matter, click "restore" to restore the execution
after reset system
support;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 329

parameter table;
motor error-mode 1 promise of removing the influence of foreign
not finished matter, click "restore" to restore the execution
system
support;
parameter table;
Magnetic Separation
automatically;
Peristaltic Pump
M303-117 motor error-mode 1 Major failure
position
system
support;
parameter table;
Magnetic Separation
automatically;
Peristaltic Pump
M303-118 motor error-the Major failure
number of steps in
mode 3 in incorrect
system
support;
M303-119 motor error-sensor Major failure promise of removing the influence of foreign
status monitoring over matter, click "restore" to restore the execution
time system
support;
Magnetic Separation 1. Verify that the sensor status is normal;
Peristaltic Pump 2. Verify that the device has been restored
M303-120 motor error-this action Major failure automatically;
cannot be performed 3. If automatic recovery is not successful, on the
at the current position promise of removing the influence of foreign
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 330
of the motor matter, click "restore" to restore the execution

system
support;

Pre-trigger solution
automatically;
plunger pump motor
was detected when
system
direction
support;
automatically;
plunger pump motor
was detected when
moving in the
system
negative direction
support;
automatically;
Pre-trigger solution 2. If automatic recovery is not successful, on the
plunger pump motor promise of removing the influence of foreign
error-zero error is too matter, click "restore" to restore the execution
large system
support;
automatically;
error-clamping matter, click "restore" to restore the execution
stagnation system
support;
automatically;
plunger pump motor
M304-105 error-clamping Major failure
minimum limit
system
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 331

support;

automatically;
plunger pump motor
system
maximum limit
support;
automatically;
M304-107 plunger pump motor Major failure
error-impact
system
support;
automatically;
plunger pump motor
not blocked
system
support;
automatically;
plunger pump motor
M304-109 error-coordinates not Major failure
established, cannot
system
support;
automatically;
system
support;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 332

parameter table;
Pre-trigger solution automatically;
plunger pump motor 3. If automatic recovery is not successful, on the
error-encoder value promise of removing the influence of foreign
error matter, click "restore" to restore the execution
system
support;
parameter table;
Pre-trigger solution 2. Verify that the device has been restored
plunger pump motor automatically;
error-the number of 3. If automatic recovery is not successful, on the
theoretical steps does promise of removing the influence of foreign
not accord with the matter, click "restore" to restore the execution
number of actual steps system
support;
parameter table;
error-reset parameter promise of removing the influence of foreign
not reasonable matter, click "restore" to restore the execution
system
support;
automatically;
error-FPGA not in the matter, click "restore" to restore the execution
set position system
support;
plunger pump motor
automatically;
reset
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 333
system
support;

parameter table;
error-mode 1 not promise of removing the influence of foreign
finished matter, click "restore" to restore the execution
system
support;
parameter table;
error-mode 1 does not promise of removing the influence of foreign
stop at the set position matter, click "restore" to restore the execution
system
support;
parameter table;
automatically;
plunger pump motor
M304-118 error-the number of Major failure
steps in mode 3 in
incorrect
system
support;
automatically;
plunger pump motor
error-sensor status
system
support;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 334

automatically;
plunger pump motor
error-this action
cannot be performed
system
of the motor
support;
1. confirm the pre-trigger status;
automatically;
382 Minor failure
surplus not enough promise of removing the influence of foreign
system
support;
1. Verify the status of the corresponding board;
Magnetic separation
automatically;
pressure detection
600 Major failure 3. If automatic recovery is not successful, click
board communication
over time
support;
Magnetic separation
automatically;
pressure detection
board P0 collection
error
support;
602 aspiration probe Major failure 3. If automatic recovery is not successful, click
plugged “restore” to restore the execution system;
support;
Mixer Unit
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 335

mixing motor error-no automatically;
sensor signal was 3. If automatic recovery is not successful, on the
M105-101 detected when moving Major failure promise of removing the influence of foreign
in the positive matter, click "restore" to restore the execution
direction system
support;
mixing motor error-no automatically;
sensor signal was 3. If automatic recovery is not successful, on the
M105-102 detected when moving Major failure promise of removing the influence of foreign
in the negative matter, click "restore" to restore the execution
direction system
support;
automatically;
mixing motor error- promise of removing the influence of foreign
zero error is too large matter, click "restore" to restore the execution
system
support;
automatically;
clamping stagnation matter, click "restore" to restore the execution
system
support;
automatically;
mixing motor error- 2. If automatic recovery is not successful, on the
clamping stagnation promise of removing the influence of foreign
less than minimum matter, click "restore" to restore the execution
limit system
support;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 336

automatically;
larger than maximum matter, click "restore" to restore the execution
limit system
support;
automatically;
impact matter, click "restore" to restore the execution
system
support;
automatically;
M105-108 vertical sensor is not Major failure promise of removing the influence of foreign
blocked matter, click "restore" to restore the execution
system
support;
automatically;
coordinates not promise of removing the influence of foreign
established, cannot matter, click "restore" to restore the execution
execute action mode 1 system
support;
automatically;
internal error matter, click "restore" to restore the execution
system
support;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 337

parameter table;
automatically;
encoder value error promise of removing the influence of foreign
system
support;
parameter table;
mixing motor error-
automatically;
the number of
M105-112 theoretical steps does Major failure
not accord with the
system
support;
parameter table;
automatically;
mixing motor error-
M105-113 reset parameter not Major failure
reasonable
system
support;
automatically;
mixing motor error-
M105-114 FPGA not in the set Major failure
position
system
support;
mixing motor error-
automatically;
M105-115 the sensor status does Major failure
not match after reset
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 338
system
support;

parameter table;
automatically;
mode 1 not finished promise of removing the influence of foreign
system
support;
parameter table;
automatically;
mixing motor error-
M105-117 mode 1 does not stop Major failure
at the set position
system
support;
parameter table;
automatically;
mixing motor error-
M105-118 the number of steps in Major failure
mode 3 in incorrect
system
support;
automatically;
M105-119 sensor status Major failure promise of removing the influence of foreign
monitoring over time matter, click "restore" to restore the execution
system
support;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 339

mixing motor error- automatically;
this action cannot be 3. If automatic recovery is not successful, on the
M105-120 performed at the Major failure promise of removing the influence of foreign
current position of the matter, click "restore" to restore the execution
motor system
support;
automatically;
Abnormal speed of
330 Major failure promise of removing the influence of foreign
mixing mechanism
system
support;
Gripper unit
1. Verify whether there are obstacles on the
movement track of gripper
Gripper vertical motor 3. Verify that the device has been restored
error-no sensor signal automatically;
M201-101 was detected when Major failure 4. If automatic recovery is not successful, on the
moving in the positive promise of removing the influence of foreign
direction matter, click "restore" to restore the execution
system
support;
error-no sensor signal automatically;
M201-102 was detected when Major failure 4. If automatic recovery is not successful, on the
moving in the promise of removing the influence of foreign
negative direction matter, click "restore" to restore the execution
system
support;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 340

automatically;
M201-103 error-zero error is too Major failure
large
system
support;
automatically;
stagnation
system
support;
Gripper vertical motor automatically;
error-clamping 3. If automatic recovery is not successful, on the
stagnation less than promise of removing the influence of foreign
minimum limit matter, click "restore" to restore the execution
system
support;
stagnation larger than promise of removing the influence of foreign
maximum limit matter, click "restore" to restore the execution
system
support;
Gripper vertical motor movement track of gripper
error-impact 2. Verify that the device has been restored
automatically;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 341

system
support;
M201-108 error-vertical sensor is Major failure 4. If automatic recovery is not successful, on the
not blocked promise of removing the influence of foreign
system
support;
error-coordinates not 3. If automatic recovery is not successful, on the
established, cannot promise of removing the influence of foreign
execute action mode 1 matter, click "restore" to restore the execution
system
support;
automatically;
Gripper vertical motor 3. If automatic recovery is not successful, on the
error-internal error promise of removing the influence of foreign
system
support;
Gripper vertical motor 2. Verify if the corresponding parameter match the
M201-111 error-encoder value Major failure parameter table;
error 3. Verify that the device has been restored
automatically;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 342

system
support;
parameter table;
error-the number of
automatically;
M201-112 theoretical steps does Major failure
not accord with the
system
support;
parameter table;
automatically;
M201-113 error-reset parameter Major failure
not reasonable
system
support;
automatically;
M201-114 error-FPGA not in the Major failure
set position
system
support;
error-the sensor status
M201-115 Major failure 2. Verify that the sensor status is normal;
reset
automatically;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 343

system
support;
parameter table;
automatically;
M201-116 error-mode 1 not Major failure
finished
system
support;
parameter table;
automatically;
M201-117 error-mode 1 does not Major failure
system
support;
parameter table;
error-the number of automatically;
steps in mode 3 in 4. If automatic recovery is not successful, on the
incorrect promise of removing the influence of foreign
system
support;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 344

M201-119 error-sensor status Major failure 4. If automatic recovery is not successful, on the
monitoring over time promise of removing the influence of foreign
system
support;
error-this action automatically;
M201-120 cannot be performed Major failure 4. If automatic recovery is not successful, on the
at the current position promise of removing the influence of foreign
of the motor matter, click "restore" to restore the execution
system
support;
gripper horizontal
rotation motor error-
automatically;
no sensor signal was
M202-101 Major failure 4. If automatic recovery is not successful, on the
in the positive
direction
system
support;
gripper horizontal
automatically;
no sensor signal was
in the negative
direction
system
support;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 345

automatically;
gripper horizontal
M202-103 rotation motor error- Major failure
zero error is too large
system
support;
automatically;
gripper horizontal
clamping stagnation
system
support;
gripper horizontal
automatically;
less than minimum
limit
system
support;
gripper horizontal
automatically;
larger than maximum
limit
system
support;
gripper horizontal
impact
automatically;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 346

system
support;
gripper horizontal
automatically;
vertical sensor is not
blocked
system
support;
gripper horizontal
automatically;
established, cannot
system
support;
automatically;
gripper horizontal
internal error
system
support;
gripper horizontal 2. Verify if the corresponding parameter match the
M202-111 rotation motor error- Major failure parameter table;
encoder value error 3. Verify that the device has been restored
automatically;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 347

system
support;
gripper horizontal parameter table;
rotation motor error- 3. Verify that the device has been restored
the number of automatically;
theoretical steps does 4. If automatic recovery is not successful, on the
not accord with the promise of removing the influence of foreign
number of actual steps matter, click "restore" to restore the execution
system
support;
parameter table;
gripper horizontal 3. Verify that the device has been restored
rotation motor error- automatically;
reset parameter not 4. If automatic recovery is not successful, on the
reasonable promise of removing the influence of foreign
system
support;
gripper horizontal automatically;
rotation motor error- 3. If automatic recovery is not successful, on the
FPGA not in the set promise of removing the influence of foreign
position matter, click "restore" to restore the execution
system
support;
gripper horizontal
M202-115 Major failure 2. Verify that the sensor status is normal;
the sensor status does
not match after reset
automatically;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 348

system
support;
parameter table;
gripper horizontal
automatically;
mode 1 not finished
system
support;
parameter table;
mode 1 does not stop 4. If automatic recovery is not successful, on the
at the set position promise of removing the influence of foreign
system
support;
parameter table;
the number of steps in 4. If automatic recovery is not successful, on the
mode 3 in incorrect promise of removing the influence of foreign
system
support;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 349

gripper horizontal
automatically;
sensor status
system
support;
gripper horizontal
automatically;
this action cannot be
performed at the
current position of the
motor
system
support;
gripper gripping automatically;
motor error-no sensor 3. If automatic recovery is not successful, on the
M203-101 signal was detected Major failure promise of removing the influence of foreign
when moving in the matter, click "restore" to restore the execution
positive direction system
support;
motor error-no sensor 3. If automatic recovery is not successful, on the
M203-102 signal was detected Major failure promise of removing the influence of foreign
when moving in the matter, click "restore" to restore the execution
negative direction system
support;
gripper gripping
automatically;
M203-103 motor error-zero error Major failure
is too large
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 350

system
support;
automatically;
gripper gripping
M203-104 motor error-clamping Major failure
stagnation
system
support;
automatically;
gripper gripping 2. If automatic recovery is not successful, on the
motor error-clamping promise of removing the influence of foreign
stagnation less than matter, click "restore" to restore the execution
minimum limit system
support;
automatically;
gripper gripping 2. If automatic recovery is not successful, on the
motor error-clamping promise of removing the influence of foreign
stagnation larger than matter, click "restore" to restore the execution
maximum limit system
support;
automatically;
gripper gripping promise of removing the influence of foreign
motor error-impact matter, click "restore" to restore the execution
system
support;
automatically;
gripper gripping
M203-108 motor error-vertical Major failure
system
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 351
support;

automatically;
gripper gripping
motor error-
established, cannot
system
support;
automatically;
gripper gripping
M203-110 motor error-internal Major failure
error
system
support;
parameter table;
automatically;
gripper gripping
M203-111 motor error-encoder Major failure
value error
system
support;
parameter table;
gripper gripping 2. Verify that the device has been restored
motor error-the automatically;
number of theoretical 3. If automatic recovery is not successful, on the
steps does not accord promise of removing the influence of foreign
with the number of matter, click "restore" to restore the execution
actual steps system
support;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 352

parameter table;
motor error-reset 3. If automatic recovery is not successful, on the
parameter not promise of removing the influence of foreign
reasonable matter, click "restore" to restore the execution
system
support;
automatically;
gripper gripping
M203-114 motor error-FPGA not Major failure
in the set position
system
support;
automatically;
gripper gripping
motor error-the sensor
status does not match
after reset
system
support;
parameter table;
automatically;
gripper gripping
M203-116 motor error-mode 1 Major failure
not finished
system
support;
parameter table;
gripper gripping
motor error-mode 1
M203-117 Major failure automatically;
position
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 353
system
support;

parameter table;
motor error-the 3. If automatic recovery is not successful, on the
number of steps in promise of removing the influence of foreign
mode 3 in incorrect matter, click "restore" to restore the execution
system
support;
automatically;
gripper gripping
motor error-sensor
status monitoring over
time
system
support;
motor error-this action 3. If automatic recovery is not successful, on the
M203-120 cannot be performed Major failure promise of removing the influence of foreign
at the current position matter, click "restore" to restore the execution
of the motor system
support;
automatically;
321 cuvette capturing fail Major failure promise of removing the influence of foreign
system
support;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 354

automatically;
322 Cuvette put fail Major failure promise of removing the influence of foreign
system
support;
automatically;
323 Cuvette drop fail Major failure promise of removing the influence of foreign
system
support;
automatically;
Gripper capturing
324 Major failure promise of removing the influence of foreign
status unnormal
system
support;
1. Clean the solid waste;
automatically;
Solid waste drums are
546 Minor failure promise of removing the influence of foreign
full
system
support;
automatically;
No placed the solid 3. If automatic recovery is not successful, on the
551 Minor failure
waste tank promise of removing the influence of foreign
system
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 355
support;
incubation carousel unit

incubation carousel
automatically;
rotation motor move
was detected when
system
direction
support;
incubation carousel
automatically;
rotation motor move
was detected when
moving in the
system
negative direction
support;
automatically;
incubation carousel 2. If automatic recovery is not successful, on the
rotation motor move promise of removing the influence of foreign
error-zero error is too matter, click "restore" to restore the execution
large system
support;
automatically;
stagnation system
support;
incubation carousel 1. Verify that the device has been restored
rotation motor move automatically;
M305-105 error-clamping Major failure 2. If automatic recovery is not successful, on the
stagnation less than promise of removing the influence of foreign
minimum limit matter, click "restore" to restore the execution
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 356
system
support;

automatically;
incubation carousel
rotation motor move
system
maximum limit
support;
automatically;
incubation carousel
M305-107 rotation motor move Major failure
error-impact
system
support;
automatically;
incubation carousel
rotation motor move
not blocked
system
support;
automatically;
incubation carousel
rotation motor move
established, cannot
system
support;
automatically;
incubation carousel
M305-110 rotation motor move Major failure
system
support;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 357

parameter table;
incubation carousel automatically;
rotation motor move 3. If automatic recovery is not successful, on the
system
support;
parameter table;
incubation carousel 2. Verify that the device has been restored
rotation motor move automatically;
support;
parameter table;
system
support;
automatically;
set position system
support;
incubation carousel
rotation motor move
automatically;
reset
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 358
system
support;

parameter table;
system
support;
parameter table;
error-mode 1 does not promise of removing the influence of foreign
stop at the set position matter, click "restore" to restore the execution
system
support;
parameter table;
incubation carousel
automatically;
rotation motor move
steps in mode 3 in
incorrect
system
support;
automatically;
incubation carousel
rotation motor move
error-sensor status
system
support;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 359

incubation carousel
automatically;
rotation motor move
error-this action
cannot be performed
system
of the motor
support;
Dispenser unit
1. Confirm whether there are obstacles on the
motion track of the sample probe;
2. Confirm whether the sample was placed well and
the sample is enough;
Dispenser probe
vertical motor move
was detected when
direction
system
support;
Dispenser probe
vertical motor move
was detected when
moving in the
negative direction
system
support;
Dispenser probe 2. Confirm whether the sample was placed well and
vertical motor move the sample is enough;
error-zero error is too 3. Verify that the device has been restored
large automatically;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 360

system
support;

Dispenser probe 3. Verify that the device has been restored
vertical motor move automatically;
stagnation promise of removing the influence of foreign
system
support;
Dispenser probe
vertical motor move
automatically;
minimum limit
system
support;
Dispenser probe
vertical motor move
automatically;
maximum limit
system
support;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 361

Dispenser probe
automatically;
M101-107 vertical motor move Major failure
error-impact
system
support;
3. Confirm the sensor signal whether it is normal;
Dispenser probe
vertical motor move
not blocked
system
support;
Dispenser probe
vertical motor move
automatically;
established, cannot
system
support;
Dispenser probe 2. Confirm whether the sample was placed well and
M101-110 vertical motor move Major failure the sample is enough;
error-internal error 3. Verify that the device has been restored
automatically;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 362

system
support;

Dispenser probe parameter table;
vertical motor move 4. Verify that the device has been restored
error-encoder value automatically;
error 5. If automatic recovery is not successful, on the
system
support;
Dispenser probe 3. Verify if the corresponding parameter match the
vertical motor move parameter table;
error-the number of 4. Verify that the device has been restored
theoretical steps does automatically;
not accord with the 5. If automatic recovery is not successful, on the
number of actual steps promise of removing the influence of foreign
system
support;
Dispenser probe the sample is enough;
vertical motor move 3. Verify if the corresponding parameter match the
error-reset parameter parameter table;
not reasonable 4. Verify that the device has been restored
automatically;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 363

system
support;

Dispenser probe 3. Verify that the device has been restored
vertical motor move automatically;
error-FPGA not in the 4. If automatic recovery is not successful, on the
set position promise of removing the influence of foreign
system
support;
Dispenser probe 3. Verify that the sensor status is normal;
M101-115 error-the sensor status Major failure automatically;
does not match after 5. If automatic recovery is not successful, on the
reset promise of removing the influence of foreign
system
support;
Dispenser probe 3. Verify if the corresponding parameter match the
vertical motor move parameter table;
error-mode 1 not 4. Verify that the device has been restored
finished automatically;
system
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 364

support;

Dispenser probe parameter table;
error-mode 1 does not automatically;
stop at the set position 5. If automatic recovery is not successful, on the
system
support;
Dispenser probe
parameter table;
vertical motor move
automatically;
steps in mode 3 in
incorrect
system
support;
Dispenser probe
vertical motor move
M101-119 Major failure 3. Confirm the sensor signal whether it is normal;
error-sensor status
automatically;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 365

system
support;

Dispenser probe
vertical motor move
error-this action
cannot be performed
of the motor
system
support;
dispenser probe 2. Verify that the sensor status is normal;
horizontal rotation 3. Verify that the device has been restored
motor move error-no automatically;
M102-101 sensor signal was Major failure 4. If automatic recovery is not successful, on the
detected when moving promise of removing the influence of foreign
direction system
support;
direction system
support;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 366

dispenser probe automatically;
horizontal rotation 3. If automatic recovery is not successful, on the
motor move error-zero promise of removing the influence of foreign
error is too large matter, click "restore" to restore the execution
system
support;
motor move error- promise of removing the influence of foreign
system
support;
dispenser probe 2. Verify that the device has been restored
horizontal rotation automatically;
motor move error- 3. If automatic recovery is not successful, on the
limit system
support;
limit system
support;
dispenser probe 1. Confirm whether there are obstacles on the
horizontal rotation motion track of the sample probe;
motor move error- 2. Verify that the device has been restored
impact automatically;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 367

system
support;
M102-108 motor move error- Major failure 4. If automatic recovery is not successful, on the
vertical sensor is not promise of removing the influence of foreign
system
support;
support;
system
support;
dispenser probe
horizontal rotation
motor move error-
encoder value error
automatically;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 368

system
support;
dispenser probe
parameter table;
horizontal rotation
motor move error-the
automatically;
with the number of
actual steps
system
support;
parameter table;
dispenser probe
horizontal rotation
automatically;
M102-113 motor move error- Major failure
reset parameter not
reasonable
system
support;
dispenser probe
automatically;
horizontal rotation
FPGA not in the set
position
system
support;
dispenser probe 1. Confirm whether there are obstacles on the
horizontal rotation motion track of the sample probe;
M102-115 motor move error-the Major failure 2. Verify that the sensor status is normal;
sensor status does not 3. Verify that the device has been restored
match after reset automatically;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 369

system
support;
parameter table;
system
support;
parameter table;
dispenser probe
horizontal rotation
automatically;
mode 1 does not stop
at the set position
system
support;
parameter table;
dispenser probe
horizontal rotation
automatically;
M102-118 motor move error-the Major failure
number of steps in
mode 3 in incorrect
system
support;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 370

sensor status promise of removing the influence of foreign
system
support;
motor move error-this automatically;
M102-120 action cannot be Major failure 4. If automatic recovery is not successful, on the
performed at the promise of removing the influence of foreign
motor system
support;
plunger pump of
automatically;
dispenser movement
was detected when
system
direction
support;
plunger pump of
automatically;
dispenser movement
was detected when
moving in the
system
negative direction
support;
plunger pump of 1. Verify that the device has been restored
dispenser movement automatically;
error-zero error is too 2. If automatic recovery is not successful, on the
large promise of removing the influence of foreign
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 371

system
support;
automatically;
plunger pump of 2. If automatic recovery is not successful, on the
dispenser movement promise of removing the influence of foreign
stagnation system
support;
automatically;
plunger pump of
dispenser movement
system
minimum limit
support;
automatically;
plunger pump of
dispenser movement
system
maximum limit
support;
automatically;
plunger pump of
M103-107 dispenser movement Major failure
error-impact
system
support;
plunger pump of automatically;
dispenser movement 3. If automatic recovery is not successful, on the
error-vertical sensor is promise of removing the influence of foreign
not blocked matter, click "restore" to restore the execution
system
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 372
support;

automatically;
plunger pump of
dispenser movement
established, cannot
system
support;
automatically;
plunger pump of
M103-110 dispenser movement Major failure
system
support;
parameter table;
system
support;
parameter table;
plunger pump of 2. Verify that the device has been restored
dispenser movement automatically;
support;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 373

parameter table;
system
support;
automatically;
plunger pump of 2. If automatic recovery is not successful, on the
dispenser movement promise of removing the influence of foreign
set position system
support;
M103-115 error-the sensor status Major failure promise of removing the influence of foreign
does not match after matter, click "restore" to restore the execution
reset system
support;
parameter table;
system
support;
parameter table;
plunger pump of
dispenser movement
error-mode 1 does not
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 374
system
support;

parameter table;
plunger pump of
automatically;
dispenser movement
steps in mode 3 in
incorrect
system
support;
automatically;
plunger pump of
dispenser movement
error-sensor status
system
support;
plunger pump of
automatically;
dispenser movement
error-this action
cannot be performed
system
of the motor
support;
dispenser probe
automatically;
pressure detection
board communication
timeout
support;
dispenser probe level
detection board
351 Major failure automatically;
communication
timeout
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 375

support;

dispenser probe level automatically;
352 detection board Major failure 3. If automatic recovery is not successful, click
version not match “restore” to restore the execution system;
support;
dispenser probe level
automatically;
detection board
Automatic calibration
failed
support;
Abnormal collection
automatically;
of P0 of dispenser
pressure detection
board
support;
1. Check t whether there is something in the inner
dispenser probe
2. Check the position from the dispenser probe to
High pressure in the
washing station whether it was placed well
355 process of dispenser Major failure
3. Verify that the instrument has been restored
probe cleaning
automatically;
support;
1. Confirm the sample whether it was placed well
and is enough;
automatically;
356 Aspiration timeout Major failure 4. If automatic recovery is not successful, on the
system
support;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 376

and is enough;
automatically;
Aspiration blocking
360 Minor failure 5. If automatic recovery is not successful, on the
the probe
system
support;
and is enough;
automatically;
361 Aspiration empty Minor failure 5. If automatic recovery is not successful, on the
system
support;
Level Undetected by automatically;
364 dispenser probe Minor failure 3. If automatic recovery is not successful, click
（reagent） “restore” to restore the execution system;
support;
（sample） “restore” to restore the execution system;
support;
（cleaning） “restore” to restore the execution system;
support;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 377
1. Confirm the carriage placed well and whether it is

enough;
automatically;
Aspiration reagent
367 Minor failure 5. If automatic recovery is not successful, on the
empty
system
support;
Reagent carousel unit]
1. When the device stops run, open the upper cover
of reagent carousel and check whether there is
Reagent carousel something in side;
rotation motor move 2. Confirm the reagent place well;
moving in the positive foreign matter, click "restore" to restore the
direction execution system
support;
moving in the foreign matter, click "restore" to restore the
negative direction execution system
support;
something in side;
Reagent carousel
2. Confirm the reagent place well;
rotation motor move
error-zero error is too
large
execution system
support;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 378
1. When the device stop run, open the upper cover

something in side;
Reagent carousel
rotation motor move
error-clamping
stagnation
execution system
support;
stagnation less than foreign matter, click "restore" to restore the
minimum limit execution system
support;
stagnation larger than foreign matter, click "restore" to restore the
maximum limit execution system
support;
something in side;
Reagent carousel 2. Confirm the reagent place well;
M104-107 rotation motor move Major failure 3. On the promise of removing the influence of
error-impact foreign matter, click "restore" to restore the
execution system
support;
error-vertical sensor is 3. Verify that the sensor status is normal;
not blocked 4. On the promise of removing the influence of
execution system
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 379

support;

M104-109 error-coordinates not Major failure 3. On the promise of removing the influence of
established, cannot foreign matter, click "restore" to restore the
execute action mode 1 execution system
support;
something in side;
M104-110 rotation motor move Major failure 3. On the promise of removing the influence of
error-internal error foreign matter, click "restore" to restore the
execution system
support;
something in side;
Reagent carousel
rotation motor move
error-encoder value
error
execution system
support;
error-the number of 3. Verify if the corresponding parameter match the
theoretical steps does parameter table;
not accord with the 4. On the promise of removing the influence of
number of actual steps foreign matter, click "restore" to restore the
execution system
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 380
support;

something in side;
Reagent carousel
rotation motor move
error-reset parameter
not reasonable
execution system
support;
something in side;
Reagent carousel
rotation motor move
error-FPGA not in the
set position
execution system
support;
something in side;
Reagent carousel
rotation motor move
reset
execution system
support;
something in side;
Reagent carousel
rotation motor move
M104-116 Major failure 3. Verify if the corresponding parameter match the
error-mode 1 not
parameter table;
finished
execution system
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 381

support;

something in side;
Reagent carousel
rotation motor move
error-mode 1 does not
execution system
support;
something in side;
rotation motor move 3. Verify if the corresponding parameter match the
M104-118 error-the number of Major failure parameter table;
steps in mode 3 in 4. On the promise of removing the influence of
incorrect foreign matter, click "restore" to restore the
execution system
support;
something in side;
rotation motor move 3. Verify that the sensor status is normal;
error-sensor status 4. On the promise of removing the influence of
monitoring over time foreign matter, click "restore" to restore the
execution system
support;
Reagent carousel
rotation motor move
something in side;
error-this action
M104-120 Major failure 2. Confirm the reagent place well;
cannot be performed
of the motor
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 382
execution system
support;
1. Confirm the scanner status;

automatically;
Reagent carousel 3. If automatic recovery is not successful, on the
336 barcode failed to Major failure promise of removing the influence of foreign
communicate matter, click "restore" to restore the execution
system
support;
EDS unit
1. Check if any matter falls into the cup hole of the
reading station;
cuvette loading
module motor move
automatically;
error -no sensor signal
was detected when
direction
system
support;
reading station;
cuvette loading
module motor move
automatically;
error -no sensor signal
was detected when
moving in the
negative direction
system
support;
reading station;
cuvette loading
module motor move
error -zero error is too
large
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 383
system
support;

reading station;
Cuvette loading automatically;
module motor move 3. If automatic recovery is not successful, on the
error-clamping promise of removing the influence of foreign
stagnation matter, click "restore" to restore the execution
system
support;
reading station;
cuvette loading
automatically;
module motor move
minimum limit
system
support;
reading station;
cuvette loading
automatically;
module motor move
maximum limit
system
support;
reading station;
automatically;
cuvette loading
M204-107 module motor move Major failure
error-impact
system
support;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 384

reading station;
cuvette loading
automatically;
module motor move
not blocked
system
support;
reading station;
cuvette loading
automatically;
module motor move
established, cannot
system
support;
reading station;
automatically;
cuvette loading
M204-110 module motor move Major failure
system
support;
reading station;
parameter table;
cuvette loading 3. Verify that the device has been restored
module motor move automatically;
error-encoder value 4. If automatic recovery is not successful, on the
error promise of removing the influence of foreign
system
support;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 385

reading station;
cuvette loading parameter table;
module motor move 3. Verify that the device has been restored
error-the number of automatically;
theoretical steps does 4. If automatic recovery is not successful, on the
not accord with the promise of removing the influence of foreign
number of actual steps matter, click "restore" to restore the execution
system
support;
reading station;
parameter table;
error-reset parameter 4. If automatic recovery is not successful, on the
not reasonable promise of removing the influence of foreign
system
support;
reading station;
cuvette loading automatically;
module motor move 3. If automatic recovery is not successful, on the
error-FPGA not in the promise of removing the influence of foreign
set position matter, click "restore" to restore the execution
system
support;
reading station;
cuvette loading
module motor move
automatically;
reset
system
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 386
support;

reading station;
parameter table;
error-mode 1 not 4. If automatic recovery is not successful, on the
finished promise of removing the influence of foreign
system
support;
reading station;
parameter table;
error-mode 1 does not 4. If automatic recovery is not successful, on the
stop at the set position promise of removing the influence of foreign
system
support;
reading station;
parameter table;
cuvette loading
module motor move
automatically;
steps in mode 3 in
incorrect
system
support;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 387

reading station;
cuvette loading
automatically;
module motor move
error-sensor status
system
support;
reading station;
cuvette loading
module motor move
automatically;
error-this action
cannot be performed
of the motor
system
support;
trigger solution
automatically;
plunger pump motor
move error-no sensor
signal was detected
when moving in the
system
positive direction
support;
trigger solution
automatically;
plunger pump motor
signal was detected
when moving in the
system
negative direction
support;
trigger solution 1. Verify that the device has been restored
plunger pump motor automatically;
move error-zero error 2. If automatic recovery is not successful, on the
is too large promise of removing the influence of foreign
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 388

system
support;
automatically;
trigger solution 2. If automatic recovery is not successful, on the
move error-clamping matter, click "restore" to restore the execution
stagnation system
support;
automatically;
trigger solution
plunger pump motor
M205-105 move error-clamping Major failure
system
minimum limit
support;
automatically;
trigger solution
plunger pump motor
system
maximum limit
support;
automatically;
trigger solution
move error-impact
system
support;
trigger solution automatically;
move error-vertical promise of removing the influence of foreign
sensor is not blocked matter, click "restore" to restore the execution
system
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 389
support;

move error- promise of removing the influence of foreign
coordinates not matter, click "restore" to restore the execution
established, cannot system
execute action mode 1 3. If this failure continues, please call technical
support;
automatically;
move error-internal matter, click "restore" to restore the execution
error system
support;
parameter table;
move error-encoder promise of removing the influence of foreign
value error matter, click "restore" to restore the execution
system
support;
parameter table;
trigger solution
plunger pump motor
automatically;
move error-the
with the number of
system
actual steps
support;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 390

parameter table;
trigger solution
automatically;
plunger pump motor
M205-113 move error-reset Major failure
parameter not
reasonable
system
support;
automatically;
move error-FPGA not matter, click "restore" to restore the execution
in the set position system
support;
M205-115 move error-the sensor Major failure promise of removing the influence of foreign
status does not match matter, click "restore" to restore the execution
after reset system
support;
parameter table;
move error-mode 1 promise of removing the influence of foreign
not finished matter, click "restore" to restore the execution
system
support;
trigger solution parameter table;
plunger pump motor 2. Verify that the device has been restored
M205-117 move error-mode 1 Major failure automatically;
does not stop at the set 3. If automatic recovery is not successful, on the
position promise of removing the influence of foreign
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 391
system
support;

parameter table;
trigger solution
automatically;
plunger pump motor
M205-118 move error-the Major failure
number of steps in
mode 3 in incorrect
system
support;
M205-119 move error-sensor Major failure promise of removing the influence of foreign
status monitoring over matter, click "restore" to restore the execution
time system
support;
trigger solution
automatically;
plunger pump motor
move error-this action
cannot be performed
system
of the motor
support;
1. Check the waste liquid aspiration probe whether
it is blocked;
reading station waste 2. Verify that the sensor status is normal;
liquid aspiration 3. Verify that the device has been restored
direction system
support;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 392

it is blocked;
direction system
support;
it is blocked;
reading station waste automatically;
liquid aspiration 3. If automatic recovery is not successful, on the
motor move error-zero promise of removing the influence of foreign
error is too large matter, click "restore" to restore the execution
system
support;
it is blocked;
system
support;
it is blocked;
reading station waste 2. Verify that the device has been restored
liquid aspiration automatically;
limit system
support;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 393

it is blocked;
limit system
support;
it is blocked;
impact matter, click "restore" to restore the execution
system
support;
it is blocked;2. Verify that the sensor status is
normal;
vertical sensor is not promise of removing the influence of foreign
system
support;
it is blocked;
support;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 394

it is blocked;
system
support;
it is blocked;
parameter table;
encoder value error promise of removing the influence of foreign
system
support;
it is blocked;
reading station waste
parameter table;
liquid aspiration
motor move error-the
automatically;
with the number of
actual steps
system
support;
it is blocked;
parameter table;
liquid aspiration
automatically;
reset parameter not
reasonable
system
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 395

support;

it is blocked;
automatically;
liquid aspiration
FPGA not in the set
position
system
support;
it is blocked;
M206-115 motor move error-the Major failure 4. If automatic recovery is not successful, on the
sensor status does not promise of removing the influence of foreign
match after reset matter, click "restore" to restore the execution
system
support;
it is blocked;
parameter table;
system
support;
it is blocked;
liquid aspiration
parameter table;
mode 1 does not stop
at the set position
automatically;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 396

system
support;
it is blocked;
parameter table;
liquid aspiration
automatically;
M206-118 motor move error-the Major failure
number of steps in
mode 3 in incorrect
system
support;
it is blocked;
sensor status promise of removing the influence of foreign
system
support;
it is blocked;
motor move error-this automatically;
M206-120 action cannot be Major failure 4. If automatic recovery is not successful, on the
performed at the promise of removing the influence of foreign
motor system
support;
automatically;
331 PMT run failed Major failure
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 397

support;

automatically;
332 PMT read timeout Major failure
support;
automatically;
PMT Read the value 2. If automatic recovery is not successful, click
333 Major failure
is zero “restore” to restore the execution system;
support;
automatically;
PMT Read the value 2. If automatic recovery is not successful, click
334 Major failure
is too large “restore” to restore the execution system;
support;
1. Confirm the trigger status;
automatically;
Trigger liquid left not
enough
support;
Sample loading unit
1. Check whether there is something in the carriage
Carriage X-axis motor X-axis;
move error-no sensor 2. Verify that the sensor status is normal;
M406-101 signal was detected Major failure 3. After the device stop run, please reset the sample
when moving in the loading;
positive direction 4. If this failure continues, please call technical
support;
negative direction 4. If this failure continues, please call technical
support;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 398

X-axis;
Carriage X-axis motor
2. After the device stop run, please reset the sample
M406-103 move error-zero error Major failure
loading;
is too large
support;
X-axis;
loading;
stagnation
support;
move error-clamping 2. After the device stop run, please reset the sample
stagnation less than loading;
minimum limit 3. If this failure continues, please call technical
support;
stagnation larger than loading;
maximum limit 3. If this failure continues, please call technical
support;
X-axis;
Carriage X-axis motor 2. After the device stop run, please reset the sample
move error-impact loading;
support;
X-axis;
Carriage X-axis motor 2. Verify that the sensor status is normal;
M406-108 move error-vertical Major failure 3. After the device stop run, please reset the sample
sensor is not blocked loading;
support;
X-axis;
move error-
loading;
established, cannot
support;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 399

X-axis;
M406-110 move error-internal Major failure
loading;
error
support;
X-axis;
parameter table;
M406-111 move error-encoder Major failure
value error
loading;
support;
move error-the 2. Verify if the corresponding parameter match the
number of theoretical parameter table;
steps does not accord 3. After the device stop run, please reset the sample
with the number of loading;
actual steps 4. If this failure continues, please call technical
support;
X-axis;
Carriage X-axis motor 2. Verify if the corresponding parameter match the
move error-reset parameter table;
parameter not 3. After the device stop run, please reset the sample
reasonable loading;
support;
X-axis;
M406-114 move error-FPGA not Major failure
loading;
in the set position
support;
X-axis;
move error-the sensor
M406-115 Major failure 3. After the device stop run, please reset the sample
loading;
after reset
support;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 400

X-axis;
parameter table;
M406-116 move error-mode 1 Major failure
not finished
loading;
support;
X-axis;
move error-mode 1 parameter table;
does not stop at the set 3. After the device stop run, please reset the sample
position loading;
support;
X-axis;
move error-the parameter table;
number of steps in 3. After the device stop run, please reset the sample
mode 3 in incorrect loading;
support;
X-axis;
move error-sensor
loading;
time
support;
move error-this action 2. Verify that the sensor status is normal;
M406-120 cannot be performed Major failure 3. After the device stop run, please reset the sample
at the current position loading;
of the motor 4. If this failure continues, please call technical
support;
Carriage Y-axis motor
Y-axis;
M601-101 signal was detected Major failure
when moving in the
loading;
positive direction
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 401
support;

motor move error-no Y-axis;
sensor signal was 2. Verify that the sensor status is normal;
M601-102 detected when moving Major failure 3. After the device stop run, please reset the sample
in the negative loading;
direction 4. If this failure continues, please call technical
support;
Y-axis;
loading;
is too large
support;
Y-axis;
loading;
stagnation
support;
Carriage Y-axis motor Y-axis;
support;
support;
Y-axis;
Carriage Y-axis motor 2. After the device stop run, please reset the sample
support;
Carriage Y-axis motor 1. Check whether there is something in the carriage
M601-108 move error-vertical Major failure Y-axis;
sensor is not blocked 2. Verify that the sensor status is normal;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 402

loading;
support;
Y-axis;
move error-
loading;
established, cannot
support;
Y-axis;
loading;
error
support;
Y-axis;
parameter table;
value error
loading;
support;
support;
Y-axis;
Carriage Y-axis motor 2. Verify if the corresponding parameter match the
move error-reset parameter table;
parameter not 3. After the device stop run, please reset the sample
reasonable loading;
support;
Y-axis;
in the set position
loading;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 403

support;

Y-axis;
loading;
after reset
support;
Y-axis;
parameter table;
not finished
loading;
support;
Y-axis;
position loading;
support;
Y-axis;
support;
Y-axis;
move error-sensor
loading;
time
support;
Carriage Y-axis motor 1. Check whether there is something in the carriage
M601-120 move error-this action Major failure Y-axis;
cannot be performed 2. Verify that the sensor status is normal;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 404
at the current position 3. After the device stop run, please reset the sample
of the motor loading;
support;
Carriage Z-axis motor Z-axis;
positive direction 4. If this failure continues, please call technical
support;
negative direction 4. If this failure continues, please call technical
support;
Z-axis;
Carriage Z-axis motor
loading;
is too large
support;
Z-axis;
loading;
stagnation
support;
support;
support;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 405

Z-axis;
Carriage Z-axis motor 2. After the device stop run, please reset the sample
support;
Z-axis;
Carriage Z-axis motor 2. Verify that the sensor status is normal;
M602-108 move error-vertical Major failure 3. After the device stop run, please reset the sample
sensor is not blocked loading;
support;
Z-axis;
move error-
loading;
established, cannot
support;
Z-axis;
loading;
error
support;
Z-axis;
parameter table;
value error
loading;
support;
support;
Carriage Z-axis motor 1. Check whether there is something in the carriage
M602-113 move error-reset Major failure Z-axis;
parameter not 2. Verify if the corresponding parameter match the
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 406
reasonable parameter table;

loading;
support;
Z-axis;
loading;
in the set position
support;
Z-axis;
loading;
after reset
support;
Z-axis;
parameter table;
not finished
loading;
support;
Z-axis;
Carriage Z-axis motor 2. Verify if the corresponding parameter match the
position loading;
support;
Z-axis;
Carriage Z-axis motor 2. Verify if the corresponding parameter match the
support;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 407

Z-axis;
move error-sensor
loading;
time
support;
move error-this action 2. Verify that the sensor status is normal;
M602-120 cannot be performed Major failure 3. After the device stop run, please reset the sample
at the current position loading;
of the motor 4. If this failure continues, please call technical
support;
1. Check whether the bar code of the sample tube is
clear
2. Check the working of scanner
Cuvette recognition 3. Check the barcode scanner position
779 Major failure
instability 4. After the device stop run, please reset the sample
loading;
support;
1. Confirm the shelf status of the carriage;
Carriage Y-axis
Sensor signals are
780 detected in advance Major failure
loading;
within the error
margin
support;
Carriage Y-axis
Sensor signals are
loading;
within the error
margin
support;
Carriage Z-axis
Sensor signals are
loading;
within the error
margin
support;
Carriage Z-axis 1. Confirm the shelf status of the carriage;
Sensor signals are 2. Verify that the sensor status is normal;
764 Major failure
detected in advance 3. After the device stop run, please reset the sample
within the error loading;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 408
margin 4. If this failure continues, please call technical

support;

Carriage Y-axis over 2. Verify that the sensor status is normal;
the limited when reset 3. After the device stop run, please reset the sample
765 Major failure
away from the home loading;
position 4. If this failure continues, please call technical
support;
Carriage Y-axis over 2. Verify that the sensor status is normal;
766 Major failure
back to the home loading;
support;
Carriage Z-axis over 2. Verify that the sensor status is normal;
767 Major failure
away from the home loading;
support;
Carriage Z-axis over 2. Verify that the sensor status is normal;
768 Major failure
back to the home loading;
support;
Carriage Y-axis 3. Verify if the corresponding parameter match the
Motion error (sensor parameter table;
769 Major failure
logic error detected by 4. After the device stop run, please reset the sample
motion completion) loading;
support;
Carriage Z-axis 3. Verify if the corresponding parameter match the
Motion error (sensor parameter table;
770 Major failure
logic error detected by 4. After the device stop run, please reset the sample
motion completion) loading;
support;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 409
1. Confirm the Y-axis status;

Carriage Y-axis 3. After the device stop run, please reset the sample
771 Major failure
clamping stagnation loading;
support;
1. Confirm the Z-axis status;
Carriage Z-axis 3. After the device stop run, please reset the sample
772 Major failure
clamping stagnation loading;
support;
1. Confirm the Y-axis status;
Carriage Y-axis Zero-
773 crossing anomaly (no Major failure
loading;
sensor detected)
support;
1. Confirm the Z-axis status;
Carriage Z-axis Zero-
774 crossing anomaly (no Major failure
loading;
sensor detected)
support;
parameter table;
Parameter
775 configuration of the Major failure
loading;
carriage failed
support;
parameter table;
Parameter
776 configuration of the Major failure
loading;
barcode failed
support;
1. Check the FX4 signal whether it is normal
When Sample tray 2. After the device stop run, please reset the sample
777 enter, there detected Major failure loading;
the FX4 signal 3. If this failure continues, please call technical
support;
1. Check the FX2 signal whether it is normal
Sample frame enter no
778 Major failure 2. After the device stop run, please reset the sample
FX2 signal
loading;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 410

support;
1. Check the detect board status;
Sample frame ending 2. After the device stop run, please reset the sample
400 position detect board Major failure loading;
timeout 3. If this failure continues, please call technical
support;
1. Confirm the status of carriage sample frame;
Sample frame enter 3. After the device stop run, please reset the sample
401 Major failure
fail loading;
support;
No use sample slot loading;
402 Minor failure
after reset 2. If this failure continues, please call technical
support;
No sample frame 3. After the device stop run, please reset the sample
403 Major failure
return loading;
support;
Sensor blocked the X- 3. After the device stop run, please reset the sample
404 Major failure
axis, cannot move loading;
support;
The door cover was
405 Minor failure 1. Open the door cover of sample loading
unusually open
Sample frame barcode 3. After the device stop run, please reset the sample
406 Minor failure
abnormal loading;
support;
Car-communication 3. After the device stop run, please reset the sample
407 Major failure
timeout loading;
support;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 411

The original position
408 of the sample frame is Minor failure
loading;
occupied
support;
YHLO/AF-14-iF18-001/A0 412

IFlash 1800 Service Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

IFlash 1800 Service Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Service Manual

Chemiluminescence Immunoassay Analyzer

SHENZHEN YHLO BIOTECH CO., LTD.

Wellkang Ltd (www.CE-marking.eu)

YHLO reserves the right of final interpretation over this manual.

After-Sale Service Provider

Warning: Bio-contamination risks.

Indicates a hazardous situation, which, if not avoided,

Indicates a hazardous situation, which, if not avoided,

Indicates a hazardous situation, which, if not avoided,

Chapter I System and Specification

1.1 System Features

1.2 Assay system

Table 1-1: Dead volume

⚫ Incubation carousel capacity: 75 holes

⚫ Reagent carousel capacity: 20 reagent kits

1.3 Working Interface

2.1 Space Requirement

Figure 2-1: Installation diagram

2.2 Electrical Environment

⚫ Three-pin power cord, well grounded;

2.3 Environmental Requirements

2.3.1 Installation Environment

2.3.2 RH & Temperature

the data reliability may be affected thereof.

2.4 Installation Steps

liquid waste tank instead of discharging directly);

Chapter III Mechanical System

3.1 Mechanical System Overview

3.1.1 Appearance description

Figure 3-1: Top view of the complete instrument

separation carousel---reading station---cuvette dropping site

3.1.2 System workflow

Example with one incubation process:

system in failure status;

3.2 RV Feeder Assembly

Figure 3-2: RV feeder assembly 3D diagram

3.2.1 Horizontal cuvette pushing assembly

Working principle of the cuvette pushing assembly:

Figure 3-3: Horizontal cuvette pushing assembly 3D diagram

5 Linear guide rail Define slider movement track

3.2.2 Cuvette placing assembly

Working principle of the cuvette placing mechanism assembly:

Figure 3-4: Cuvette placing assembly 3D diagram

3.2.3 Cuvette selecting assembly

Working principle of the cuvette choosing mechanism:

Figure 3-5: Cuvette selecting assembly 3D diagram

3.3 Magnetic separation assembly

Figure 3-6: 3D drawing of the magnetic separation assembly

SN Part Name Functions & Effects

3.3.1 Magnetic separation rotation driving assembly

Figure 3-7: 3D drawing of the magnetic separation rotation driving assembly

SN Part Name Functions & Effects

Positioning the home position of the magnetic separation carousel

3.3.2 Magnet carousel assembly

Figure 3-8: 3D drawing of the magnetic separation carousel assembly

SN Part Name Functions & Effects

3.3.3 Dispensing probe assembly

Figure3-9: 3D drawing of the dispensing probe assembly

3.3.4 Aspirating probe assembly

Figure 3-10: 3D drawing of the aspirating probe assembly

3.3.5 Magnetic separation vertical driving assembly

Figure 3-11: 3D drawing of the magnetic separation vertical driving assembly

3.4 Mixer assembly